HP PCL 5 Comparison Guide ENWW PCL/PJL Reference Bpl13206

User Manual: HP HP PCL/PJL reference - PCL 5 Comparison Guide

Open the PDF directly: View PDF .
Page Count: 340

Download
Open PDF In Browser	View PDF

PCL 5 Comparison Guide

for the
HP LaserJet III / IIID / IIIP / IIISi
HP LaserJet 4 / 5 / 6 Families
HP LaserJet 1100 series
HP LaserJet 2100 series
HP LaserJet 4000 series
HP LaserJet 5000 series
HP LaserJet 8000 series
HP LaserJet 8100 series
HP Color LaserJet
HP Color LaserJet 5 / 5M
HP Color LaserJet 4500 series
HP Color LaserJet 8500 series
HP DeskJet 1200C / HP DeskJet 1600C
Printers

Copyright and
License
Copyright © 2003
Hewlett-Packard Company, LP
All Rights Reserved.
Reproduction, adaptation, or
translation without prior written
permission is prohibited, except
as allowed under the copyright
laws.
The information contained in
this document is subject to
change without notice.
Publication Number: 5021-0378
Edition 2, 6/2003

Trademarks
Intellifont is a U.S. registered
trademark of Agfa Division,
Miles Incorporated. CG Times is
a product of Agfa Corporation,
AGFA Compugraphic Division.
LaserJet, PCL, DeskJet, Vectra,
and Resolution Enhancement
are U.S. registered trademarks
of Hewlett-Packard Company.
IBM is a registered trademark of
International Business
Machines Corporation.
Wingdings, MS-Mincho, and
MS-Gothic are trademarks, and
Microsoft, Windows, and
MS-DOS are U.S. registered
trademarks of Microsoft
Corporation. Centronics is a
U.S. registered trademark of
Centronics Corporation. ITC
Zapf Dingbats is a U.S.
registered trademark of
International Typeface
Corporation. Helvetica and
Times Roman are trademarks of
Linotype AG and its
subsidiaries.
Univers is a U.S. registered
trademark of Linotype AG and
its subsidiaries. PostScript and
the PostScript logo are
registered trademarks of Adobe
Systems, Inc. in the U.S. and
other countries/regions. Arial,
Times New Roman, and
Monotype are U.S. registered
trademarks of Monotype
Corporation plc. Macintosh is a
registered trademark and
TrueType is a trademark of
Apple Computer, Inc. ESC/P is
a trademark of Seiko-Epson
Corporation.

Manual Conventions
This manual uses the following conventions:
• Bold indicates a term defined in the glossary.
• Italic refers to a related document, or is used for emphasis.
• The cursive letter l is used in some examples to distinguish
the letter “l” from the numeral “1” (one).
• A slash zero 0 is used in some examples and escape
sequences to distinguish the letter “O” from the number “0”.
• 0x XX represents a hexadecimal number (XX).
• The ~ character indicates that the current line of code is a
continuation of the previous line.
Note

ENWW

Notes contain important information set off from the text.

iii

iv

ENWW

Contents
PCL 5 Comparison Guide
Manual Conventions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iii

1 Printer Features
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-1
PCL Feature Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-3
PCL 5 Technical Reference Manual Corrections. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-5
Printable Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-36

2 Printer-Specific Differences
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-1
HP LaserJet III and IIID Printers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-1
HP LaserJet IIISi Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-2
HP LaserJet IIIP Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-2
Raster Graphics Adaptive Compression (IIIP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-4
HP LaserJet 4 Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-4
Configuration Command (AppleTalk) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-7
HP LaserJet 4Si Printer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-10
HP LaserJet 4L Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-11
HP LaserJet 4ML Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-12
Logical Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-13
Logical Operations and Transparency Interactions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-15
Logical Operation Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-16
Pixel Placement Command. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-24
Pixel Placement Command (HP-GL/2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-27
Merge Control Command (HP-GL/2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-28
HP LaserJet 4P and 4MP Printers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-30
HP LaserJet 4PJ Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-31
Text Parsing Method Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-32
Character Text Path Direction Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-33
Font Header Format 16. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-34
New Font Format Header Segments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-35
Description of Font Header Segments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-36
HP LaserJet 4PJ Programming Tips. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-48
Paper Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-59
HP LaserJet 4 Plus and 4M Plus Printers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-60
HP LaserJet 4V and 4MV Printers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-61
ENWW

Contents v

Font Header Format 16 Bitmap Font Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-62
Font Header Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-62
Character Definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-67
Limitations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-68
HP Color LaserJet Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-69
AppleTalk Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-70
HP LaserJet 4LJ Pro Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-71
HP LaserJet 4LC Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-71
HP LaserJet 5P and 5MP Printers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-72
HP LaserJet 5L Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-73
HP LaserJet 5Si and 5SiMx Printers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-74
Paper (Media) Source Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-75
Output Bin Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-77
Alphanumeric ID Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-78
HP DeskJet 1200C Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-84
Updated Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-85
Enter HP-GL/2 Mode Command. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-86
Media Type Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-87
Print Quality Command. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-88
Negative Motion Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-89
HP DeskJet 1600C Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-90
HP LaserJet 5 and 5M Printers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-96
Text Parsing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-96
Two-Byte HP-GL/2 Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-97
Label Mode Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-97
Vertical Writing with Proportional Fonts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-100
HP Color LaserJet 5 and 5M Printers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-102
HP LaserJet 6P/ 6MP Printers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-104
HP LaserJet 5Si Mopier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-104
HP LaserJet 6L and LaserJet 6L Gold Printers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-105
HP LaserJet 4000 Series Printers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-105
HP LaserJet 5000 Series Printers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-107
HP LaserJet 8000 Series Printers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-109
HP LaserJet 8100 Series Printers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-110
HP Color LaserJet 4500 Series Printers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-111
Simplified Color Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-111
Color Raster Images . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-112
Asian Font Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-112
Media Handling. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-112
Alphanumeric ID Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-114
Color Space Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-114
Changes to PCL 5 Color Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-114
New PCL 5 Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-117
Differences with the HP LaserJet 4000 Series Printers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-118
HP Color LaserJet 8500 Series Printers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-119
HP LaserJet 1100 Series Printers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-120
HP LaserJet 2100 Series Printers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-120
vi Contents

ENWW

3 Internal Typefaces / Fonts and Symbol Sets
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-1
Bitmap Fonts and Symbol Sets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-2
Scalable Typefaces and Symbol Sets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-4
Typeface Selection Differences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-13

4 Print Environment
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-1

5 Memory Usage
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-1
Operation of ADC and MEt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-2
Image Adapt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-2
Additional MEt Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-3
ADC and MEt Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-3
Recommendations For Sending Data to the Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-4
Raster Graphics Adaptive Compression (Method 5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-7

Appendix A Printer Commands
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-1

Appendix B Internal Symbol Set Charts
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-1
ISO Substitution Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-34
Conversion Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-35

Appendix C Symbol Set and Typeface Codes
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-1

Appendix D MSL/Unicode Symbol Indexes
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-1

Index

ENWW

Contents vii

viii Contents

ENWW

1

Printer Features
Introduction
Hewlett-Packard printers which support the PCL 5 printer language
contain slightly different feature sets, each suitable for that printer's
intended use. Each printer implements minor variations of PCL 5 as a
result of those differences. With new printer releases, new features
may be added with new commands and/or PCL operations which
require documentation.
The purpose of this guide is to identify the differences in the
implementation of the PCL 5 Printer Language for different
HP LaserJet and DeskJet printers, as compared to the features
described in the PCL 5 Printer Language Technical Reference
Manual. This guide describes new commands and exceptions to
existing commands unique to the printers, as well as internal
typeface/font support and print environment settings.

Note

ENWW

For information about products newer than those included in this
book, see the PCL5 Comparison Guide Addendum, which includes
product-specific information about newer products, as well as
commands and variables added to support these newer products.

Printer Features 1-1

This guide covers the following HP LaserJet printers:
Introduction Date
z

LaserJet III

March 1990

z

LaserJet IIID

September 1990

z

LaserJet IIISi

February 1991

z

LaserJet IIIP

May 1991

z

LaserJet 4, 4M

October 1992

z

LaserJet 4Si, 4SiMx

April 1993

z

LaserJet 4L, 4ML

May 1993

z

LaserJet 4P, 4MP

September 1993

z

LaserJet 4 Plus, 4M Plus, 4PJ

May 1994

z

LaserJet 4V, 4MV

September 1994

z

DeskJet 1200C, 1200/PS

May 1993

z

Color LaserJet

September 1994

z

LaserJet 4LC

March 1995

z

DeskJet 1600C

March 1995

z

LaserJet 4LJ Pro

May 1995

z

LaserJet 5P, 5MP

May 1995

z

LaserJet 5L

September 1995

z

LaserJet 5Si, 5SiMx

November 1995

z

Color LaserJet 5, 5M

March 1996

z

LaserJet 5, 5M

April 1996

z

LaserJet 5Si Mopier

October 1996

z

LaserJet 6P, 6MP

October 1996

z

LaserJet 6L

September 1997

z

LaserJet 4000 series

November 1997

z

LaserJet 5000 series

February 1998

z

LaserJet 8000 series

May 1998

z

LaserJet 8100 series

October 1998

z

Color LaserJet 4500 series

October 1998

z

Color LaserJet 8500 series

October 1998

z

LaserJet 1100 series

October 1998

z

LaserJet 2100 series

February 1999

This guide also covers the HP 1200C and 1600C DeskJet printers.
1-2 Printer Features

ENWW

PCL Feature Support
Tables 1-1A through 1-1C, the PCL Feature Support Matrix, lists all
the printer commands from the PCL 5 Printer Language Technical
Reference Manual and identifies which of these commands are
supported by the various printers. The table below describes the
printers covered in each table. (More detailed PCL information for
each PCL 5 printer is provided in Chapter 2.)

Note

ENWW

Table

Pages

Features for these Printers

1-1A

1-6 to 15

HP LaserJet III, IIID, IIISi, IIIP, 4, 4M, 4Si,
4SiMx, 4L, 4ML, 4P, 4MP, 4PJ, 4 Plus,
4M Plus, 4V, 4MV

1-1B

1-16 to 25

HP Color LaserJet, Color LaserJet 5/5M,
LaserJet 4LJ Pro, 4LC, 5L, 6L, 6L Gold, 5P,
5MP, 6P, 6MP, 5Si, 5SiMx, 5Si Mopier, 5,
5M, DeskJet 1200C, DeskJet 1600C

1-1C

1-26 to 35

HP LaserJet 1100 Series, 2100 Series,
4000 Series, 5000 Series, 8000 Series,
8100 Series,
HP Color LaserJet 4500 Series,
HP Color LaserJet 8500 Series

The PCL 5 Printer Language Technical Reference Manual (part
number 5961-0509) was revised for the release of the HP LaserJet 4
printer and contains all PCL language features up to the
HP LaserJet 4 printer. Subsequent commands are covered in this
PCL 5 Comparison Guide and the PCL 5 Color Technical Reference
Manual.

Printer Features 1-3

Note

In Table 1-1, if the command value field parameters are not listed,
then all parameters are supported by printers that support that
command.
The value in parentheses following a command parameter identifies
the parameter value (for example, the parameter “Letter (2)” indicates
that the value field to select letter size in the Page Size command is
“2”).
Commands which are not supported (“ns”) by a printer are ignored.

1-4 Printer Features

ENWW

PCL 5 Technical Reference Manual Corrections
This section describes updates to the PCL 5 Printer Language
Technical Reference Manual (5961-0509). Because this manual will
not be updated, any changes to it are documented in this guide.
Some errors have been identified in the PCL 5 Printer Language
Technical Reference Manual since its printing. Those errors are
identified and corrections are provided on this page.

Chapter 4 PCL Job Control Commands
Unit of Measure Command
In Figure 4-6 on page 4-18, the two escape sequences at the top
should read “(?&u100D) and (?&u200D)” instead of “(?&u100B)
and (?&u200B).”

Chapter 8 PCL Font Selection
Transparent Print Data Command
The last sentence in the note at the bottom of page 8-33 should read
“Refer to the PCL 5 Comparison Guide, Appendix A, for character
codes for the various symbol sets.” instead of “Refer to Appendix A
for character codes for the various symbol sets.”

Chapter 13 The PCL Print Model
User-Defined Pattern Command
In Figure 13-10 on page 13-19, byte zero should read Format (20)
instead of Format (0)
On page 13-21, Format (Byte 0) should read “0” for a 300 DPI
user-defined pattern header and “20” for a resolution-specified
user-defined pattern header.

ENWW

Printer Features 1-5

Table 1-1A. PCL 5 Feature Support Matrix

FUNCTION

COMMAND

III

IIID

IIISi

4
4M

4Si
4Si Mx

4L

4ML
4P
4 MP

4PJ

4 Plus
4M Plus

4V
4 MV

ns

✓

✓

ns

✓

ns

✓

✓

IIIP

MISCELLANEOUS
Configuration (AppleTalk)

?&b#W[data]

ns

Universal Exit/Start of PJL
(UEL)

?%–12345X

ns

ns

✓

ns

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Reset

?E

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Number of Copies

?&l#X

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Simplex/Duplex Print

?&l#S

ns

✓

✓

ns

ns

✓

ns

ns

ns

✓1

ns

Left (Long-Edge) Offset
Registration

?&l#U

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Top (Short-Edge) Offset
Registration

?&l#Z

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Unit Of Measure

?&u#D

ns

ns

ns

ns

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Mechanical Print Quality

?*o#Q

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

Media Type

?&l#M

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

Negative Motion

?&a#N

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

Self-Test

?z

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Paper Type

?&n5WdBond

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

?&n6WdPlain

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

?&n6WdColor

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

?&n7WdLabels

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

JOB CONTROL

?&n9WdRecycled

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

?&n11WdLetterhead

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

?&n10WdCardstock

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

?&n11WdPrepunched

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

?&n11WdPreprinted

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

?&n13WdTransparency

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

?&n#WdCustomType2

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

✓ Indicates a command is supported.
ns - Indicates a command is not supported.
1 Supported if duplex option is installed.
2 For custom paper, replace “CustomType” with the name of the paper, and replace “#” with the number of characters in the name, plus 1.

1-6 Printer Features

ENWW

Table 1-1A. PCL 5 Feature Support Matrix (continued)

FUNCTION

COMMAND

III

IIID

IIISi

IIIP

4
4M

4Si
4SiMx

4L

4ML
4P
4MP

4PJ

4 Plus
4M Plus

4V
4MV

PAGE CONTROL
Page (Job) Size

?&l#A

Executive (1)

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Letter (2)

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓
✓

Legal (3)

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Ledger (6)

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

✓

A5 (25)

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

A4 (26)

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

A3 (27)

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

✓

JIS B5 Paper (45)

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

✓

ns

✓

JIS B4 Paper (46)

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

✓

Monarch Envelope (80)

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Comm. 10 Envelope (81)

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Intl. DL Envelope (90)

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Intl. C5 Envelope (91)

✓

✓

ns

✓

✓

ns

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Intl. B5 Envelope (100)

ns

ns

ns

ns

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Custom (101)

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

✓

✓

ns

✓2

Hagaki Postcard (71)

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

✓

ns

✓

Oufuku-Hagaki
Postcard (72)

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

✓

ns

✓

Orientation

?&l#O

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Page Side Selection1

?&a#G

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Job Separation

?&l1T

ns

ns

✓

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

Finish Mode

?&b#F

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

✓ Indicates a command is supported.
ns - Indicates a command is not supported.
1 On non-duplex printers, this command causes a conditional page eject.
2 The custom size is 11.7" x 17.7" on the HP LaserJet 4V/4MV printers.

ENWW

Printer Features 1-7

Table 1-1A. PCL 5 Feature Support Matrix (continued)

FUNCTION

COMMAND

III

IIID

IIISi

IIIP

4
4M

4Si
4SiMx

4L

4ML
4P
4MP

4PJ

4 Plus
4M Plus

4V
4MV

PAGE CONTROL (continued)
Paper (Media) Source

?&l#H

Eject Page (0)

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Main (Front) Paper
Source (1)

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Manual (Top/Rear)
Feed (2)

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Manual Env. Feed (3)

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Alt. Paper Source (4)

ns

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

ns

ns

ns

✓

✓

Opt. Large Source (5)

ns

ns

ns

ns

✓

✓

ns

ns

ns

✓

✓

Envelope Feeder (6)

ns

✓

✓

ns

✓

✓

ns

ns

ns

✓

ns

Auto Select (7)

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

Tray 1 (right side) (8)

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

HCI Trays 2-21 (20-39)

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

Output (Media) Bin

?&l#G

Automatic (0)

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

Destination Tray 1 (1)

ns

ns

✓

ns

ns

✓

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

Destination Tray 2 (2)

ns

ns

✓

ns

ns

✓

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

Destination Tray 3 (3)

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

Print Direction

?&a#P

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Character Text Path Dir.

?&c#T

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

✓

ns

✓

Left Margin

?&a#L

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Right Margin

?&a#M

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Clear Horizontal Margins

?9

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Top Margin

?&l#E

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Text Length

?&l#F

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Perforation Skip

?&l#L

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Horizontal Motion Index

?&k#H

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Vertical Motion Index

?&l#C

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

?&l#D

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

ns

ns

ns

Line Spacing

ALPHANUMERIC ID (Media selection by type/PCL mass storage command)
Alphanumeric ID

?&n#W[operation] [string]

✓ Indicates a command is supported.

1-8 Printer Features

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns - Indicates a command is not supported.

ENWW

Table 1-1A. PCL 5 Feature Support Matrix (continued)

FUNCTION

COMMAND

III

IIID

IIISi

IIIP

4
4M

4Si
4Si Mx

4L

4ML
4P
4MP

4PJ

4 Plus
4M Plus

4V
4MV

CURSOR POSITIONING
?&a#C

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

?*p#X

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

?&a#H

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

?&a#R

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

?*p#Y

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

?&a#V

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Half Line Feed

?=

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Line Termination

?&k#G

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Push/Pop Position

?&f#S

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Horizontal Position

Vertical Position

FONT SELECTION
The Primary font printer commands in this table can be changed to Secondary by replacing the left parenthesis “(” in the command with a right
parenthesis “)”.
Symbol Set (Primary)

?(ID

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Spacing (Primary)

?(s#P

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Pitch (Primary)

?(s#H

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Height (Primary)

?(s#V

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Style (Primary)

?(s#S

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Stroke Weight (Primary)

?(s#B

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Typeface (Primary)

?(s#T

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Font Selection By ID # (Pri.)

?(#X

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Select Default Font
(Primary)

?(3@

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Underline

?&d#D

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

?&d@

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Transparent Print Data

?&p#X[data]

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Text Parsing Method

?&t#P

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

✓

ns

✓

Assign Font ID #

?*c#D

Font Control

?*c#F

FONT MANAGEMENT
✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

USER-DEFINED SYMBOL SET
Symbol Set ID Code

?*c#R

ns

ns

ns

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Define Symbol Set

?(f#W[data]

ns

ns

ns

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Symbol Set Control

?*c#S

ns

ns

ns

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓ Indicates a command is supported.

ENWW

ns - Indicates a command is not supported.

Printer Features 1-9

Table 1-1A. PCL 5 Feature Support Matrix (continued)

FUNCTION

COMMAND

III

IIID

IIISi

IIIP

4
4M

4Si
4Si Mx

4L

4ML
4P
4MP

4PJ

4 Plus
4M Plus

4V
4MV

SOFT FONT CREATION
Font Descriptor

?)s#W[data]

Range: 0 - 32767

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Range: 0 - 65535

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Character Code

?*c#E

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Download Character

?(s#W[data]

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

MACROS
Macro ID

?&f#Y

Macro Control

?&f#X

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

PRINT MODEL IMAGING
Source Transparency Mode

?*v#N

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Pattern Transparency Mode

?*v#O

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Area Fill (Pattern) ID

?*c#G

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Select Current Pattern

?*v#T

Solid Black (0)

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Solid White (1)

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

HP Shading Pattern (2)

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Cross-hatch Pattern (3)
(HP-hatch Pattern)

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

User-defined Pattern (4)

ns

ns

ns

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Logical Operation

?*l#O

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

✓

✓

✓

✓

Pixel Placement

?*l#R

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

✓

✓

✓

✓

Define (Download) Pattern

?*c#W[data]

USER-DEFINED PATTERN
ns

ns

ns

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

?*p#R

ns

ns

ns

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

User-defined Pattern Control ?*c#Q

ns

ns

ns

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Range: 0 - 32767
Range: 0 - 65535
Set Pattern Reference Point

✓ Indicates a command is supported.

1-10 Printer Features

ns - Indicates a command is not supported.

ENWW

Table 1-1A. PCL 5 Feature Support Matrix (continued)

FUNCTION

COMMAND

III

IIID

IIISi

IIIP

4
4M

4Si
4Si Mx

4L

4ML
4P
4MP

4PJ

4 Plus
4M Plus

4V
4MV

RASTER GRAPHICS
Raster Resolution

?*t#R

75 Dots/Inch (75)

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

100 Dots/Inch (100)

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓
✓

150 Dots/Inch (150)

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

200 Dots/Inch (200)1

ns

ns

ns

ns

✓

✓

ns

✓2

✓

✓

✓

300 Dots/Inch (300)

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

600 Dots/Inch (600)1

ns

ns

ns

ns

✓

✓

ns

✓2

✓

✓

✓

Graphics Presentation

?*r#F

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Raster Height (Source)

?*r#T

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Raster Height (Destination)

?*t#V

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

Raster Width (Source)

?*r#S

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Raster Width (Destination)

?*t#H

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

Scale Algorithm

?*t#K

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

Start Raster Graphics

?*r#A

At logical page left
limit(0)

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

At CAP (1)

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

At logic. page left limit,
scaling ON (2)

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

At CAP, scaling ON (3)

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Unencoded (0)

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Run-Length Encoded (1)

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

TIFF Encoded (2)

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Delta Row Encoded (3)

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Mode 5 Adaptive (5)

ns

ns

ns

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Replacement Delta
Row (9)

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

Y Offset

?*b#Y

Set Compression Mode

?*b#M

Transfer Raster (Row/Block)

?*b#W[data]

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Transfer Raster (Plane)

?*b#V[data]

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

End Graphics
Version B

?*rB

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Version C (Preferred)

?*rC

ns

ns

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓ Indicates a command is supported.
ns - Indicates a command is not supported.
1 Supported if printer resolution is 600 dpi.
2 The 4ML printer does not support 200 or 600 dpi operation.

ENWW

Printer Features 1-11

Table 1-1A. PCL 5 Feature Support Matrix (continued)

FUNCTION

COMMAND

III

IIID

IIISi

IIIP

4
4M

4Si
4Si Mx

4L

4ML
4P
4MP

4PJ

4 Plus
4M Plus

4V
4MV

RECTANGULAR AREA FILL
?*c#A

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

?*c#H

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

1-100 for Shading

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

1-6 for Cross-hatch

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

ns

ns

ns

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Horizontal Rectangle Size

Vertical Rectangle Size

?*c#B

Pattern ID (Area Fill ID)

?*c#G

?*c#V

0-32767 for User-defined
Fill Rectangle Area

?*c#P

Black (solid) (0)

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

(Solid) White (erase) (1)

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Shaded (gray) (2)

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Cross-hatch Pattern (3)

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

User-defined Pattern (4)

ns

ns

ns

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Current Pattern (5)

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

STATUS READBACK
Set Status Readback
Location Type

?*s#T

ns

ns

ns

ns

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Set Status Readback
Location Unit

?*s#U

ns

ns

ns

ns

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Inquire Status Readback
Entity

?*s#I

ns

ns

ns

ns

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Free Space

?*s1M

ns

ns

ns

ns

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Flush All Pages

?&r#F

ns

ns

ns

ns

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Echo

?*s#X

ns

ns

ns

ns

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓ Indicates a command is supported.

1-12 Printer Features

ns - Indicates a command is not supported.

ENWW

Table 1-1A. PCL 5 Feature Support Matrix (continued)

FUNCTION

COMMAND

III

IIID

IIISi

IIIP

4
4M

4Si
4SiMx

4L

4ML
4P
4MP

4PJ

4 Plus
4M Plus

4V
4MV

PICTURE FRAME (for Vector Graphics)
Picture Frame Horiz. Size

?*c#X

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Picture Frame Vert. Size

?*c#Y

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Set Picture Frame Anchor Point ?*c0T

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

HP-GL/2 Horiz. Plot Size

?*c#K

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

HP-GL/2 Vert. Plot Size

?*c#L

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Enter HP-GL/2

?%#B

_Stand-alone plotter (-1)

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

_Previous HP-GL (0)

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

_Current PCL CAP (1)

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

_Current PCL coordinates and
old HP-GL/2 (2)

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

_Current PCL coordinates and
current CAP (3)

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Enter PCL Mode

?%#A

PROGRAMMING HINTS
Display Functions
On

?Y

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Off

?Z

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

?&s#C

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

End-Of-Line Wrap

✓ Indicates a command is supported.

ENWW

ns - Indicates a command is not supported.

Printer Features 1-13

Table 1-1A. PCL 5 Feature Support Matrix (continued)

FUNCTION

COMMAND

III

IIID

IIISi

IIIP

4
4M

4Si
4Si Mx

4L

4ML
4P
4MP

4PJ

4 Plus
4M Plus

4V
4MV

PCL 5 COLOR COMMANDS
?*v#I

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

Color Component 1

?*v#A

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

Color Component 2

?*v#B

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

Assign Color Index

Color Component 3

?*v#C

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

Color Lookup Tables

?*l#W[data]

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

Configure Image Data

?*v#W[data]

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

Download Dither Matrix

?*m#W

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

Foreground Color

?*v#S

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

Gamma Correction

?*t#I

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

Monochrome Print Mode

?&b#M

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

Palette Control ID

?&p#I

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

Palette Control

?&p#C

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

Push/Pop Palette

?*p#P

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

Render Algorithm

?*t#J

Range: 0 - 8

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

Range: 9 - 10

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

Range: 11 - 14

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

Range: 15 - 19

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

Select Palette

?&p#S

Set Viewing Illuminant

?*i#W[data]

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

Simple Color

?*r#U

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

✓ Indicates a command is supported.

1-14 Printer Features

ns - Indicates a command is not supported.

ENWW

Table 1-1A. PCL 5 Feature Support Matrix (continued)

FUNCTION

COMMAND

III

IIID

IIISi

IIIP

4
4M

4Si
4Si Mx

4L

4ML
4P
4MP

4PJ

4 Plus
4M Plus

4V
4MV

HP-GL/2 GRAPHICS
HP-GL/2—Commands listed
in Table A-2 except as
shown below
Advance Full Page

PG

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

Bezier

BR, BZ

ns

ns

ns

ns

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Begin Plot

BP

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

Chord Tolerance Mode

CT

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

(Relative) Color Range

CR

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

Download Character

DL

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

Fill Type

FT

Odd/Even

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Non-Zero Winding

ns

ns

ns

ns

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

Frame Advance

FR

Label origin

LO

1-9 / 11-19

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

21

ns

ns

ns

ns

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓
ns

Media Type

MT

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

Merge Control

MC

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

✓

✓

✓

✓

Number of Pens

NP

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

Output Error

OE

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

Output Hardcopy Limits

OH

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

Output Identification

OI

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

Output P1 and P2

OP

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

Output Status

OS

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

Pen Color Assignment

PC

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

Pixel Placement

PP

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

✓

✓

✓

✓

Plot Size

PS

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

Quality Level

QL

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

Replot

RP

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

✓ Indicates a command is supported.

ENWW

ns - Indicates a command is not supported.

Printer Features 1-15

Table 1-1B. PCL 5 Feature Support Matrix

FUNCTION

Color
LJ

COMMAND

Color
LJ 5,
5M

4LJ
Pro

4LC

5L
6L
6L Gold

5P
5 MP

5Si
6P
5Si Mx
6 MP Mopier

ns

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

5
5M

Desk
Desk
Jet
Jet
1200C 1600C

MISCELLANEOUS
Configuration
(AppleTalk)

✓

?&b#W[data]

✓

✓

ns

JOB CONTROL
Universal Exit/Start of
PJL (UEL)

?%–12✓ 45X

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Reset

?E

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Number of Copies

?&l#X

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Simplex/Duplex Print

?&l#S

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

✓

✓

ns

ns

Left (Long-Edge) Offset
Registration

?&l#U

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Top (Short-Edge) Offset ?&l#Z
Registration

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

?&u#D

ns

ns

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

ns

✓

Mechanical Print Quality ?*o#Q

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

✓

✓

Unit Of Measure

Media Type

?&l#M

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

✓

✓

Negative Motion

?&a#N

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

✓

✓

Self-Test

?z

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Paper Type

?&n5WdBond

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

?&n6WdPlain

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

?&n6WdColor

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

?&n7WdLabels

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

?&n9WdRecycled

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

?&n11WdLetterhead

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

?&n10WdCardstock

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

?&n11WdPrepunched

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

?&n11WdPreprinted

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

?&n13WdTransparency
?&n#WdCustomType
✓ Indicates a command is supported.
1

1

ns - Indicates a command is not supported.

For custom paper, replace “CustomType” with the name of the paper, and replace “#” with the number of characters in the name, plus 1.

1-16 Printer Features

ENWW

Table 1-1B. PCL 5 Feature Support Matrix (continued)

FUNCTION

COMMAND

Color
LJ

Color
LJ 5,
5M

4LJ
Pro

4LC

5L
6L
6L Gold

5P
5MP

6P
6MP

5Si
5SiMx
Mopier

5
5M

Desk
Desk
Jet
Jet
1200C 1600C

PAGE CONTROL
?&l#A

Page (Job) Size
Executive (1)

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

ns

ns

Letter (2)

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

1

Legal (3)

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Ledger (6)

✓4

✓1

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

✓

ns

ns

ns

A5 (25)

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

✓

ns

✓

ns

ns

A4 (26)

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

1

A3 (27)

✓

✓

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

✓

ns

ns

ns

JIS B5 Paper (45)

ns

ns

✓

✓

ns

ns

✓

✓

✓

ns

ns

JIS B4 Paper (46)

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

Monarch Envelope
(80)

ns

ns

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

ns

ns

Com-10 Envelope
(81)

ns

ns

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Intl. DL Envelope (90)

ns

ns

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Intl. C5 Envelope (91)

ns

ns

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Intl. B5 Envelope (100)

ns

ns

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

ns

ns

Custom (101)

ns

ns

✓

✓

ns2

✓

✓

✓3

✓

ns

ns

Hagaki Postcard (71)

ns

ns

✓

✓

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

Oufuku-Hagaki
Postcard (72)

ns

ns

✓

✓

ns

ns

✓

ns

✓

ns

ns

?&l#O

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Orientation
4

?&a#G

ns

ns

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Job Separation

?&l1T

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

Finish Mode

?&b#F

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

Page Side Selection

✓ Indicates a command is supported.
ns - Indicates a command is not supported.
1 Black & White only
2 For the HP LaserJet 5L printer, the printer driver sets the paper size to legal (3) when “custom” is selected.
3 The custom size is 11.7" x 17.7" on HP LaserJet 5Si, 5SiMx, and 5Si Mopier printers.
4 On non-duplex printers, this command causes a conditional page eject.

ENWW

Printer Features 1-17

Table 1-1B. PCL 5 Feature Support Matrix (continued)

FUNCTION

COMMAND

Color
LJ

Color
LJ 5,
5M

4LJ
Pro

4LC

5L
6L
6L Gold

5P
5MP

6P
6MP

5Si
5Si Mx
Mopier

5
5M

Desk
Desk
Jet
Jet
1200C 1600C

PAGE CONTROL (continued)
Paper (Media) Source

?&l#H

Eject Page (0)

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Main (Front) Paper
Source (1)

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Manual (Top/Rear)
Feed (2)

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Manual Env. Feed (3)

ns

ns

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

ns

ns

Alt. Paper Source (4)

✓

✓

ns

ns

ns

✓

✓

✓

✓

ns

ns

Optional Source (5)

✓

✓

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

✓

✓

✓

ns

Envelope Feeder (6)

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

✓

✓

ns

ns

Auto Select (7)

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

✓

✓

ns

✓

Tray 1 (right side) (8)

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

✓

ns

ns

ns

HCI Trays 2-21 (20-39)

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

✓

ns

ns

ns

Automatic (0)

ns

✓

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

Destination Tray 1 (1)

✓

✓

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

✓

✓

ns

ns

Output (Media) Bin

?&l#G

Destination Tray 2

✓

✓

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

✓

✓

ns

ns

Destination Tray 3

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

✓

ns

ns

ns

Print Direction

?&a#P

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Character Text Path Dir.

?&c#T

ns

ns

✓

✓

ns

✓

✓

✓

✓

ns

ns

Left Margin

?&a#L

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Right Margin

?&a#M

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Clear Horizontal
Margins

?9

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Top Margin

?&l#E

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Text Length

?&l#F

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Perforation Skip

?&l#L

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Horizontal Motion Index

?&k#H

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Vertical Motion Index

?&l#C

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Line Spacing

?&l#D

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Alphanumeric ID

?&n#W[operation]
[string]

✓

✓

ns

ns

ALPHANUMERIC ID (Media selection by type/PCL mass storage command)

✓ Indicates a command is supported.

1-18 Printer Features

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns - Indicates a command is not supported.

ENWW

Table 1-1B. PCL 5 Feature Support Matrix (continued)

FUNCTION

COMMAND

Color
LJ

Color
LJ 5,
5M

4LJ
Pro

4LC

5L
6L
6L Gold

5P
5 MP

5Si
6P
5SiMx
6 MP Mopier

5
5M

Desk
Desk
Jet
Jet
1200C 1600C

CURSOR POSITIONING
?&a#C

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

?*p#X

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

?&a#H

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

?&a#R

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

?*p#Y

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

?&a#V

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Half Line Feed

?=

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Line Termination

?&k#G

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Push/Pop Position

?&f#S

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Horizontal Position

Vertical Position

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

FONT SELECTION
The Primary font commands in this table can be changed to Secondary by replacing the left parenthesis “(” in the command with a right
parenthesis “)”.
Symbol Set (Primary)

?(ID

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Spacing (Primary)

?(s#P

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Pitch (Primary)

?(s#H

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Height (Primary)

?(s#V

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Style (Primary)

?(s#S

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Stroke Weight (Primary) ?(s#B

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Typeface (Primary)

?(s#T

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Font Selection By ID #
(Pri.)

?(#X

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Select Default Font
(Primary)

?(3@

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Underline

?&d#D

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

?&d@

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

?&p#X[data]

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Transparent Print Data
Text Parsing Method

?&t#P

ns

ns

✓

✓

ns

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

1

✓

FONT MANAGEMENT
Assign Font ID #

?*c#D

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Font Control

?*c#F

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Symbol Set ID Code

?*c#R

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Define Symbol Set

?(f#W[data]

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Symbol Set Control

?*c#S

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

USER-DEFINED SYMBOL SET

✓ Indicates a command is supported.
ns - Indicates a command is not supported.
1 Available in code versions “B” and “C” only (see the DeskJet 1200C section near the end of this chapter).

ENWW

Printer Features 1-19

Table 1-1B. PCL 5 Feature Support Matrix (continued)

FUNCTION

COMMAND

Color
LJ

Color
LJ 5,
5M

4LJ
Pro

4LC

5L
6L
6L Gold

5P
5 MP

5Si
6P
5SiMx
6 MP Mopier

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

5
5M

Desk
Desk
Jet
Jet
1200C 1600C

SOFT FONT CREATION
Font Descriptor

?)s#W[data]
✓

Range: 0 - 32767

✓

✓

✓

Range: 0 - 65535
Character Code

?*c#E

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Download Character

?(s#W[data]

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓
✓

✓

✓
✓

MACROS
Macro ID

?&f#Y

✓

Macro Control

?&f#X

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

PRINT MODEL IMAGING
Source Transparency
Mode

?*v#N

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Pattern Transparency
Mode

?*v#O

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Area Fill (Pattern) ID

?*c#G

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Select Current Pattern

?*v#T

Solid Black (0)

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Solid White (1)

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

HP Shading
Pattern (2)

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Cross-hatch Pattern
(3) (HP-hatch Pattern)

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

User-defined
Pattern (4)

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Logical Operation

?*l#O

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Pixel Placement

?*l#R

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Define (Download)
Pattern

?*c#W[data]

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

USER-DEFINED PATTERN

Range: 0 - 32767
Range: 0 - 65535
Set Pattern Reference
Point

?*p#R

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

User-defined Pattern
Control

?*c#Q

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓ Indicates a command is supported.

1-20 Printer Features

ns - Indicates a command is not supported.

ENWW

Table 1-1B. PCL 5 Feature Support Matrix (continued)

FUNCTION

COMMAND

Color
LJ

Color
LJ 5,
5M

4LJ
Pro

4LC

5L
6L
6L Gold

5P
5 MP

6P
6MP

5Si
5SiMx
Mopier

5
5M

Desk
Desk
Jet
Jet
1200C 1600C

RASTER GRAPHICS
Raster Resolution

?*t#R

75 Dots/Inch (75)

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

100 Dots/Inch (100)

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

150 Dots/Inch (150)

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

200 Dots/Inch (200)1

ns

ns

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

ns

✓

300 Dots/Inch (300)

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

ns

ns

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

ns

600 Dots/Inch

(600)1

✓

Graphics Presentation

?*r#F

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Raster Height (Source)

?*r#T

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Raster Height
(Destination)

?*t#V

✓

✓

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

✓

✓

Raster Width (Source)

?*r#S

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Raster Width (Destination) ?*t#H

✓

✓

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

✓

✓

Scale Algorithm

?*t#K

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

✓

✓

Start Raster Graphics

?*r#A

At logical page left
limit(0)

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

At CAP (1)

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

At logic. page left limit,
scaling ON (2)

✓

✓

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

✓

✓

✓

✓

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Unencoded (0)

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Run-Length Encoded (1)

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

TIFF Encoded (2)

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Delta Row Encoded (3)

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Mode 5 Adaptive (5)

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Replacement Delta
Row (9)

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

✓

At CAP, scaling ON (3)
Y Offset

?*b#Y

Set Compression Mode

?*b#M

Transfer Raster
(Row/Block)

?*b#W[data]

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Transfer Raster (Plane)

?*b#V[data]

✓

✓

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

✓

✓

Version B

?*rB

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Version C (Preferred)

?*rC

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

End Graphics

✓ Indicates a command is supported.
ns - Indicates a command is not supported.
1
Supported if printer resolution is 600 dpi.

ENWW

Printer Features 1-21

Table 1-1B. PCL 5 Feature Support Matrix (continued)

FUNCTION

COMMAND

Color
LJ

Color
LJ 5,
5M

4LJ
Pro

4LC

5L
6L
6L Gold

5P
5 MP

6P
6MP

5Si
5SiMx
Mopier

5
5M

Desk
Desk
Jet
Jet
1200C 1600C

RECTANGULAR AREA FILL
?*c#A

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

?*c#H

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

?*c#B

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

?*c#V

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

1-100 for Shading

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

1-6 for Cross-hatch

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Black (solid) (0)

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

(Solid) White (erase) (1)

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Shaded (gray) (2)

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Cross-hatch Pattern (3)

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

User-defined Pattern (4)

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Current Pattern (5)

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Horizontal Rectangle Size

Vertical Rectangle Size

Pattern ID (Area Fill ID)

?*c#G

0-32767 for User-defined
Fill Rectangle Area

?*c#P

✓
✓

STATUS READBACK
Set Status Readback
Location Type

?*s#T

ns

ns

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

ns

ns

Set Status Readback
Location Unit

?*s#U

ns

ns

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

ns

ns

Inquire Status Readback
Entity

?*s#I

ns

ns

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

ns

ns

Free Space

?*s1M

ns

ns

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

ns

ns

Flush All Pages

?&r#F

ns

ns

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Echo

?*s#X

ns

ns

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

ns

ns

✓ Indicates a command is supported.

1-22 Printer Features

✓
✓

ns - Indicates a command is not supported.

ENWW

Table 1-1B. PCL 5 Feature Support Matrix (continued)

FUNCTION

COMMAND

Color
LJ

Color
LJ 5,
5M

4LJ
Pro

4LC

5L
6L
6L Gold

5P
5MP

6P
6MP

5Si
5SiMx
Mopier

5
5M

Desk
Desk
Jet
Jet
1200C 1600C

PICTURE FRAME (for Vector Graphics)
Picture Frame Horiz. Size

?*c#X

✓

ns

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Picture Frame Vert. Size

?*c#Y

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Set Picture Frame Anchor
Point

?*c0T

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

HP-GL/2 Horiz. Plot Size

?*c#K

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

HP-GL/2 Vert. Plot Size

?*c#L

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Enter HP-GL/2

?%#B

_Stand-alone plotter (-1)

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

3

ns

_Previous HP-GL (0)

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

_Current PCL CAP (1)

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

_Current PCL coordinates
and old HP-GL/2 (2)

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

✓

✓

_Current PCL coordinates
and current CAP (3)

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Enter PCL Mode

?%#A

✓

PROGRAMMING HINTS
Display Functions
On
Off
End-Of-Line Wrap

?Y

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

?Z

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

?&s#C

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓ Indicates a command is supported.

ENWW

ns - Indicates a command is not supported.

Printer Features 1-23

Table 1-1B. PCL 5 Feature Support Matrix (continued)

FUNCTION

COMMAND

Color
LJ

Color
LJ 5,
5M

4LJ
Pro

4LC

5L
6L
6L Gold

5P
5MP

6P
6MP

5Si
5SiMx
Mopier

5
5M

Desk
Desk
Jet
Jet
1200C 1600C

PCL 5 COLOR COMMANDS
Assign Color Index

?*v#I

✓

✓

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

✓

✓

Color Component 1

?*v#A

✓

✓

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

✓

✓

Color Component 2

?*v#B

✓

✓

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

✓

✓

Color Component 3

?*v#C

✓

✓

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

✓

✓

Color Lookup Tables

?*l#W[data]

✓

✓

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

Configure Image Data

?*v#W[data]

✓

✓

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

✓

✓

Download Dither Matrix

?*m#W

✓

✓

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

✓

✓

Foreground Color

?*v#S

✓

✓

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

✓

✓

Gamma Correction

?*t#I

✓

✓

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

✓

✓

Monochrome Print
Mode

?&b#M

✓

✓

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

Palette Control ID

?&p#I

✓

✓

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

Palette Control

?&p#C

✓

✓

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

Push/Pop Palette

?*p#P

✓

✓

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

✓

✓

Render Algorithm

?*t#J

Range: 0 - 8

✓

✓

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

✓

✓

Range: 9 - 10

✓

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

✓

✓

Range: 11 - 14

✓

✓

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

✓

✓

Range: 15 - 19

ns

✓

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

Select Palette

?&p#S

✓

✓

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

Set Viewing Illuminant

?*i#W[data]

✓

✓

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

Simple Color

?*r#U

✓

✓

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

✓

✓

✓ Indicates a command is supported.

1-24 Printer Features

ns - Indicates a command is not supported.

ENWW

Table 1-1B. PCL 5 Feature Support Matrix (continued)

FUNCTION

COMMAND

Color
LJ

Color
LJ 5,
5M

4LJ
Pro

4LC

5L
6L
6L Gold

5P
5MP

6P
6MP

5Si
5SiMx
Mopier

5
5M

Desk
Desk
Jet
Jet
1200C 1600C

HP-GL/2 GRAPHICS
HP-GL/2—Commands
listed in Table A-2
except as shown below
Advance Full Page

PG

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

✓

✓1

ns

Bezier

BR, BZ

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Begin Plot

BP

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

✓1

ns

Chord Tolerance Mode

CT

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

✓1

ns

(Relative) Color Range

CR

✓

✓

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

✓

✓
ns

✓

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

✓1

Odd/Even

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Non-Zero Winding

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

✓1

ns

1-9 / 11-19

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

21

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓
ns

Download Character

DL

Fill Type

FT

Frame Advance

FR

Label origin

LO

Media Type

MT

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

✓1

Merge Control

MC

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Number of Pens

NP

✓

✓

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

✓

✓

ns

✓1

ns

1

ns

Output Error

OE

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

Output Hardcopy Limits

OH

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

✓

Output Identification

OI

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

✓1

ns
ns

Output P1 and P2

OP

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

✓1

Output Status

OS

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

✓1

ns

Pen Color Assignment

PC

3

3

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

✓

3

Pixel Placement

PP

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

✓

3
ns

Plot Size

PS

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

✓1

Quality Level

QL

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

✓1

ns

ns

✓1

ns

Replot

RP

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

✓ Indicates a command is supported.
ns - Indicates a command is not supported.
1 Supported in stand-alone HP-GL/2 Mode only (DeskJet 1200)

ENWW

Printer Features 1-25

Table 1-1C. PCL 5 Feature Support Matrix
FUNCTION

1100
Series

COMMAND

2100
Series

4000
Series

4500
Series

5000
Series

8000
Series

8100
Series

8500
Series

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

ns

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

MISCELLANEOUS
✓

Configuration (AppleTalk)

?&b#W[data]

Universal Exit/Start of PJL (UEL)

?%–12345X

Reset

?E

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Number of Copies

?&l#X

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Simplex/Duplex Print

?&l#S

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Left (Long-Edge) Offset
Registration

?&l#U

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Top (Short-Edge) Offset
Registration

?&l#Z

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Unit Of Measure

?&u#D

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Mechanical Print Quality

?*o#Q

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

JOB CONTROL

Media Type

?&l#M

ns

ns

3

ns

3

ns

ns

✓

Negative Motion

?&a#N

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

Self-Test

?z

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Paper Type

?&n5WdBond

ns

ns

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

?&n6WdPlain

ns

ns

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

?&n6WdColor

ns

ns

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

?&n6WdRough

ns

ns

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

ns

?&n6WdHeavy

ns

ns

ns

✓

ns

ns

ns

✓

?&n6WdGloss

ns

ns

ns

✓

ns

ns

ns

✓

?&n7WdLabels

ns

ns

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

?&n7WdVellum

ns

ns

ns

✓

✓

ns

ns

ns

?&n8WdDefault

ns

ns

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

?&n9WdRecycled

ns

ns

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

?&n11WdLetterhead

ns

ns

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

?&n11WdCard Stock

ns

ns

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

?&n10WdCardstock

ns

ns

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

?&n11WdPrepunched

ns

ns

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

?&n11WdPreprinted

ns

ns

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

?&n13WdTransparency

ns

ns

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

?&n#WdCustomType1

ns

ns

✓

ns

✓

✓

✓

ns

✓ Indicates a command is supported.
ns - Indicates a command is not supported.
For custom paper, replace “CustomType” with the name of the paper, and replace “#” with the number of characters in the name, plus1.

1

1-26 Printer Features

ENWW

Table 1-1C. PCL 5 Feature Support Matrix (continued)
FUNCTION

COMMAND

1100
Series

2100
Series

4000
Series

4500
Series

5000
Series

8000
Series

8100
Series

8500
Series

PAGE CONTROL
Page (Job) Size

?&l#A

Executive (1)

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Letter (2)

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Legal (3)

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Ledger (6)

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

JISExec (Foolscap) (10)
✓

A5 (25)

✓

A4 (26)

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

A3 (27)

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

✓

JIS B5 Paper (45)

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

JIS B4 Paper (46)

ns

ns

ns

✓

✓

ns

ns

✓

Monarch Envelope (80)

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Com-10 Envelope (81)

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Intl. DL Envelope (90)

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Intl. C5 Envelope (91)

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Intl. B5 Envelope (100)

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Custom (101)1

✓

✓

✓1

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Hagaki Postcard (71)

ns

✓

ns

✓

ns

ns

ns

ns

Oufuku-Hagaki
Postcard (72)

ns

✓

ns

✓

ns

ns

ns

ns

Orientation

?&l#O

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Page Side Selection2

?&a#G

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Job Separation

?&l1T

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

Finish Mode

?&b#F

ns

ns

ns

✓

ns

ns

ns

ns

✓ Indicates a command is supported.

ns - Indicates a command is not supported.

1

For some HP LaserJet printers, the custom size is configurable via the control panel.
2
On non-duplex printers, this command causes a conditional page eject.

ENWW

Printer Features 1-27

Table 1-1C. PCL 5 Feature Support Matrix (continued)
FUNCTION

COMMAND

1100
Series

2100
Series

4000
Series

4500
Series

5000
Series

8000
Series

8100
Series

8500
Series

PAGE CONTROL (continued)
?&l#H

Paper (Media) Source
In Tray (current tray)(0)

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

1st Cassette (Main Paper
Src.) (1)

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Manual Feed Tray (2)

✓

✓

✓2

✓

✓2

✓

✓

✓

Manual Feed Tray (3)

✓

✓

✓

ns

✓2

✓

✓

✓

MultiPurpose Tray (4)

✓

✓

✓2

✓

✓2

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓2

✓

✓

✓

ns

✓2

✓

✓

✓

2

2nd Cassette (Opt.
Source) (5)

✓

✓

✓2

Envelope Feeder (6)

✓

✓

✓

Auto Select (7)

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

3rd Cassette(8)

ns

✓

✓2

✓

✓2

ns

ns

✓

ns

ns

✓3

✓

✓2

✓

✓

✓

Automatic (0)

ns

ns

ns2

ns2

ns2

ns

ns

ns

Destination Tray 1 (1)

✓

✓

ns2

ns2

ns2

✓

✓

✓

2

2

2

HCI Trays 2-21 (20-39)
?&l#G

Output (Media) Bin

Destination Tray 2 (2)

✓

✓

ns

ns

ns

✓

✓

✓

Destination Tray 3 (3)

ns

ns

ns2

ns2

ns2

ns

ns

ns

Print Direction

?&a#P

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Character Text Path Dir.

?&c#T

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Left Margin

?&a#L

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Right Margin

?&a#M

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Clear Horizontal Margins

?9

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Top Margin

?&l#E

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Text Length

?&l#F

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Perforation Skip

?&l#L

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Horizontal Motion Index

?&k#H

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Vertical Motion Index

?&l#C

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

?&l#D

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Line Spacing

ALPHANUMERIC ID (Media selection by type/PCL mass storage command)
Alphanumeric ID

?&n#W[operation] [string]

✓

✓

✓

✓1

✓

✓ Indicates a command is supported.
ns - Indicates a command is not supported.
1 The LaserJet 4500 series printers support any Alphanumeric ID command that does not reference anything stored on a hard disk.
2 For these printers, see the printer-specific sections in Chapter 2.
3 The LaserJet 4000 series printers support HCI trays 2 – 41 (20 – 59)

1-28 Printer Features

ENWW

Table 1-1C. PCL 5 Feature Support Matrix (continued)
FUNCTION

COMMAND

1100
Series

2100
Series

4000
Series

4500
Series

5000
Series

8000
Series

8100
Series

8500
Series

CURSOR POSITIONING
Horizontal Position

Vertical Position

?&a#C

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

?*p#X

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

?&a#H

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

?&a#R

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

?*p#Y

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

?&a#V

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Half Line Feed

?=

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Line Termination

?&k#G

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Push/Pop Position

?&f#S

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

FONT SELECTION
The Primary font commands in this table can be changed to Secondary by replacing the left parenthesis “(” in the command with a right
parenthesis “)”.
Symbol Set (Primary)

?(ID

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Spacing (Primary)

?(s#P

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Pitch (Primary)

?(s#H

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Height (Primary)

?(s#V

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Style (Primary)

?(s#S

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Stroke Weight (Primary)

?(s#B

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Typeface (Primary)

?(s#T

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Font Selection By ID # (Pri.)

?(#X

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Select Default Font (Primary)

?(3@

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Underline

?&d#D

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

?&d@

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Transparent Print Data

?&p#X[data]

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Text Parsing Method

?&t#P

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

FONT MANAGEMENT
Assign Font ID #

?*c#D

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Font Control

?*c#F

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Symbol Set ID Code

?*c#R

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Define Symbol Set

?(f#W[data]

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Symbol Set Control

?*c#S

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

USER-DEFINED SYMBOL SET

✓ Indicates a command is supported.

ENWW

ns - Indicates a command is not supported.

Printer Features 1-29

Table 1-1C. PCL 5 Feature Support Matrix (continued)
FUNCTION

COMMAND

1100
Series

2100
Series

4000
Series

4500
Series

5000
Series

8000
Series

✓

✓

✓

✓

8100
Series

8500
Series

SOFT FONT CREATION
Font Descriptor

?)s#W[data]
✓

Range: 0 - 32767

✓

✓

Range: 0 - 65535

✓

✓

✓

ns

Character Code

?*c#E

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Download Character

?(s#W[data]

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Macro ID

?&f#Y

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Macro Control

?&f#X

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

MACROS

PRINT MODEL IMAGING
Source Transparency Mode

?*v#N

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Pattern Transparency Mode

?*v#O

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Area Fill (Pattern) ID

?*c#G

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Select Current Pattern

?*v#T

Solid Black (0)

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Solid White (1)

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

HP Shading Pattern (2)

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Cross-hatch Pattern (3)
(HP-hatch Pattern)

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

User-defined Pattern (4)

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Logical Operation

?*l#O

Pixel Placement

?*l#R

USER-DEFINED PATTERN
Define (Download) Pattern

?*c#W[data]

Range: 0 - 32767

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

ns

✓

Range: 0 - 65535
Set Pattern Reference Point

?*p#R

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

User-defined Pattern Control

?*c#Q

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓ Indicates a command is supported.

1-30 Printer Features

ns - Indicates a command is not supported.

ENWW

Table 1-1C. PCL 5 Feature Support Matrix (continued)
FUNCTION

COMMAND

1100
Series

2100
Series

4000
Series

4500
Series

5000
Series

8000
Series

8100
Series

8500
Series

RASTER GRAPHICS
Raster Resolution

?*t#R

75 Dots/Inch (75)

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

100 Dots/Inch (100)

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

150 Dots/Inch (150)

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

200 Dots/Inch (200)1

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

300 Dots/Inch (300)

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

600 Dots/Inch (600)1

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Graphics Presentation

?*r#F

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Raster Height (Source)

?*r#T

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Raster Height (Destination)

?*t#V

ns

ns

ns

3

ns

ns

ns

3

Raster Width (Source)

?*r#S

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Raster Width (Destination)

?*t#H

ns

ns

ns

✓

ns

ns

ns

✓

Scale Algorithm

?*t#K

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

✓

Start Raster Graphics

?*r#A
✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

At logical page left limit(0)
At CAP (1)

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

At logic. page left limit,
scaling ON (2)

ns

ns

ns

✓

ns

ns

ns

✓

At CAP, scaling ON (3)

ns

ns

ns

✓

ns

ns

ns

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Unencoded (0)

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Run-Length Encoded (1)

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

TIFF Encoded (2)

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Delta Row Encoded (3)

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Mode 5 Adaptive (5)

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Y Offset

?*b#Y

Set Compression Mode

?*b#M

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

Transfer Raster (Row/Block)

Replacement Delta Row (9)
?*b#W[data]

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Transfer Raster (Plane)

?*b#V[data]

ns

ns

ns

3

ns

ns

ns

✓

Version B

?*rB

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Version C (Preferred)

?*rC

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

End Graphics

✓ Indicates a command is supported.
ns - Indicates a command is not supported.
1 Supported if printer resolution is 600 dpi.

ENWW

Printer Features 1-31

Table 1-1C. PCL 5 Feature Support Matrix (continued)
FUNCTION

COMMAND

1100
Series

2100
Series

4000
Series

4500
Series

5000
Series

8000
Series

8100
Series

8500
Series

RECTANGULAR AREA FILL
?*c#A

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

?*c#H

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

?*c#B

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

?*c#V

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

1-100 for Shading

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

1-6 for Cross-hatch

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Horizontal Rectangle Size

Vertical Rectangle Size

Pattern ID (Area Fill ID)

?*c#G

0-32767 for User-defined
Fill Rectangle Area

?*c#P

Black (solid) (0)

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

(Solid) White (erase) (1)

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Shaded (gray) (2)

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Cross-hatch Pattern (3)

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

User-defined Pattern (4)

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Current Pattern (5)

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

STATUS READBACK
?*s#T

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Set Status Readback Location Unit ?*s#U

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

?*s#I

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Set Status Readback Location
Type

Inquire Status Readback Entity
Free Space

?*s1M

✓

✓

✓

ns

Flush All Pages

?&r#F

✓

✓

✓

ns

Echo

?*s#X

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓ Indicates a command is supported.

1-32 Printer Features

✓
✓

ns - Indicates a command is not supported.

ENWW

Table 1-1C. PCL 5 Feature Support Matrix (continued)
FUNCTION

COMMAND

1100
Series

2100
Series

4000
Series

4500
Series

5000
Series

8000
Series

8100
Series

8500
Series

PICTURE FRAME (for Vector Graphics)
Picture Frame Horiz. Size

?*c#X

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Picture Frame Vert. Size

?*c#Y

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Set Picture Frame Anchor Point

?*c0T

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

HP-GL/2 Horiz. Plot Size

?*c#K

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

HP-GL/2 Vert. Plot Size

?*c#L

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Enter HP-GL/2

?%#B

_Stand-alone plotter (-1)

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

_Previous HP-GL (0)

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

_Current PCL CAP (1)

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

_Current PCL coordinates and
old HP-GL/2 (2)

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

_Current PCL coordinates and
current CAP (3)

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Enter PCL Mode

?%#A

PROGRAMMING HINTS
Display Functions
On

?Y

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Off

?Z

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

End-Of-Line Wrap

?&s#C

✓ Indicates a command is supported.

ENWW

ns - Indicates a command is not supported.

Printer Features 1-33

Table 1-1C. PCL 5 Feature Support Matrix (continued)
FUNCTION

COMMAND

1100
Series

2100
Series

4000
Series

4500
Series

5000
Series

8000
Series

8100
Series

8500
Series

PCL 5 COLOR COMMANDS
Assign Color Index

?*v#I

ns

ns

ns

✓

ns

ns

ns

✓

Color Component 1

?*v#A

ns

ns

ns

✓

ns

ns

ns

✓

Color Component 2

?*v#B

ns

ns

ns

✓

ns

ns

ns

✓

Color Component 3

?*v#C

ns

ns

ns

✓

ns

ns

ns

✓

Color Lookup Tables

?*l#W[data]

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

✓

Configure Image Data

?*v#W[data]

ns

ns

ns

✓1

ns

ns

ns

✓

Download Dither Matrix

?*m#W

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

✓

Driver Function Config.

?*o3W643

ns

ns

ns

✓

ns

ns

ns

ns

?*o3W646

ns

ns

ns

✓

ns

ns

ns

ns

?*o3W647

ns

ns

ns

✓

ns

ns

ns

ns

Foreground Color

?*v#S

ns

ns

ns

✓

ns

ns

ns

✓

Gamma Correction

?*t#I

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

✓

Monochrome Print Mode

?&b#M

ns

ns

ns

✓

ns

ns

ns

✓

Palette Control ID

?&p#I

ns

ns

ns

✓

ns

ns

ns

✓

Palette Control

?&p#C

ns

ns

ns

✓

ns

ns

ns

✓

Push/Pop Palette

?*p#P

ns

ns

ns

✓

ns

ns

ns

✓

Render Algorithm

?*t#J

Range: 0 - 8

ns

ns

ns

0,3
only

ns

ns

ns

✓

Range: 9 - 10

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

✓

Range: 11 - 14

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

✓

Range: 15 - 19

ns

ns

ns

15,18
only

ns

ns

ns

✓

ns

ns

ns

✓

ns

ns

ns

✓

Select Palette

?&p#S

Set Viewing Illuminant

?*i#W[data]

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

✓

Simple Color

?*r#U

ns

ns

ns

✓

ns

ns

ns

✓

✓ Indicates a command is supported.
ns - Indicates a command is not supported.
The HP LaserJet 4500 Series printers do not support Luminance-Chrominance and CIE Lab, the long form of RGB/CMY, and the long form
of cRGB

1

1-34 Printer Features

ENWW

Table 1-1C. PCL 5 Feature Support Matrix (continued)
FUNCTION

COMMAND

1100
Series

2100
Series

4000
Series

4500
Series

5000
Series

8000
Series

8100
Series

8500
Series

HP-GL/2 GRAPHICS
HP-GL/2—Commands listed in
Table A-2 except as shown below

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Advance Full Page

PG

✓

✓

✓

ns

✓

✓

✓

ns

Bezier

BR, BZ

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Begin Plot

BP

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

Chord Tolerance Mode

CT

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

(Relative) Color Range

CR

ns

ns

ns

✓

ns

ns

ns

✓

Download Character

DL

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

Fill Type

FT
✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Odd/Even
Non-Zero Winding
Frame Advance

FR

Label origin

LO

1-9 / 11-19
21
Media Type

MT

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

Merge Control

MC

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Number of Pens

NP

ns

ns

ns

✓

ns

ns

ns

✓

Output Error

OE

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

Output Hardcopy Limits

OH

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

Output Identification

OI

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

Output P1 and P2

OP

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

Output Status

OS

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

Pen Color Assignment

PC

ns

ns

ns

✓

ns

ns

ns

✓

Pixel Placement

PP

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Plot Size

PS

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

Quality Level

QL

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

Replot

RP

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

✓ Indicates a command is supported.

ENWW

ns - Indicates a command is not supported.

Printer Features 1-35

Printable Area
The relationships between physical page, logical page, default picture
frame, and printable area are illustrated in Figures 1-1 and 1-2. The
tables list the variations in sizes for the different physical page sizes.
For more information concerning printable area or logical/physical
page differences, consult the PCL 5 Printer Language Technical
Reference Manual.

1-36 Printer Features

ENWW

DIMENSIONS (in dots at 300 DPI - double for 600 DPI)
PAPER SIZE

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

Portrait Dimensions
Letter

2550

3300

2400

3300

75

0

50

150

Legal

2550

4200

2400

4200

75

0

50

150

Ledger

3300

5100

3150

5100

75

0

50

150

Executive

2175

3150

2025

3150

75

0

50

150

A4

2480

3507

2338

3507

71

0

50

150

A3

3507

4960

3365

4960

71

0

50

150

Com-10

1237

2850

1087

2850

75

0

50

150

Monarch

1162

2250

1012

2250

75

0

50

150

C5

1913

2704

1771

2704

71

0

50

150

B5

2078

2952

1936

2952

71

0

50

150

DL

1299

2598

1157

2598

71

0

50

150

JIS B4

3035

4299

2893

4299

71

0

50

150

JIS B5

2149

3035

2007

3035

71

0

50

150

Hagaki

1181

1748

1039

1748

71

0

50

150

Oufuku-hagaki

1748

2362

1606

2362

71

0

50

150

Figure 1-1

ENWW

Portrait Logical Page and Printable Area Boundaries

Printer Features 1-37

DIMENSIONS (in dots at 300 DPI - double for 600 DPI)
PAPER SIZE

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

Portrait Dimensions
Letter

2550

3300

2400

3300

75

0

50

150

Legal

2550

4200

2400

4200

75

0

50

150

Ledger

3300

5100

3150

5100

75

0

50

150

Executive

2175

3150

2025

3150

75

0

50

150

A4

2480

3507

2338

3507

71

0

50

150

A3

3507

4960

3365

4960

71

0

50

150

Com-10

1237

2850

1087

2850

75

0

50

150

Monarch

1162

2250

1012

2250

75

0

50

150

C5

1913

2704

1771

2704

71

0

50

150

B5

2078

2952

1936

2952

71

0

50

150

DL

1299

2598

1157

2598

71

0

50

150

JIS

B4

3035

4299

2893

4299

71

0

50

JIS

B5

2149

3035

2007

3035

71

0

50

Hagaki

1181

1748

1039

1748

71

0

50

150

Oufuku-hagaki

1748

2362

1606

2362

71

0

50

150

Figure 1-2

Landscape Logical Page and Printable Area Boundaries

1-38 Printer Features

ENWW

2

Printer-Specific
Differences
Introduction
Each Hewlett-Packard printer implements minor variations of PCL 5
in order to best suit its intended use. This chapter describes specific
differences that are important when developing applications for the
various PCL 5 printers. The sections in this chapter describe such
information as new commands not contained in the PCL 5 Printer
Language Technical Reference Manual, and other miscellaneous
differences in PCL operation particular to that printer.

Note

For information about products newer than those included in this
book, see the PCL5 Comparison Guide Addendum, which includes
product-specific information about newer products, as well as
commands and variables added to support these newer products.

HP LaserJet III and IIID Printers
With the introduction of the HP LaserJet III printer, Hewlett-Packard
introduced the PCL 5 printer language. The PCL 5 printer language
incorporated many new features over the PCL 4 language. A few of
the more significant features included such things as the addition of a
scalable font technology, HP-GL/2 vector graphics language support,
print model features, raster graphics enhancements, and the Print
Direction command.
The HP LaserJet IIID printer language support is basically identical to
the HP LaserJet III printer except for the addition of the duplex
feature, dual input bin, envelope feeder support and their associated
commands (see Table 1-1).

ENWW

Printer-Specific Differences 2-1

HP LaserJet IIISi Printer
Several new PCL features were added to the PCL 5 language with the
release of the HP LaserJet IIISi printer. These new features are
summarized in Table 2-1 below.
Table 2-1. PCL Feature Additions for HP LaserJet IIISi Printer
Feature

Status

Comments

Number of Copies

Modified

Greater range, 1 to 32,767.

Page Size

Modified

C5 Envelopes not supported.

Output Bin Selection
Command

New

Allows programmatic selection of
upper or lower output paper bins.

End Raster Graphics
Command

New/Modified

Modified version of the existing End
Raster Graphics command.

Job Separation

New Command

Causes the paper stacker to shift
positions to offset the output paper
stack.

Fonts

New Additions

Four variations of Univers
Condensed; ITC Zapf Dingbats in
five symbol sets.

HP LaserJet IIIP Printer
Several new PCL features were added to the PCL 5 language with the
release of the HP LaserJet IIIP printer. These new features are
summarized in Table 2-2. One new feature listed here is adaptive
compression (method 5) for the Raster Compression Mode
command. In addition to compressing data for transmission, if certain
rules are followed (discussed below), the HP LaserJet IIIP printer will
store adaptive compressed data in compressed format and only
decompress it when required for printing. There are certain
requirements which must be met for this data to be stored in
compressed format. These requirements are discussed following
Table 2-2.

2-2 Printer-Specific Differences

ENWW

Table 2-2. HP LaserJet IIIP PCL Feature Additions
Feature/Command

Status

Comments

Set Compression Method

Modified

Adds Adaptive Compression method to the
Set Compression Method command.

End Raster Graphics
Command

Modified

Modified version of the End Raster
Graphics command.

User-defined Patterns

New

Enables users to define and download
their own user-defined pattern.

User-defined Pattern
Command

New
Feature

Used to download the binary data for
user-defined pattern.

Set Pattern Reference Point New
Command

Sets pattern reference point.

Pattern Control Command

New

Used to make user-defined patterns
permanent or temporary, or to delete them.

Select Pattern & Fill
Rectangular Area
Commands

Modified

Adds a parameter to support user-defined
patterns.

Pattern ID Command

Modified

In addition to selecting internal patterns,
this command is now used to assign an ID
to a user-defined pattern as well as to
select patterns. Also, parameter range is
extended from 100 to 32,767.

User-defined Symbol Sets

New
Feature

Enables user to build a symbol set which
contains user-selected characters.

Define Symbol Set
Command

New

Identifies the characters for a user-defined
symbol set.

Symbol Set ID Code
Command

New

Assigns a number for identification to the
user-defined symbol set.

Symbol Set Control
Command

New

Used to make user-defined symbol sets
permanent or temporary, or to delete them.

Unbound Scalable Fonts

New
Feature

Allows typefaces (unbound fonts), not just
fonts (bound fonts) to be downloaded to
the printer.

Unbound Scalable Font
Descriptor

New

Addition of a new header used for unbound
fonts (font type 10).

ENWW

Printer-Specific Differences 2-3

Raster Graphics Adaptive Compression (IIIP)
Adaptive compression was added to the PCL language with the
introduction of the HP LaserJet IIIP printer. Adaptive compression (or
method 5 as it is referred to) is a method for compressing raster data
using the raster Set Compression Method command (parameter
value 5). (Refer to the Set Compression Method command in the
PCL 5 Printer Language Technical Reference manual for detailed
information on using this compression technique.) Also, refer to
Chapter 5 in this document, “Raster Graphics Adaptive Compression
(Method 5)” for additional information.

HP LaserJet 4 Printer
Several new PCL features were added to the PCL 5 language with the
release of the HP LaserJet 4 printer. These new features are
summarized in Table 2-3. Most of these features are described in the
revised PCL 5 Printer Language Technical Reference Manual (part
number 5961-0509). (This revised technical reference manual is
supplied as part of the Technical Reference Documentation Package
which can be obtained by ordering part number 5961-0601.) In
addition, there are some additional differences for the HP LaserJet 4
printer that are not covered in the technical reference manual but are
described below.

Note

The HP LaserJet 4M printer, in addition to PCL, contains PostScript
and a LocalTalk I/O for printing in the Macintosh environment. PCL
operation and the PCL internal fonts for this printer are identical to the
HP LaserJet 4 printer. Thus, for PCL information for the
HP LaserJet 4M printer, refer to the HP LaserJet 4 printer features.

2-4 Printer-Specific Differences

ENWW

Table 2-3. PCL Feature Additions for HP LaserJet 4
Feature/Command

Support

Comments

Adaptive Compression System New

Adaptive compression system enables the printer to
compress internal raster data when memory becomes
low. This operation occurs automatically; there are no
PCL commands for this feature (refer to Chapter 5 for
ADC information).

Configuration Command

New

Allows PCL jobs to be printed (using LocalTalk or
EtherTalk MIO) using AppleTalk protocol.

Number of Copies

Modified

Supports 1-32,767 copies as does the HP LaserJet IIISi
printer.

Units of Measure Command

New

Allows selection of the units of measure for cursor
moves, drawing rules, and for character spacing (font
metrics).

Page Size

Modified

A parameter value is added for B5 envelope size; the
HP LaserJet 4 printer supports the four standard paper
sizes and five envelope sizes.

Bitmap Font Support

New Header

Printer will expand 300 dpi bitmap fonts to 600 dpi. A
new 300/600 dpi bitmap font descriptor has been added
to allow bitmap fonts to be created that work at either
1/300 or 1/600 inch printer resolution.

Scalable Font Support

New Header

A new Universal header has been added to allow
design of typefaces of different scaling technologies to
be supported by one header. This header is used to
support TrueType on the HP LaserJet 4 printer. (This
header will be used to support any other new scaling
technologies HP may add in the future).

TrueType

New

TrueType scaling technology support has been added to
the printer.

Internal Typefaces

New

Several new Intellifont and TrueType internal typefaces
(and supporting symbol sets) are now provided in the
printer.

Raster Resolution Command

Modified

Parameter values have been added to support raster
resolutions of 200 dpi and 600 dpi.

User-defined Pattern

New Header

A new 300/600 dpi user-defined pattern header has
been added to support patterns that work at either
1/300 or 1/600 inch printer resolution.

Continued on next page.

ENWW

Printer-Specific Differences 2-5

Table 2-3. PCL Feature Additions for HP LaserJet 4 (continued)
Feature/Command

Support

Comments

Status Readback

New Feature

The addition of 6 new status readback commands
enable the user to receive certain information back
from the printer about fonts, symbol sets, macros,
user-defined patterns, and available memory.

Location Type Command

New

Used to specify a status readback type of location
(current, all, internal, downloaded, cartridge, SIMMs).

Location Unit Command

New

Specifies a status readback location unit (all,
temporary or permanent, highest-lowest priority,
specific SIMM).

Inquire Entity Command

New

Requests the status from the location (type and unit)
specified for fonts, symbol sets, macros, or
user-defined patterns.

Flush All Pages Command

New

Allows the user to clear page data from printer
memory.

Free Memory Command

New

This command returns the current available memory.

Echo Command

New

Allows the user to send a unique ID number to the
printer to be used as a “place holder.”

Bezier Curve Commands

New

HP-GL/2 commands (relative and absolute) that allow
a user to draw complex curves with less data required
than that required for arcs.

Label Origin

Modified

Label position LO 21 is provided for correct alignment
of HP-GL/2 text with PCL text.

Fill Polygon

Modified

Previously, the HP-GL/2 Fill Polygon command filled
polygons using the odd/even fill technique. A second
technique, non-zero winding fill, has been added.

Macros

Modified

HP-GL/2 is now supported in macros.

Configuration Command

New

Added to allow the user to communicate with the MIO
card in the printer.

2-6 Printer-Specific Differences

ENWW

Configuration Command (AppleTalk)
The Configuration command allows a user to send PCL jobs to the
printer over AppleTalk. This data is sent in the form of “key/value” data
pairs (refer to “AppleTalk Configuration” below for more information).

?&b#W [key][value]
# = Number of data bytes that follow command
Default = 0
Range = 0 - 32767
[key] can be 1 character through 32765 characters.
[value] can be 1 character through 32765 characters.
AppleTalk Configuration
The HP LaserJet 4 printer can be configured to receive PCL print jobs
over an AppleTalk connection using the Configuration command. The
HP LaserJet 4 MIO AppleTalk interfaces support three key values:
RENAME, JOB, and TYPE. These keys are used for configuring an
installed LocalTalk or EtherTalk MIO card to allow PCL print jobs
generated by a Macintosh host to be printed.

ENWW

Printer-Specific Differences 2-7

Note

PostScript in the HP LaserJet 4 printer supports the PostScript level 1
operators setprintername, AppleTalktype, and jobname, and the
PostScript level 2 setdevparams operator to allow PostScript print
jobs to change the Name Binding Protocol (NBP) printer name and
printer type, as well as change the print job name.
MIO sub-system in the printer accepts a new NBP printer name, NBP
printer type, and job name from either the PCL or PostScript
personalities. The printer passes that information across the MIO
interface to the installed MIO card which indicated support for the
MIO AppleTalk extensions. The MIO sub-system will treat the PCL
NBP type and the PostScript NBP type separately.
For information about AppleTalk Name Binding Protocol refer to
Inside AppleTalk published by Addison Wesley Company, Inc.

RENAME
RENAME changes the printer name portion of the printer’s AppleTalk
Name Binding Protocol name field.

?&b#WRENAMEprintername
Valid characters for the printer name include 0-255 except for
characters $00, “@” ($40), “:” ($3A), “*” ($2A), “=” ($3D), and $C5.
The printername must contain at least one character, and only the
first 31 characters are used. If an invalid character ($00 is not treated
as an invalid character) is contained in the printername, the printer
will ignore the escape sequence. If the printer encounters the NULL
($00) character, the printer uses the NULL character to terminate the
printer name. All the characters preceding the NULL will be used. If
another device on the AppleTalk network uses the same printer
name, another character is added to the end of the printer name.
The default printername is the printer model (for example,
“HP LaserJet 4”).

2-8 Printer-Specific Differences

ENWW

JOB
JOB renames the current job name.

?&b#WJOBjobname
All characters are valid. For the job name the first 127 characters are
used.
There is no default jobname.

TYPE
TYPE changes the type (device type) portion of the printer’s
AppleTalk Name Binding Protocol type field.

?&b#WTYPEdevicetype
Valid characters for the device type include 0-255 except for
characters $00, “@” ($40), “:” ($3A), “*” ($2A), “=” ($3D), and $C5.
The devicetype must contain at least one character, and only the first
31 characters are used. If an invalid character ($00 is not treated as
an invalid character) is contained in the devicetype, the printer will
ignore the escape sequence. If the printer encounters the NULL ($00)
character in the devicetype, it uses the NULL character to terminate
the device type. All the characters preceding the NULL will be used
as the devicetype. If the device type is invalid then the printer's type is
not changed.
The default device type for PCL is “HP LaserJet 4” and for PostScript
is “LaserWriter”.

ENWW

Printer-Specific Differences 2-9

HP LaserJet 4Si Printer
The HP LaserJet 4Si printer is the follow-on to the HP LaserJet IIISi
printer. The HP LaserJet 4Si printer contains many new PCL features
over the HP LaserJet IIISi. PCL support for the HP LaserJet 4Si
printer is identical to the HP LaserJet 4 printer except for the addition
of the duplex feature, dual output bin (see Table 1-1) and resource
saving.
Like the HP LaserJet IIISi printer, the HP LaserJet 4Si supports the
HP LaserJet IIISi features listed in Table 2-1 with two exceptions.
First, is that the HP LaserJet 4Si does not support ITC Zapf Dingbats.
Font support for the HP LaserJet 4Si is identical to the HP LaserJet 4
printer (refer to Chapter 3, “Internal Typefaces/Fonts and Symbol
Sets,” for complete font support information). The other exception
concerns job separation. The PCL Job Separation command is not
supported. The HP LaserJet 4Si printer handles job separation
through the control panel. If a PCL Job Separation command is
received by the printer it will be ignored. Refer to the HP LaserJet 4Si
User’s Manual (part number C2010-90901) for additional information.
Resource saving, a new feature in the HP LaserJet 4Si printer, allows
saving information for the current language (PCL or PostScript) when
switching to the other language. If resource saving is enabled (from
the control panel or PJL; no PCL commands are required for this
operation), all the permanent fonts, macros, and user-defined
patterns plus some other miscellaneous data is saved in a reserved
portion of printer memory. This data is stored until the language is
enabled again. When the language is re-enabled, the stored data will
be made available for use.

2-10 Printer-Specific Differences

ENWW

HP LaserJet 4L Printer
The HP LaserJet 4L printer is a smaller, low-cost HP LaserJet printer.
The control panel on this printer is limited to one button with four
indicators. Many of the control panel functions must be controlled
programmatically using Hewlett-Packard’s Printer Job Language
(refer to the Printer Job Language Technical Reference Manual, part
number 5021-0380 for detailed PJL information).
The HP LaserJet 4L printer PCL command features are identical to
those of the HP LaserJet 4 printer PCL features, except for some
differences in parameter values (such as for paper source—refer to
Table 1-1). Additional features which do not require PCL command
control include EconoMode and HP Memory Enhancement
technology (MEt). EconoMode causes the printer to print less dots,
thus saving toner. Memory Enhancement technology involves some
memory saving techniques to better utilize available memory (refer to
Chapter 5, “Memory Usage” for additional information).
Typefaces in the HP LaserJet 4L printer are different from those of the
HP LaserJet 4 printer. The HP LaserJet 4 printer contains both
Intellifont and TrueType scaling technologies, but the 4L contains only
Intellifont scaling technology. Thus, the 4L does not contain any of the
TrueType typefaces, with one modification. The TrueType Wingdings
typeface has been converted to Intellifont format and is available in
the printer as an Intellifont typeface (refer to Chapter 3, “Internal
Typefaces/Fonts and Symbol Sets” for additional information). The
Line Printer bitmap font is not present on the HP LaserJet 4L printer.

ENWW

Printer-Specific Differences 2-11

HP LaserJet 4ML Printer
The HP LaserJet 4ML printer is similar to the HP LaserJet 4L printer,
however, the 4ML includes PostScript and a LocalTalk I/O for printing
in the Macintosh environment. The HP LaserJet 4ML printer also
includes some new PCL features: print model logical operation
(ROP3) and pixel placement, as described on the following pages.
The HP LaserJet 4ML supports the typefaces that the HP LaserJet 4
printer supports. Several of the typefaces in the HP LaserJet 4ML
printer have additional support for the Latin 2 and Latin 5 symbol sets
(refer to Chapter 3, “Internal Typefaces/Fonts and Symbol Sets,” for
complete font support information). The Line Printer bitmap font is not
present on the HP LaserJet 4L printer.
Table 2-4. PCL Feature Additions for HP LaserJet 4ML
Feature

Status

Comments

Paper (Job) Size
Command

Modified

An additional parameter (101) has been
added to provide support for custom size.

Logical Operations

New

Modifies the print model to allow logical
operations (such as AND, OR, XOR, NOT) to
be performed on source, texture, and
destination.

Pixel Placement (PCL) New

Allows user to select either grid intersection
or grid centered placement of pixels when
rendering an image in PCL.

Pixel Placement
(HP-GL/2)

New

Allows user to select either grid intersection
or grid centered placement of pixels when
rendering an image in HP-GL/2.

Merge Control

New

Allows the user to use logical operations
(ROP’s) in HP-GL/2.

2-12 Printer-Specific Differences

ENWW

Logical Operations
With the introduction of the HP LaserJet 4ML printer the print model
was expanded to include logical operations.
The basic print model defines how a pattern, source image, and
destination image are applied to each other using the print model’s
transparent and opaque modes to produce a resulting image (refer to
the PCL 5 Printer Language Technical Reference Manual for detailed
information about the basic print model operation). The Logical
Operations (?*l#O) command can apply logical functions (e.g.,
AND, OR, XOR, NOT) to any of these operands except transparency,
which must be specified first.
The print model process consists of the following steps:
1

Specify source and/or pattern transparency modes, if desired.

2

Specify the logical operation (or use the default).

3

Define the desired operands (source, destination, pattern).

Definitions
Source: The source image may be one of the following:
• HP-GL/2 primitives
• Rules
• Characters
• Raster images (single plane mask or multiplane color)
Destination: The destination image contains whatever is currently
defined on the page. It includes any images placed through previous
operations.
Pattern or Texture: The pattern is defined by Current Pattern
(?*v#T). The terms pattern and texture are used interchangeably in
this section.
Transparency Modes: The white pixels of the source and/or pattern
may be made transparent (source transparency 0, pattern
transparency 0). The destination shows through these areas.
Transparency modes are set by the Source Transparency (?*v#N)
and Pattern Transparency (?*v#O) commands (refer to the PCL 5
Printer Language Technical Reference Manual).
ENWW

Printer-Specific Differences 2-13

The print model allows logical operations, such as AND, OR, XOR,
NOT, to be performed on source, texture, and destination images.
Transparency modes and Logical Operation must be specified before
printable data is sent.

Operators
• Source Transparency (specified before logical operation;
default is transparent)
• Pattern Transparency (specified before logical operation;
default is transparent)
• Logical Operators (default is Texture OR Source)

Operands
• Source objects: character cell, raster image, rule, HP-GL/2
vectors and polygons
• Texture: pattern mask
• Destination: current page definition
Assuming three bits per pixel, the following diagram shows the print
model process.

Note

The Logical Operation command (?*l#O) provides 255 possible
logical operations. All of these logic operations map directly to their
ROP3 (raster operation) counterparts (see the Microsoft Document,
Reference, Volume 2, Chapter 11, Binary and Ternary Raster
Operation Codes).
The logical operations were defined by Microsoft Windows for an
RGB color space (a “1” is white and a “0” is black).

2-14 Printer-Specific Differences

ENWW

Logical Operations and Transparency
Interactions
As described above, transparency modes operate in addition to
logical operations. The logical operations in Table 2-5, Logical
Operations (ROP3), on the following pages, are true only if source
and pattern transparency (for white pixels) are explicitly set to opaque
(?*v1N and ?*v1O). If source and/or pattern transparency modes
are transparent (defaulted), the additional operations shown on the
following page must be performed to achieve the final result.
The four basic interactions are:
• Case 1: Source and Pattern are opaque.
Return ROP3 (Dest, Src, Texture).
• Case 2: Source is opaque, Pattern is transparent.
Temporary_ROP3 = ROP3 (Dest, Src, Texture).
Image_A = Temporary_ROP3, & Not Src.
Image_B = Temporary_ROP3 & Pattern.
Image_C = Not Pattern & Src & Dest.
Return Image_A | Image_B | Image_C
• Case 3: Source is transparent, Pattern is opaque.
Temporary_ROP3 = ROP3 (Dest, Src, Texture).
Image_A = Temporary_ROP3 & Src.
Image_B = Dest & Not Src.
Return Image_A | Image_B
• Case 4: Source and Pattern are transparent
Temporary_ROP3 = ROP3 (Dest, Src, Texture).
Image_A = Temporary_ROP3 & Src & Pattern.
Image_B = Dest & Not Src.
Image_C = Dest & Not Pattern.
Return Image_A | Image_B | Image_C.

ENWW

Printer-Specific Differences 2-15

Logical Operation Command
Specifies the logical operation to be performed in RGB color space on
the destination, source and texture to produce new destination data.

?*l#O
# = Logical operation value (see Table 2-6)
Default = 252 (TSo)
Range = 0 to 255
Note

When source and/or pattern transparency modes are set opaque (not
defaulted), values specified by this command map directly to the
ROP3 (raster operation) table values on the following page. However,
when source and/or pattern transparency modes are set transparent,
the additional operations shown on the previous page must be
performed to achieve the final result.
Logical operations in the table are shown in RPN (reverse polish
notation). For example, the value 225 corresponds to TDSoxn, the
logical function of
NOT (texture XOR (source OR destination))

Note

This command is the PCL Version of the HP-GL/2 MC command.
This command sets the ROP value which affects not only PCL
operation but also the HP-GL/2 ROP value.

2-16 Printer-Specific Differences

ENWW

Example:
The Logical Operation default value is 252 (TSo), corresponding to a
logical function of:
(texture | source)
The result is computed below for both case 1 (source and pattern
opaque) and case 4 (source and pattern transparent) on the previous
page. Note that the ROP3 value of 252 results only with case 1, when
both source and pattern transparency modes are set to opaque.
Table 2-5. Logical Operation (ROP3)
Bits
7

6

5

4

3

2

1

0

Texture

1

1

1

1

0

0

0

0

Source

1

1

0

0

1

1

0

0

Destination

1

0

1

0

1

0

1

0

ROP3 (source & pattern are opaque)

1

1

1

1

1

1

0

0

0

1

0

1

0

(decimal 252)
ROP3 Transparencies
(source & pattern are transparent)

1

1

1

Each column of destination, source, and texture values are the input
to the logical function. The result, 252, is the value that would be sent
to identify the logical operation (source and pattern transparency
modes are opaque). The last row, “ROP3 + Transparencies (source &
pattern are transparent)” shows the result if source and pattern
transparency modes are transparent (the default transparency mode).

ENWW

Printer-Specific Differences 2-17

Table of Logical Operations
Table 2-6, Logical Operations (ROP3), shows the mapping between
input values and their logical operations. Note that the logical
operations are specified as RPN (reverse polish notation) equations.
Here is a key to describe what the Boolean Function values mean;
S = Source
T = Texture
D = Destination

Note

a = AND
o = OR
n = NOT
x = EXCLUSIVE OR

Since logical operations are interpreted in RGB space (white = 1 and
black = 0) rather than in CMY space (white = 0 and black = 1), the
results may not be intuitive. For example, ORing a white object with a
black object in RGB space yields a white object. This is the same as
ANDing the two objects in CMY space. It must be remembered that
the printer operates in something similar to a CMY space and inverts
the bits and reverses the order.

2-18 Printer-Specific Differences

ENWW

Table 2-6. Logical Operations (ROP3)
Input Value

Boolean Function

Input Value

Boolean Function

0

0

27

SDTSxaxn

1

DTSoon

28

TSDTaox

2

DTSona

29

DSTDxaxn

3

TSon

30

TDSox

4

SDTona

31

TDSoan

5

DTon

32

DTSnaa

6

TDSxnon

33

SDTxon

7

TDSaon

34

DSna

8

SDTnaa

35

STDnaon

9

TDSxon

36

STxDSxa

10

DTna

37

TDSTanaxn

11

TSDnaon

38

SDTSaox

12

STna

39

SDTSxnox

13

TDSnaon

40

DTSxa

14

TDSonon

41

TSDTSaoxxn

15

Tn

42

DTSana

16

TDSona

43

SSTxTDxaxn

17

DSon

44

STDSoax

18

SDTxnon

45

TSDnox

19

SDTaon

46

TSDTxox

20

DTSxnon

47

TSDnoan

21

DTSaon

48

TSna

22

TSDTSanaxx

49

SDTnaon

23

SSTxDSxaxn

50

SDTSoox

24

STxTDxa

51

Sn

25

SDTSanaxn

52

STDSaox

26

TDSTaox

53

STDSxnox

ENWW

Printer-Specific Differences 2-19

Table 2-6. Logical Operations (ROP3) continued
Input Value

Boolean Function

Input Value

Boolean Function

54

SDTox

81

DSTnaon

55

SDToan

82

DTSDaox

56

TSDToax

83

STDSxaxn

57

STDnox

84

DTSonon

58

STDSxox

85

Dn

59

STDnoan

86

DTSox

60

TSx

87

DTSoan

61

STDSonox

88

TDSToax

62

STDSnaox

89

DTSnox

63

TSan

90

DTx

64

TSDnaa

91

DTSDonox

65

DTSxon

92

DTSDxox

66

SDxTDxa

93

DTSnoan

67

STDSanaxn

94

DTSDnaox

68

SDna

95

DTan

69

DTSnaon

96

TDSxa

70

DSTDaox

97

DSTDSaoxxn

71

TSDTxaxn

98

DSTDoax

72

SDTxa

99

SDTnox

73

TDSTDaoxxn

100

SDTSoax

74

DTSDoax

101

DSTnox

75

TDSnox

102

DSx

76

SDTana

103

SDTSonox

77

SSTxDSxoxn

104

DSTDSonoxxn

78

TDSTxox

105

TDSxxn

79

TDSnoan

106

DTSax

80

TDna

107

TSDTSoaxxn

2-20 Printer-Specific Differences

ENWW

Table 2-6. Logical Operations (ROP3) continued
Input Value

Boolean Function

Input Value

Boolean Function

108

SDTax

135

TDSaxn

109

TDSTDoaxxn

136

DSa

110

SDTSnoax

137

SDTSnaoxn

111

TDSxnan

138

DSTnoa

112

TDSana

139

DSTDxoxn

113

SSDxTDxaxn

140

SDTnoa

114

SDTSxox

141

SDTSxoxn

115

SDTnoan

142

SSDxTDxax

116

DSTDxox

143

TDSanan

117

DSTnoan

144

TDSxna

118

SDTSnaox

145

SDTSnoaxn

119

DSan

146

DTSDToaxx

120

TDSax

147

STDaxn

121

DSTDSoaxxn

148

TSDTSoaxx

122

DTSDnoax

149

DTSaxn

123

SDTxnan

150

DTSxx

124

STDSnoax

151

TSDTSonoxx

125

DTSxnan

152

SDTSonoxn

126

STxDSxo

153

DSxn

127

DTSaan

154

DTSoaxn

128

DTSaa

155

SDTSoaxn

129

STxDSxon

156

STDnax

130

DTSxna

157

DSTDoaxn

131

STDSnoaxn

158

DSTDSaoxx

132

SDTxna

159

TDSxan

133

TDSTnoaxn

160

DTa

134

DSTDSoaxx

161

TDSTnaoxn

ENWW

Printer-Specific Differences 2-21

Table 2-6. Logical Operations (ROP3) continued
Input Value

Boolean Function

Input Value

Boolean Function

162

DTSnoa

189

SDxTDxan

163

DTSDxoxn

190

DTSxo

164

TDSTonoxn

191

DTSano

165

TDxn

192

TSa

166

DSTnax

193

STDSnaoxn

167

TDSToaxn

194

STDSonoxn

168

DTSoa

195

TSxn

169

DTSoxn

196

STDnoa

170

D

197

STDSxoxn

171

DTSono

198

SDTnax

172

STDSxax

199

TSDToaxn

173

DTSDaoxn

200

SDToa

174

DSTnao

201

STDoxn

175

DTno

202

DTSDxax

176

TDSnoa

203

STDSaoxn

177

TDSTxoxn

204

S

178

SSTxDSxox

205

SDTono

179

SDTanan

206

SDTnao

180

TSDnax

207

STno

181

DTSDoaxn

208

TSDnoa

182

DTSDTaoxx

209

TSDTxoxn

183

SDTxan

210

TDSnax

184

TSDTxax

211

STDSoaxn

185

DSTDaoxn

212

SSTxTDxax

186

DTSnao

213

DTSanan

187

DSno

214

TSDTSaoxx

188

STDSanax

215

DTSxan

2-22 Printer-Specific Differences

ENWW

Table 2-6. Logical Operations (ROP3) continued
Input Value

Boolean Function

Input Value

Boolean Function

216

TDSTxax

236

SDTao

217

SDTSaoxn

237

SDTxno

218

DTSDanax

238

DSo

219

STxDSxan

239

SDTnoo

220

STDnao

240

T

221

SDno

241

TDSono

222

SDTxo

242

TDSnao

223

SDTano

243

TSno

224

TDSoa

244

TSDnao

225

TDSoxn

245

TDno

226

DSTDxax

246

TDSxo

227

TSDTaoxn

247

TDSano

228

SDTSxax

248

TDSao

229

TDSTaoxn

249

TDSxno

230

SDTSanax

250

DTo

231

STxTDxan

251

DTSnoo

232

SSTxDSxax

252

TSo

233

DSTDSanaxxn

253

TSDnoo

234

DTSao

254

DTSoo

235

DTSxno

255

1

ENWW

Printer-Specific Differences 2-23

Pixel Placement Command
This command determines how pixels are rendered in images.

?*l # R
#=

0 - Grid intersection
1 - Grid centered

Default = 0
Range = 0, 1 (command is ignored for other values)
Two models are used for rendering pixels when an image is placed on
paper:
• Grid Intersection Model
• Grid Centered Model
This command can be invoked multiple times during a page. It has no
effect except to switch the model being used for imaging.

Note

The PCL Pixel Placement command determines how pixels are
placed for both PCL and HP-GL/2 operation.
The example shown in Figure 2-1 illustrates the concepts of the two
models. Assume a rectangle extends from coordinate position (1,1) to
position (3,4). As shown below, each model produces a different
result. (Since PCL printers print only at intersections, grid centered
pixel placement is implemented as shown on the right.)

2-24 Printer-Specific Differences

ENWW

Figure 2-1

Pixel Placement
The grid centered model produces a rectangle that is one dot row
thinner and one dot row shorter than the grid intersection model. The
grid intersection model is the PCL default.

Note

ENWW

The grid centered method is used by Microsoft Windows.

Printer-Specific Differences 2-25

Placement Variations
PCL and HP-GL/2 (see following pages for HP-GL/2 pixel placement
command description) provide two pixel placement modes: grid
intersection (the default) and grid centered. Grid intersection places
pixels on the intersections of the grid (see Figure 2-2). Grid centered
places pixels in the center of the grid. In Figure 2-2, a rectangle
extends from position (1,1) to (3,4). The grid centered model
produces a rectangle one dot thinner and one dot shorter then the
grid intersection model.
When rectangular area fills are used and grid intersection is used, an
overlapping of pixels can occur if rectangular area fills are placed
adjacent to one another (as shown below). Depending on the raster
operation presently in effect, this overlap can produce undesirable
results in the final printed image. To avoid this problem, use the grid
centered method.

Note

Since PCL printers print only at intersections, grid centered is
implemented as shown on the right.

Figure 2-2

Pixel Placement Variations

2-26 Printer-Specific Differences

ENWW

Pixel Placement Command (HP-GL/2)
The Pixel Placement (PP) command controls how pixels are placed
on the layout grid during polygon fills. Two pixel placement modes are
grid intersection or grid centered.
PP [mode] ;
Pixel Placement Command (HP-GL/2)
Parameter

Format

Functional Range

Default

mode

clamped integer

0 or 1

0 (grid intersection)

mode
0 = grid intersection; device draws pixels centered at grid
intersections (see Figure 2-1).
1 = grid centered; device draws pixels centered inside the boxes
created by the grid (see Figure 2-1).
The command is the HP-GL/2 version of the PCL Pixel Placement
command. Whatever mode is selected, using the HP-GL/2 PP
command also applies to PCL operation. Likewise the PCL Pixel
Placement command also affects HP-GL/2 pixel placement.

Note

Microsoft Windows fills polygons based on grid centered method.
This command determines how pixels will be placed for both HP-GL/2
and PCL operation.
The PP command is not defaulted by an IN command.

ENWW

Printer-Specific Differences 2-27

Merge Control Command (HP-GL/2)
The Merge Control (MC) command specifies the raster operation
(ROP's) to be performed in HP-GL/2. Raster Operations specify how
source, destination, and patterns are combined to produce final
images. This command supports all 256 Microsoft Windows ternary
(ROP3) raster-operation codes.
MC [mode, [opcode] ] ;
Merge Control Command (HP-GL/2)

1

Parameter

Format

Functional Range

Default

mode

clamped integer

0 or 1

0 (ROP 252)

opcode

clamped integer

0...2551

168, 252

For opcode ROP values refer to Table 2-6, Logical Operation.

mode
0 = opcode value is ignored; printer sets ROP to 252.
1 = opcode value is used as the ROP value. If no opcode value is
sent, printer sets ROP to 168. If opcode is out of range (some
value other then 0-255), the command is ignored and the
default ROP of 252 is used. (For example: MC1,60; MC1,60-;
MC1,+60; MC1,60+; all set the ROP to 60; however, MC1,-60;
or MC1,300; set the ROP to the default value (252).

Note

This command is the HP-GL/2 version of the PCL Logical Operation
command.
This command sets a ROP value which affects not only HP-GL/2
operation but also the PCL ROP value.
The MC command is defaulted by an IN command.

2-28 Printer-Specific Differences

ENWW

Note

When using the MC command, some pattern types will not produce
the expected ROP result. This only occurs when using the FT (Fill
Type) command pattern types 1, 2, 3, and 4, and the ROP includes an
XOR operation. (This problem is due to the fact that these patterns
are the result of a vector operation and do not produce raster data for
use by a ROP operation.) All other Fill Type command patterns
(types, 10, 11, 21, or 22) operate as expected.

opcode
The operation code (opcode) specifies the logical operations that are
performed on a source, destination, and patterned image prior to
drawing the final image. The opcodes are created by listing all
possible combinations of a single pattern, source and destination
pixel, and constructing the desired final pixel values. The following
table shows three common opcodes (also see Table 2-6).
Table 2-3. Common Opcodes
Pixel Combinations

Desired Destination Values

Pattern Pixel

Source Pixel

Destination
Pixel

Source
Overwrite

Transparency
(TR command)

Source
Destination

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

1

0

1

1

0

1

0

1

1

1

0

1

1

1

1

0

1

0

0

0

0

0

1

0

1

0

1

1

1

1

0

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

0

204 (0xCC)

238 (0xEE)

102 (0x66)

Resulting Opcode

ENWW

Printer-Specific Differences 2-29

HP LaserJet 4P and 4MP Printers
The HP LaserJet 4P printer is the follow-on to the HP LaserJet IIIP
printer. The HP LaserJet 4MP printer is the multi-platform (PostScript)
version of the 4P printer. PCL operation and the internal fonts in these
two printers are identical to that of the HP LaserJet 4ML printer. The
4P and 4MP printers have a control panel unlike the 4L and 4ML
printers. Refer to Table 1-1, PCL Feature Support Matrix, for the
commands these printers support and to Chapter 3, “Internal
Typefaces/Fonts and Symbol Sets,” for font support information.

2-30 Printer-Specific Differences

ENWW

HP LaserJet 4PJ Printer
The HP LaserJet 4PJ printer is a modified version of the
HP LaserJet 4P printer designed specifically for the Japanese
market. The enhanced PCL 5 printer language in this printer includes
all of the PCL 5 features of the HP LaserJet 4P, plus special features
which specifically support the Asian printing market. These features
include large font support, support for vertical printing, and the ESC/P
printer language. Table 2-8 lists the PCL feature additions for this
printer.
Table 2-4. PCL Feature Additions for HP LaserJet 4PJ
Feature

Status

Comments

Text Parsing Method New
Command

Provides a method for specifying character
codes to select characters in large fonts
(> 256 characters).

Character Text Path
Direction Command

New

Allows vertical printing for Asian markets,
which use both horizontal and vertical
printing.

Font Header Format

Modified

Adds Font Format 16, a font header which
supports large TrueType fonts. Five new font
header segments are supported.

Fonts

New Additions
and Deletions

The resident typefaces are different than
those in the HP LaserJet 4P printer. Two
large fonts (fonts containing a large number
of characters) are included to support the
Japanese market: MS Mincho and MS
Gothic. The printer also contains some
Western TrueType typefaces (Arial and
Times Roman families). The printer does not
have any Intellifont typefaces except the
Courier family.

Page Size Command New Additions

Adds support for JIS B5 paper (?&l45A)
and two Japanese postcard sizes: Hagaki
(?&l71A) and Oufuku-Hagaki (?&l72A).

Character
Enhancements

Allows pseudo-bold and pseudo-italic
enhancements to be applied to MS Mincho,
MS Gothic, and certain downloaded
TrueType fonts.

ENWW

New

Printer-Specific Differences 2-31

Descriptions of the Text Parsing Method Command, Character Text
Path Direction Command, and Font Format 16 are provided in the
following paragraphs. Following that, a “LaserJet 4PJ Programming
Tips” section offers examples and tips for performing specific tasks
using PCL 5.

Text Parsing Method Command
The Text Parsing Method command informs the PCL parser whether
character codes should be interpreted as 1-byte or 2-byte character
codes as described below.

?&t#P
# = 0, 1 - All character codes are processed as one-byte
characters.
21 - Character codes are processed as one-byte or two-byte
characters as described below.
31 - Character codes are processed as one-byte or two-byte
characters as described below.
38 - Character codes are processed as one-byte or two-byte
characters as described below.
Default = 0 or 31 (if the default symbol set is WIN31J, the value is
31; otherwise it is 0)
Range = 0, 1, 21, 31, 38
If the value field is 21, character codes in the range 0x21-0xFF are
processed as the first byte of a two-byte character. The following byte
is processed as the second byte of the two-byte character. All
character codes outside this range are processed as one-byte values.
This method can be used for parsing characters in Asian seven-bit
encoding specifications, including JIS X0208 (Japan), GB 2312-80
(China), and KS C 5601-1992 (Korea).
If the value field is 31, character codes in the range 0x81-0x9F and
0xE0-0xFC are processed as the first byte of a two-byte character.
The following byte is processed as the second byte of the two-byte
character. All character codes outside this range are processed as
one-byte values. This method can be used for parsing characters in
the Shift-JIS encoding specification.

2-32 Printer-Specific Differences

ENWW

If the value field is 38, character codes in the range 0x80-0xFF are
processed as the first byte of a two-byte character. The following byte
is processed as the second byte of the two-byte character. All
character codes outside this range are processed as one-byte values.
This method can be used for parsing Asian eight-bit encoding
specifications, such as the Big Five and TCA encoding specifications
(Taiwan), and KS C 5601-1992 and GB 2312-80, which can be either
7 or 8 bit.

Character Text Path Direction Command
This command allows the user to vertically rotate text for use in
vertical writing applications.

?&c#T
#=

0 - Horizontal printing
-1 - Vertical rotated printing

Default = 0
Range = 0, 1
Using ?&c0T, the printer’s current active position (CAP) advances
left to right, and linefeed advances top to bottom with horizontal,
upright characters.
Using ?&c–1T, the following actions occur:
• Full-width characters in large fonts are rotated
counter-clockwise 90 degrees (“vertical rotated” characters).
• Vertical substitutes are made for characters which change
their appearance, orientation, or positioning when written
vertically.
• All other characters are unaffected by this setting.
• The vertical-rotated printing mode (?&c-1T) has the effect of
transforming a portrait page with horizontal text into a
landscape page with vertical text. The PCL Print Direction
command can be used to achieve other text orientations.

ENWW

Printer-Specific Differences 2-33

Vertical substitution characters are those characters which change
their appearance, orientation, or positioning when written vertically.
Examples in Japanese fonts include parentheses, brackets,
punctuation and small kana. In the example above, the two small
characters are replaced with vertical substitutes. Vertical substitution
characters are accessed through the Vertical Substitutes Character
Segment, which is described in more detail later in this chapter.

Font Header Format 16
The HP LaserJet 4PJ printer provides support for large fonts. Large
fonts, such as the MS Mincho and MS Gothic fonts supplied in the
printer, are fonts which are bound to large symbol sets. The
LaserJet 4PJ printer supports a new font header to accommodate
large bound fonts. New segments are provided for support of vertical
substitutes, galley characters, typeface strings, and character
enhancements.
The Font Header Command, described beginning on page 11-6 of the
PCL 5 Printer Language Technical Reference Manual, has several
different header formats. The support of large fonts adds Font Header
Format 16 (Universal Font Header). Font Header Format 16 is
identical in structure to format 15 (Universal Scalable Font Header)
except that the size field for data segments has been enlarged from
16 bits to 32 bits, and a new Font Type has been added for large fonts
(Font Type 3).

2-34 Printer-Specific Differences

ENWW

New Font Format Header Segments
For the HP LaserJet 4PJ printer, Font Header Format 15 has been
extended to include optional data segments for supporting galley
characters, typeface strings, and character enhancements. Font
Format 16 supports these segments plus optional segments for
supporting vertical substitution and a vertical rotation offset.
(Segmented Font Data is described beginning on page 11-45 of the
PCL 5 Printer Language Technical Reference Manual.)

Galley Character Segment
If an application requests a character that does not exist within the
current font, the printer checks the Galley Character Segment for a
substitute character to print.

Vertical Substitution Character Segment
The Vertical Substitution Character Segment is used to identify
vertical substitute glyphs for characters which change their
appearance, orientation, or positioning when written vertically.

Typeface String Segment
The Typeface String Segment allows names of permanent
downloaded fonts to be displayed, using non-Latin characters, in the
appropriate typeface on the Typeface List.

Vertical Rotation Segment
When the character text path direction is set to vertical rotation,
full-width characters are rotated counter-clockwise 90°. The Vertical
Rotation Segment sets the point around which the character rotates,
so that character alignment is compatible with the way Windows 3.1J
rotates characters.

Character Enhancement Segment
The HP LaserJet 4PJ printer can apply pseudo-bold and pseudo-italic
enhancements to MS Mincho, MS Gothic, and certain downloaded
TrueType fonts. This segment is used to indicate that a particular
downloaded font is able to have these character enhancements
applied.

ENWW

Printer-Specific Differences 2-35

Table 2-5. Printer Segment Support for Font Format 16
Segment1

LJ 4PJ LJ 4V/ LJ 4LC LJ 4LJ DJ 1600 LJ 5P
4MV
Pro

Galley Character – GC

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Vertical Substitution – VT

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Typeface string – TF

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

ns

Vertical Rotation – VR

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Character Enhancement –
CE

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Bitmap Resolution – BR*

ns

✓

✓

✓

ns

✓

TrueType fonts

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Bitmap fonts*

ns

✓

✓

✓

ns

✓

ns – not supported
* Format 16 bitmap font support is described beginning on page 2-63.
1

These segments are supported for the HP LaserJet 5Si and all later LaserJet printers.

Description of Font Header Segments
Each font header data segment contains three parts:
• Segment Identifier
• Data Segment Size
• Data Segment

2-36 Printer-Specific Differences

ENWW

Segment Identifier Values
The Segment Identifier Values for the Galley Character, Vertical
Substitution Character, Typeface String, Vertical Rotation, and
Character Enhancement Segments are as shown in the following
table.
Value

Mnemonic*

Data Segment

18243

GC

Galley Character Segment

22100

VT

Vertical Substitute Segment

21574

TF

Typeface String Segment

22098

VR

Vertical Rotation Segment

17221

CE

Character Enhancement Segment

* The mnemonic is obtained when the two bytes of this big-endian word are treated as
ASCII characters.

Data Segment Size
The Data Segment Size indicates the number of bytes in the
immediately following Data Segment. The size of this field is 4 bytes
for Font Format 16 fonts, and 2 bytes for Font Format 15 fonts. The
rest of the data segments are identical for both font formats.

Galley Character Segment
If an application requests a character that does not exist within the
current font, the printer checks the Galley Character Segment for a
substitute character to print instead. The Galley Character Segment
specifies the character codes of the substitute characters to be
printed. A different galley character can be specified for different
regions of the symbol set. For example, this segment can be set up
so that an asterisk prints when a non-existent character is selected in
the region 0x81 - 0x9F, and a question mark for characters in the
region 0xE0-0xFC.
Byte

ENWW

15 (MSB)

8

7

(LSB) 0

Byte

0

GC (18243)

1

2
4

Data Segment Size (6*n+6) *

3
5

6

Format = 0

7

8

Default Galley Character

9
Printer-Specific Differences 2-37

Byte

15 (MSB)

8

7

(LSB) 0

Byte

10

Number of Regions (n)

11

12

Region #1 Upper Left Character Code

13

14

Region #1 Lower Right Character Code

15

16

Region #1 Galley Character

17

...

...

6*n+6

Region #n Upper Left Character Code

6*n+7

6*n+8

Region #n Lower Right Character Code

6*n+9

6*n+10 Region #n Galley Character

6*n+11

* This segment is for Font Format 16. The Data Segment Size field for Font Format 16
fonts is 4 bytes; the segment for Font Format 15 fonts is identical except the Data
Segment Size field is 2 bytes instead.

• Default Galley Character (UI). Character code of the
character to be printed when a specified character is not within
any of the defined regions.
• Number of Regions (UI). Number of regions for which galley
characters are defined. Regions are defined for a table in
which the first character code byte specifies the row and the
second byte specifies the column.
• Region #x Upper Left Character Code (UI). Character code
defining upper left corner of Region #x.
• Region #x Lower Right Character Code (UI). Character
code defining lower right corner of Region #x.
• Region #x Galley Character (UI). Character code of the
character to be printed when a character within Region #x is
missing from the selected font.
If the value of the galley character field is 0xFFFF, then if the font
contains a missing character glyph, that glyph is printed. The missing
character glyph can be downloaded using the PCL Download
Character command with a character code = 0xFFFF and a glyph
ID = 0.
If both the character specified by the original character code and by
the galley character code are missing, the CAP is advanced in
accordance with previous PCL rules for missing characters, that is, it
is advanced according to the current setting of HMI (Horizontal
Motion Index).

2-38 Printer-Specific Differences

ENWW

The Galley Character Segment will be invalid if the format number is
not supported or if the segment size declared in the Segment Size
field is larger or smaller than required for the number of regions (N). If
the segment is invalid, the font download will be ignored.
Galley Character Segments can be downloaded with any Font Format
15 or 16 font, regardless of font type.
The Galley Character Segment can be used to implement a
requirement of the Microsoft Windows Version 3.1, Japanese Version,
Microsoft Standard Character Set Specification (March 11, 1993),
which states “when there is an output request for a character of a
specified typeface, even if the glyph corresponding to the specified
character code does not exist, some glyph data will be output. For
double-byte characters, the glyph of the default character defined for
the given TrueType font is used. For single-byte characters, the glyph
at 0xA5 (small dot, U+FF65) is used.”
The following table shows a Galley Character Segment which follows
the Japanese Windows specification.
Byte

15 (MSB)

8

7

(LSB) 0

Byte

0

GC (18243)

1

2
4

Data Segment Size (12) *

3
5

6

Format = 0

7

8

Default Galley Character = 0xFFFF

9

10

Number of Regions (n) = 1

11

12

Region #1 Upper Left
Character Code = 0x0000

13

14

Region #1 Lower Right
Character Code = 0x00FF

15

16

Region #1 Galley Character = 0x00A5

17

* This segment is for Font Format 16. The Data Segment Size field for Font Format 16
fonts is 4 bytes; the segment for Font Format 15 fonts is identical except the Data
Segment Size field is 2 bytes instead.

ENWW

Printer-Specific Differences 2-39

In this example segment, there is one galley character region. This
region is applied to all one-byte characters (character codes
0x0000-0x00FF); any missing character in this region is replaced with
the character at character code location 0x00A5. Any missing
characters falling into this region (e.g. character codes 0x0100 0xFFFF) are replaced with the default galley character. Since in this
example the Default Galley Character field = 0xFFFF, the missing
character glyph is printed if it is present in the font.

Vertical Substitution Segment
The Vertical Substitution Segment contains pairs of glyph IDs. Each
pair specifies the horizontal and vertical glyph ID for a character. The
segment can be built directly from a TrueType mort table which
contains a vertical substitution array. The segment definition is shown
in the table below.
Byte

15 (MSB)

8

7

(LSB) 0

Byte

0

VT (22100)

1

2
4

Data Segment Size (4*n+4) *

3
5

6

Horizontal Glyph ID #1

7

8

Vertical Glyph ID #1

9

...

...

4*n+2

Horizontal Glyph ID #n

4*n+3

4*n+4

Vertical Glyph ID #n

4*n+5

4*n+6

End of table mark #1 = 0xFFFF

4*n+7

4*n+8

End of table mark #2 = 0xFFFF

4*n+9

The Horizontal Glyph ID field is used by TrueType as an ID number for
the horizontal glyph data associated with a given character. The
Vertical Glyph ID field contains the ID number for the vertical glyph
data associated with the same character.
The vertical glyphs can be downloaded using the PCL Character
Definition Command using a character code = 0xFFFF.

2-40 Printer-Specific Differences

ENWW

A TrueType mort table typically contains a header of 76 bytes,
followed by the vertical substitution array which follows the segment
format described here. However, the mort table header is designed to
be variable-length, and the location of the vertical substitution data
may be located elsewhere in mort tables in future fonts.
If the Font Type is not Type 3 (16-bit fonts), this data segment is
ignored.
If the value pairs are not sorted by horizontal glyph ID, the data
segment is invalid. If the End of Table mark #1 is not 0xFFFF, the data
segment is invalid. The location of the end of the table is determined
using the Data Segment Size field. If the segment is invalid, the font
download is ignored.

Typeface String Segment
The purpose of this segment is to provide a substitute string to print
for a permanent downloaded font when doing a PCL Typeface List
printout. It has the following structure:
Byte

15 (MSB)

8

7

(LSB) 0

Byte

0

TF (21574)

1

2
4

Data Segment Size (2*n+2) *

3
5

6

Embedded Font
Name Flag

7

8

Substitute String Character List

...

Substitute String
Length (n)

9
...

* This segment is for Font Format 16. The Data Segment Size field for Font Format 16
fonts is 4 bytes; the segment for Font Format 15 fonts is identical except the Data
Segment Size field is 2 bytes instead.

Embedded Font Name Flag (UB)—A zero value in this field is used to
indicate that the ASCII name of the font (from the Font Name field)
should be printed in addition to the substitute string. A non-zero value
is used to indicate that only the substitute string should be printed.
• Substitute String Length (UB)—the number of UI characters in
the Substitute String Character List.

ENWW

Printer-Specific Differences 2-41

• Substitute String Character List (array of UI)—the characters
which make up the substitute string. Each character is
represented as a UI value. If the font is a bound font, then the
values are accessed by their character codes values; if the font
is unbound, then the Unicode index numbers (see
Appendix D) are used.
The Typeface String Segment will be invalid if the Data Segment Size
declared in the Data Segment Size field is larger or smaller than
required for substitute string length, or if the Data Segment Size is an
odd number of bytes. If the segment is invalid, the font download will
be ignored.
Typeface String Segments can be downloaded with any Font
Format 15 or Font Format 16 font, regardless of font type.
The following tables are examples of Typeface String Segments for
two downloaded fonts. The first is for MS Mincho, and has the
embedded font name flag set to true. The second is for MS Gothic,
and has the embedded font name flag set to false.
MS Mincho
Byte

15 (MSB)

8

7

(LSB) 0

Byte

0

TF (21574)

1

2
4

Data Segment Size
(10) *

3
5

6

Embedded Font
Name Flag = 1

8
10
12
14

Substitute String
Length = 4

Substitute String Character List =
0x826c
(Note: these are full-width
0x8272
Shift-JIS character codes
0x96be
for “MS” and Kanji “Mincho”)
0x92a9

2-42 Printer-Specific Differences

7

9
11
13
15

ENWW

MS Gothic
Byte

15 (MSB)

8

7

(LSB) 0

Byte

0

TF (21574)

1

2
4

Data Segment Size
(14) *

3
5

6

Embedded Font
Name Flag = 0

8
10
12
14
16
18

Substitute String
Length = 6

Substitute String Character List =
0x826c
(Note: these are full-width
0x8272
Shift-JIS character codes
0x8353
for “MS” and Katakana for
0x8356
“Gothic”)
0x8362
0x834e

7

9
11
13
15
17
19

* This segment is for Font Format 16. The Data Segment Size field for Font Format 16
fonts is 4 bytes; the segment for Font Format 15 fonts is identical except the Data
Segment Size field is 2 bytes instead.

ENWW

Printer-Specific Differences 2-43

The following illustration shows how the PCL Typeface List would
look.

Vertical Rotation Segment
The Vertical Rotation Segment is used to define the lower boundary
of the rotation box used when the character text path direction is set
to vertical rotation. This is an optional segment which may be
downloaded with Font Format 16 TrueType fonts.
The following illustration shows an example of character rotation. The
boxes around each character represent the vertical rotation box. The
distance between the baseline and the bottom of the character box is
represented by the Descender value in the Vertical Rotation
Segment.

2-44 Printer-Specific Differences

ENWW

The structure of the Vertical Rotation Segment is:
Byte

15 (MSB)

8

7

(LSB) 0

Byte

0

VR (22098)

1

2
4

Data Segment Size (4) *

3
5

6

Format (0)

7

8

Descender value

9

* This segment is for Font Format 16. The Data Segment Size field for Font Format 16
fonts is 4 bytes; the segment for Font Format 15 fonts is identical except the Data
Segment Size field is 2 bytes instead.

• Format (UINT16)—Set this value to 0.
• Descender Value (SINT16)—Set this value to equal the
“sTypoDescender” value from the “OS/2” table of the TrueType
font.

ENWW

Printer-Specific Differences 2-45

• If the Vertical Rotation Segment is not downloaded with the
font definition, a default value is used for the Descender value.
The default value is set to the following:
Descender value = -36/256 * ScaleFactor
Where: ScaleFactor is Bytes 64 and 65 from the Font Format
16 Font Header.

Character Enhancement Segment
This segment indicates whether the pseudo-bold or pseudo-italic
enhancements can be performed on a downloaded font.
The structure of the Character Enhancement Segment is:
Byte

15 (MSB)

8

7

(LSB) 0

Byte

0

CE (17221)

1

2

Data Segment Size (8)

3

4
6

5
Style

7

8

9

10

Stroke Weight

11

12

Reserved

13

* This segment is for Font Format 16. The Data Segment Size field for Font Format 16
fonts is 4 bytes; the segment for Font Format 15 fonts is identical except the Data
Segment Size field is 2 bytes instead.

• Style (UINT32)—This field specifies the style types that the
printer is allowed to perform on the font characters.
31

4
Reserved

3

0
Posture

Bit Positions (#) = Posture
1 = Italics
0, 2, 3 = Reserved

2-46 Printer-Specific Differences

ENWW

• Stroke Weight (UINT16)—This field specifies the stroke
weights which the printer is allowed to provide using the
pseudo-bold enhancement algorithm.
15

0
Stroke weight

Bit Position (#) = Stroke Weight
0 = Reserved
8=
1 = Ultra Thin
9=
2 = Extra Thin
10 =
3 = Thin
11 =
4 = Extra Light
12 =
5 = Light
13 =
6 = Demi Light
14 =
7 = Semi Light
15 =
Note

ENWW

“Book” or “Text” Weight
Semi-Bold
Demi-Bold
Bold
Extra Bold
Black
Extra Black
Ultra Black

Only stroke weights greater than the stroke weight of the font can be
provided using the pseudo-bold enhancement algorithm.

Printer-Specific Differences 2-47

HP LaserJet 4PJ Programming Tips
This section provides programming tips concerning specific
considerations for the HP LaserJet 4PJ printer. This section covers
general print job initialization, font metric calculation, vertical writing,
and other issues which are pertinent to printing Japanese text on the
HP LaserJet 4PJ printer using PCL 5.

General Print Job Initialization
This example demonstrates the general print job initialization
procedure for the HP LaserJet 4PJ printer, which is slightly different
than that used for other HP LaserJet printers.
Output from pre-LaserJet 4PJ PCL drivers (for example, a
HP LaserJet 4P driver) will only print correctly on the
HP LaserJet 4PJ printer if the default PCL symbol set is set to a value
other than the Japanese Windows 3.1 (Win3.1J) symbol set. This is
because the default PCL text parsing method is set based on the
default PCL symbol set. When the default PCL symbol set is set to
Win3.1J, the default text parsing method is Shift-JIS parsing; for any
other value, such as Roman-8, the default text parsing method is
1-byte parsing. To set the default PCL symbol set value, use PJL or
the control panel.
The first example given here is nearly identical to the initialization
used for other HP LaserJet 4 family printers. The only difference is
that it includes a PJL command to set the default PCL symbol set to
Roman-8.

?%-12345X@PJL
@PJL SET RESOLUTION=600
@PJL PAGEPROTECT=OFF
@PJL RET=MEDIUM
@PJL COMMENT *** This command is added ***
@PJL SET LPARM:PCL SYMSET=ROMAN8
@PJL ENTER LANGUAGE=PCL
?E?&l1x1s1h2a0o8c6e54F?&a5L?(0U?(s1p9vs3b41
~01T
The commands in the above example are explained in more detail in
the PCL 5 and PJL technical reference manuals.

2-48 Printer-Specific Differences

ENWW

The second example given here initializes a PCL 5 print job for
printing Japanese text. The major differences from the previous
example are that it specifies A4 paper, initializes the text parsing
method to Shift-JIS, selects Win3.1J as the primary symbol set,
selects MS-Mincho as the primary font.

?%-12345X@PJL
@PJL SET RESOLUTION=600
@PJL PAGEPROTECT=OFF
@PJL RET=MEDIUM
@PJL ENTER LANGUAGE=PCL
?E?&l1x1h26a0o8c6e60F?&a5L?&t31P?(19K
~?(s1p10v0s0b28752T
The last line (2 lines, as shown) in the above example is a PCL 5
initialization string. This set of commands resets the printer, specifies
1 copy, specifies the paper tray as a paper source, chooses A4-size
paper, selects portrait orientation, VMI=8 (6LPI), sets top margin to
6 lines, selects a text length of 60 lines, a 5-column left margin,
Shift-JIS parsing, WIN3.1J symbol set, and a proportional, 10-point,
upright, text-weight MS-Mincho font.
After the PCL print data, the following commands would be used to
complete the job:

?E?%-12345X
Font Metric Calculation
Accurate character placement relies on the ability to predict character
width and height. As a character’s point size changes, so does its
width and height. (CAP displacement, the distance the CAP moves
for vertically rotated text, is a full-width calculation.)
In proportionally spaced fonts, character widths also vary from
character to character within the font. Variable character widths add
complexity to maintaining accurate line widths, page breaks, or
WYSIWYG operation. To support most proportionally spaced fonts,
font metrics must be extracted from the font metric files.

ENWW

Printer-Specific Differences 2-49

In the MS-Mincho and MS-Gothic fonts provided in the
HP LaserJet 4PJ, font metric calculation is somewhat easier than for
the Latin-based fonts. Width calculations are easier because all
characters of these fonts conform to one of two different character
widths at a particular point size. The characters are either considered
full-width or half- width. One-byte characters are always half-width
and two-byte characters are always full-width.
Full-width characters occupy the entire EM width at a particular point
size. Half-width characters occupy half of an EM width. The following
equations show how to calculate the EM width and character widths
for a full-width and a half-width character.
ppem = round (DeviceResolution * PointSize/72)
FullWidthDeltaX = round (ppem * PCLUnits/ DeviceResolution)
HalfWidthDeltaX=round ((ppem/2) * PCLUnits/DeviceResolution)

where:
ppem = EM width in pixels
DeviceResolution = current device resolution in dots per inch
(600 or 300dpi)
PointSize = point size requested
FullWidthDeltaX = character width of full-width character in PCL Units
HalfWidthDeltaX = character width of half-width character in PCL Units
PCLUnits = PCL Units

The PCL Unit of measure is explained in more detail in the PCL 5
Technical Reference Manual. The default PCL Unit size is 1/300th of
an inch, but the Unit of Measure command can be used to set the
PCL Unit size to other values.
Note that HalfWidthDeltaX may not be exactly half of FullWidthDeltaX
because of rounding. For example, if FullWidthDeltaX = round(99.0) =
99, then the corresponding HalfWidthDeltaX = round(99.0/2) =
round(49.5) = 50.

2-50 Printer-Specific Differences

ENWW

Character Enhancements
The HP LaserJet 4PJ printer supports PCL pseudo-bold and
pseudo-italic character enhancements. These enhancements can be
applied to the internal MS-Mincho and MS-Gothic fonts. They can
also be applied to a TrueType soft font if a suitable “Character
Enhancement” Segment is downloaded with the font header.
The enhancements are selected using PCL font selection commands.
The pseudo-italic enhancement can be selected using the Style
command. The pseudo-bold enhancement can be selected using the
Stroke Weight command. The bold levels which can be applied to the
internal MS-Mincho and MS-Gothic fonts are Semi Bold, Demi Bold,
Bold, and Extra Bold. For example, to select a 10-point, Extra Bold,
Italic, MS-Mincho font, use the following PCL command:

?(19K?(s1p10v1s4b28752T
In the above command, Italics style (1s) and Extra Bold weight (4b)
are selected. Since there is not an Extra Bold Italic MS-Mincho font
resident in the printer, pseudo-italics and pseudo-bolding algorithms
are applied to characters printed from the regular MS-Mincho font.
If a soft font is selected using the “Font Selection by ID” command
(e.g. ?(#X ), the font is selected without any character
enhancements applied. To select a soft font by ID with character
enhancements, first select the font by ID, then select the desired
attributes. For example, assume a soft font is downloaded with ID = 1
and a Character Enhancement Segment indicating that pseudo-bold
and pseudo-italics character enhancements can be applied. The
following command can be used to select that font with those
enhancements:

?(1X?(s1s3B
Other font effects, such as character shadowing, strike-through, and
gray-shading can be accomplished using the print model.

ENWW

Printer-Specific Differences 2-51

Note

HP-GL/2 as implemented in HP LaserJet printers has no mechanism
for parsing 2-byte characters. Therefore, HP-GL/2 character
transformations (e.g. SI and SR commands) cannot be applied to
these characters.
HP-GL/2 as implemented in HP LaserJet printers has no mechanism
for parsing 2-byte characters. Therefore, HP-GL/2 character
transformations (e.g. SI and SR commands) cannot be applied to
these characters.

Vertical Writing
Vertical writing can be accomplished using the vertical rotated (“-1”)
mode of the Character Text Path command (?&c-1T). When using a
vertical rotated text path direction, full-width characters are rotated
and printed “on their sides.” All other characters are unaffected and
the CAP is still advanced in the horizontal direction. The “-1” mode
has the effect of transforming a portrait page with horizontal full-width
characters into a landscape page with vertical full-width characters.
This can be combined with the Print Direction command (?&a#P) to
achieve the desired text orientation (e.g. portrait, landscape, reverse
portrait, or reverse landscape).
An example of horizontal and vertical rotated writing is shown below.
The first line of text is horizontal writing and the second line is vertical
rotated writing. Note that the “~” character is replaced with a vertical
substitute on the second line. The C program that follows was used to
generate the PCL commands for this example.

2-52 Printer-Specific Differences

ENWW

#include 
#include 
#define MONTH
“\202P\202P\214\216"
#define DAY1
”\202P\202U\223\372"
#define TILDE
“\201\140"
#define DAY2
”\202P\202V\223\372"
#define KANJITXT MONTH DAY1 TILDE MONTH DAY2
FILE *prn;
main()
{
int point_size=24;
prn = fopen(“lpt1",”wb");
/* open lpt1 for writing */
fprintf(prn,"\33%%-12345X"); /* send UEL to get to PJL */
fprintf(prn,"@PJL ENTER LANGUAGE=PCL\n");
/* Enter PCL */
fprintf(prn,"\33E");
/* send an esc E to reset printer */
fprintf(prn,"\33&a4L");
/* left margin */
fprintf(prn,"\33&t31P");
/* text parsing = Shift-JIS */
fprintf(prn,"\33(19K");
/* symbol set = Win3.1J */
fprintf(prn,"\33(s1p%dv0s0b28752T",point_size); /* MS-Mincho */
fprintf(prn,"\n\n\n\r" KANJITXT); /* print horizontal version */
fprintf(prn,"\33&c-1T");
/* select vertical writing */
fprintf(prn,"\n\n\n\r" KANJITXT);
/* print vertical version */
fprintf(prn,"\f");
/* formfeed */
fprintf(prn,"\33%%-12345X");
/* send UEL to get to PJL */
}

Printing Ruby Characters (Furigana)
Ruby characters, also known in Japanese as furigana, are small
characters typically used as an aid in kanji pronunciation. Ruby
characters are usually (but not always) hiragana. They are generally
placed above the corresponding kanji in horizontal writing and to the
right in vertical writing. Ruby characters can be generated using font
scaling and cursor positioning commands.
An example of ruby characters is shown below. In this example, the
ruby characters are printed at one-third the size of the kanji. The C
program that follows was used to generate the PCL commands for
this example.

ENWW

Printer-Specific Differences 2-53

#include 
#include 
#define KANJITXT “\225\127\226\173"
#define RUBYTXT ”\202\320\202\345\202\244 \202\331\202\361 “
FILE *prn;
main()
{
int point_size=72;
prn = fopen(”lpt1","wb");
/* open lpt1 for writing */
fprintf(prn,"\33%%-12345X");
/* send UEL to get to PJL */
fprintf(prn,"@PJL ENTER LANGUAGE=PCL\n");
/* Enter PCL */
fprintf(prn,"\33E");
/* EscE to reset printer */
fprintf(prn,"\33&t31P");
/* text parsing = Shift-JIS */
fprintf(prn,"\33(19K");
/* symbol set = Win3.1J */
fprintf(prn,"\33(s1p%dv0s0b28752T",point_size); /* MS-Mincho */
fprintf(prn,"\33*p300x400Y");
/* set cursor position */
fprintf(prn,KANJITXT);
/* print kanji characters */
fprintf(prn,"\33(s%dV",point_size/3); /*furigana point size */
fprintf(prn,"\33*p300x%dY",400-4*point_size);/*cursor position*/
fprintf(prn,RUBYTXT);
/* print ruby characters */
fprintf(prn,"\f");
/* formfeed */
fprintf(prn,"\33%%-12345X");
/* send UEL to get to PJL */
}

2-54 Printer-Specific Differences

ENWW

Vertical Underlining
In Japanese writing, vertical underlines are placed to the right of
vertical columns of text. This can be accomplished in PCL 5 using the
Fill Rectangular Area command.
An underline is simply a long thin black-filled box. The length of the
underline depends on the length of the text to be underlined.
An example of vertical underlining is shown below. The C program
that follows was used to generate the PCL commands for this
example.

#include 
#include 
#define MONTH
“\202P\202P\214\216"
#define DAY1
”\202P\202U\223\372"
#define TILDE
“\201\140"
#define DAY2
”\202P\202V\223\372"
#define KANJITXT MONTH DAY1 TILDE MONTH DAY2
FILE *prn;
main()
{
int point_size=24;
prn = fopen(“lpt1",”wb");
/* open lpt1 for writing */

ENWW

Printer-Specific Differences 2-55

fprintf(prn,"\33%%-12345X");
/* send UEL to get to PJL */
fprintf(prn,"@PJL ENTER LANGUAGE=PCL\n");
/* Enter PCL */
fprintf(prn,"\33E");
/* Esc E to reset printer */
fprintf(prn,"\33&t31P");
/* text parsing = Shift-JIS */
fprintf(prn,"\33(19K");
/* symbol set = Win3.1J */
fprintf(prn,"\33&a270P");
/* print direction = 270 */
fprintf(prn,"\33*p500x1300Y");
/* set CAP position */
fprintf(prn,"\33(s1p%dv0s0b28752T",point_size); /* MS-Mincho */
fprintf(prn,"\33&c-1T");
/* select vertical writing */
fprintf(prn, KANJITXT);
/* print vertical text */
fprintf(prn,"\33*p500x%dY",1300-point_size*4); /* set CAP for
underline*/
/* draw underline */
fprintf(prn,"\33*c%da3b0P",300 * strlen(KANJITXT)/2 *
point_size/72);
fprintf(prn,"\f");
/* formfeed */
fprintf(prn,"\33%%-12345X");
/* send UEL to get to PJL */
}

2-56 Printer-Specific Differences

ENWW

Vertical Clusters
Vertical clusters are groups of two or three narrow characters
side-by-side in a vertical line of text. Vertical clusters containing
half-width characters can be created by using a combination of print
direction and cursor positioning commands.
An example of vertical clusters is shown below. The C program that
follows was used to generate the PCL commands for this example. In
this example, two half- width characters (e.g. 2-digit numbers) were
printed as vertical clusters.

#include 
#include 
#define MONTH

“\214\216"

#define TILDE

”\201\140"

#define DAY

“\223\372"

#define CLUSTER ”\201\100\033&f0S\033&a0P%s%d\033&a270P\033&f1S"
FILE *prn;
main()
{
int point_size=24;
int offset;
char OFFSET[40];
prn = fopen(“lpt1",”wb");
offset = (

ENWW

36

/* open lpt1 for writing */

* point_size * 300)

/

Printer-Specific Differences 2-57

/*
(

——

—————

256

*

*/
72

);

sprintf(OFFSET,"\33*p-%dx-%dY",offset,offset);

/* used to

place cluster */
fprintf(prn,"\33%%-12345X");

/* send UEL to get to PJL */

fprintf(prn,"@PJL ENTER LANGUAGE=PCL\n");

/* Enter PCL */

fprintf(prn,"\33E");

/* Esc E to reset printer */

fprintf(prn,"\33&t31P");

/* text parsing = Shift-JIS */

fprintf(prn,"\33(19K");

/* symbol set = Win3.1J */

fprintf(prn,"\33&a270P");

/* print direction = 270 */

fprintf(prn,"\33*p500x1300Y");

/* set CAP position */

fprintf(prn,"\33(s1p%dv0s0b28752T",point_size);
fprintf(prn,"\33&c-1T");

/* MS-Mincho */

/* select vertical writing mode */

fprintf(prn, CLUSTER MONTH, OFFSET, 11);

/* print month */

fprintf(prn, CLUSTER DAY, OFFSET, 16);
fprintf(prn, TILDE);

/* print day */
/* print tilde */

fprintf(prn, CLUSTER MONTH, OFFSET, 11);
fprintf(prn, CLUSTER DAY, OFFSET, 17);

/* print month */
/* print day */

fprintf(prn,"\f");

/* formfeed */

fprintf(prn,"\33%%-12345X");

/* send UEL to get to PJL */

}

2-58 Printer-Specific Differences

ENWW

Paper Size
Three new paper sizes were added to the HP LaserJet 4PJ printer.
These paper sizes include: JIS B5, Hagaki, and Oufuku-hagaki. The
logical page size in dots per inch are shown in the table below. See
page 1-26 in this manual and pages 2-9 to 2-10 in the PCL 5 Printer
Language Technical Reference Manual for an explanation of these
values.
DIMENSIONS
(at 300 DPI - double for 600 DPI)
PAPER SIZE

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

Portrait Dimensions
JIS B5

2149

3035

2007

3035

71

0

50

150

Hagaki

1181

1748

1039

1748

71

0

50

150

Oufuku-hagaki 1748

2362

1606

2362

71

0

50

150

Landscape Dimensions
JIS B5

3035

2149

2917

2149

59

0

50

150

Hagaki

1748

1181

1630

1181

59

0

50

150

Oufuku-hagaki 2362

1748

2244

1748

59

0

50

150

ENWW

Printer-Specific Differences 2-59

HP LaserJet 4 Plus and 4M Plus Printers
HP LaserJet 4 Plus and 4M Plus printers are performance-enhanced
follow-on products for HP LaserJet 4 and 4M printers, respectively.
The HP LaserJet 4M Plus printer is the multi-platform (PostScript)
version of the LaserJet 4 Plus printer.
In addition to extra speed, these printers also have the following
added features which are not controlled using PCL:
• Memory Enhancement technology (MEt), which uses
memory-saving techniques to better utilize available memory
(refer to Chapter 5, “Memory Usage” for additional
information). MEt is not controlled using PCL.
• Resource saving, as in the LaserJet 4Si printer. Resource
saving allows saving information for the current language (PCL
or PostScript) when switching to another language. If resource
saving is enabled, all the permanent fonts, macros, and
user-defined patterns plus other miscellaneous data is saved
in a reserved portion of printer memory. This data is stored
until the language is enabled again. When the language is
re-enabled, the stored data is made available for use.
Resource saving is enabled from the control panel or using
PJL—no PCL commands are required for this operation.
• EconoMode, a feature supported by HP LaserJet 4L and 4P
printers, allows the user to reduce the amount of toner used by
removing about 75% of the dots from the printed page.
EconoMode is selected using PJL or from the control panel—it
is not controlled using PCL.
• Powersave mode, which minimizes power consumption when
the printer is sitting idle. The amount of idle time required
before the printer goes into powersave mode is configurable
using the control panel or PJL.
PCL operation in these two printers is almost identical to that of
HP LaserJet 4 and 4M printers, except HP LaserJet 4 Plus and 4M
Plus printers support Logical Operations (ROP3) as explained in the
HP LaserJet 4ML printer section in this chapter. In addition, the
internal fonts in HP LaserJet Plus and 4M Plus printers support the
Latin 2 and Latin 5 symbol sets for all typefaces (in the HP LaserJet 4,
4M, 4Si, and 4SiMx, only 15 of the 35 Intellifont typefaces support
these symbol sets). Refer to Table 1-1, PCL Feature Support Matrix,
for the commands these printers support and to Chapter 3, “Internal
Typefaces/Fonts and Symbol Sets,” for font support information.

2-60 Printer-Specific Differences

ENWW

HP LaserJet 4V and 4MV Printers
HP LaserJet 4V and 4MV printers print at speeds up to 16 pages per
minute and handle many paper sizes including 11"x17" paper. The
HP LaserJet 4MV is the multi-platform (PostScript) version of the
HP LaserJet 4V printer.
The HP LaserJet 4V/4MV PCL 5 feature set is similar to that of the
HP LaserJet 4 Plus/4M Plus printers, with the addition of wide format
media support. As an option, the printer can also support Japanese
printing as does the HP LaserJet 4PJ printer, including the following
PCL enhancements:
• Font header support for large bitmap fonts
• Text parsing method
• Character text path direction
• Japanese media/postcard support
• Japanese fonts (large fonts)
As with HP LaserJet 4Plus and 4M Plus printers, the LaserJet 4V and
4MV printers support the following added features which are not
controlled using PCL:
• Memory Enhancement technology (MEt)
• Resource saving
• EconoMode
• Powersave mode
Refer to Table 1-1, the PCL Feature Support Matrix, for the
commands these printers support, and to Chapter 3, “Internal
Typefaces/Fonts and Symbol Sets,” for font support information.

ENWW

Printer-Specific Differences 2-61

Font Header Format 16 Bitmap Font Support
Font Header Format 16 was introduced with the HP LaserJet 4PJ for
downloading large TrueType fonts. For the HP LaserJet 4V, Font
Header Format 16 has been extended to support large bitmap fonts
as well. The Font Header command ( ? ) s # W [font header data] ) is
used to download font header data to the printer.
A large font is a bound font with character codes that are not limited to
8-bit values. For this reason a large font is sometimes called a 16-bit
font.

Font Header Format
Font Header Format 16 was introduced because some font data
segments in large fonts could be larger than 65535 bytes, and this
was not supported by Font Header Format 15. The structures of
Format 15 and Format 16 are identical with the exception of the
Segment Size field in the Segmented Font Data format. Table 2-10
below shows the Format 15 and Format 16 Font Header format.
Table 2-11 shows the Format 15 Segmented Font Data format.
Table 2-12 shows the Format 16 Segmented Font Data format. Note
that Format 15 does not support bitmap fonts.

2-62 Printer-Specific Differences

ENWW

Table 2-6. Format 15 and Format 16 Font Header
Byte
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
26
28
30
32
34
36
38
40
42
44 - 47
48 - 63
64
66
68
70
72
...
Desc.
Size
...
#-2

ENWW

15 (MSB)

8

Font Descriptor Size (minimum 72)
Header Format (15 or 16)
Style MSB
Baseline Position
Cell Width
Cell Height
Orientation
Symbol Set
Pitch (default HMI)
Height
x-Height
Width Type
Stroke Weight
Typeface MSB
Quality
Underline Position (Distance)
Text Height
Text Width
First Code
Last Code/Number of Characters
Pitch Extended
Cap Height
Font Number
Font Name
Scale Factor
Master Underline Position
Master Underline Thickness
Font Scaling Technology
[additional data may be inserted here]

7

(LSB) 0

Font Type
Reserved

Spacing

Style LSB
Typeface LSB
Serif Style
Placement
Underline Thickness

Height Extended

Variety

Segmented Font Data
...
Reserved (0)

Checksum

Printer-Specific Differences 2-63

Table 2-7. Format 15 Segmented Font Data
Byte

15 (MSB)

8

x+0

First segment, Segment Identifier

x+2

First segment, Segment Size

x+4
...

First segment, Data Segment
...

7

(LSB) 0

x + 4 Second segment: Segment identifier,
+ 1st Size, Data Segment
seg size . . .
...

...

#-6

Null Segment Identifier (FFFF - hex)

#-4

Null Segment Size (0)

#-2

Reserved (0)

Checksum

x = Font Descriptor Size
# = Font header length (as defined in the Font Header command).

Table 2-8. Format 16 Segmented Font Data
Byte

15 (MSB)

x+0

First segment, Segment Identifier

x+2
x+4

First segment, Segment Size

x+ 6
...

First segment, Data Segment
...

x+6
+ 1st
seg
size

Second segment: Segment identifier,
Size, Data Segment
...

...

8

7

(LSB) 0

...

#-8

Null Segment Identifier (FFFF - hex)

#-6
#-4

Null Segment Size (0)

#-2

Reserved (0)

Checksum

x = Font Descriptor Size
# = Font header length (as defined in Font Header command).

2-64 Printer-Specific Differences

ENWW

The Segment Size field, which is part of each segment within the
Segmented Font Data, was changed from an unsigned integer in
Format 15 to an unsigned long integer in Format 16. This allows
segments to be up to 232– 1 bytes long.
Font Header Format 15 is described in more detail in the PCL 5
Printer Language Technical Reference Manual in the “Soft Font
Creation” chapter.
Format 16 supports new segments and new values for the Font Type
and Font Scaling Technology fields. New segments which are specific
to large TrueType fonts are described in this chapter in the section
titled “HP LaserJet 4PJ printer.” (This information will included be in
future versions of the PCL 5 Printer Language Technical Reference
Manual.) The new segments and values which are specific to bitmap
fonts are described below.

Header Format
The Header Format byte identifies the font header format. For large
fonts, this field should be set to 16. Note that Format 15 does not
support bitmap fonts.

Scale Factor
For bitmap fonts, set this field to 0.

Master Underline Position
For bitmap fonts, set this field to 0.

Master Underline Thickness
For bitmap fonts, set this field to 0.

Font Scaling Technology
For bitmap fonts, set this field to 254.

ENWW

Printer-Specific Differences 2-65

Variety
For bitmap fonts, set this field to 0.
The remaining fields should be set the same as in the Format 0 Font
Header for PCL Bitmapped Fonts, with the following exceptions:

Font Type
Font type describes the font's relation to symbol sets. For Format 16
bitmap fonts, set this field to 3. A value of 3 is used to identify a large
(16-bit) font. All character codes 0 to 65534 are printable, except 0, 7
to 15, and 27 [decimal]. Access to those codes which are unprintable,
yet have a character defined, requires the use of the Transparent
Print Data command. In older font header formats, PCL 5 LaserJet
printers use this field to determine the first and last codes of the
symbol set.

First Code
For Format 16 bitmap fonts, set this field to the first printable
character in the font. In older bitmap font formats, PCL 5 LaserJet
printers ignore this field.

Last Code
For Format 16 bitmap fonts, set this field to the last printable
character in the font. In older bitmap font formats, PCL 5 LaserJet
printers ignore this field.
One new data segment is defined for Format 16 bitmap fonts:

Bitmap Resolution Data Segment
The bitmap resolution data segment is used to define the x-resolution
and y-resolution for the bitmap. This segment is required for Format
16 bitmap fonts.
The structure for the bitmap segment is shown in Table 2-13.

2-66 Printer-Specific Differences

ENWW

Table 2-9. Bitmap Resolution Data Segment
Byte

15 (MSB)

x+0

Segment Identifier ('BR')

x+2
x+4

Segment Size (4)

x+6

X Resolution

x+8

Y Resolution

8

7

(LSB) 0

The decimal equivalent for the ‘BR’ mnemonic is 16978.

X Resolution (unsigned long integer)
This fields specifies the resolution of the font in the X dimension in
dots per inch.

Y Resolution (unsigned long integer)
This fields specifies the resolution of the font in the Y dimension in
dots per inch.
If the specified combination is not supported by the printer, the font
will be invalidated. In the HP LaserJet 4V, supported combinations
are (X Resolution=300,Y Resolution=300) and (X Resolution=600,Y
Resolution=600).

Character Definition
The Character Descriptor and Data command ( ?( s # W [character
descriptor and data] ) is used to download character data blocks to
the printer. Format 4 is used to download character descriptors and
data for bitmap characters. This command is described in detail in the
PCL 5 Printer Language Technical Reference Manual.

ENWW

Printer-Specific Differences 2-67

Limitations
The following limitations apply to Format 16 Font Headers for bitmap
fonts:
• The Font Type field for Format 16 bitmap fonts must be set to
3. This is the case for 1-byte as well as 2-byte bitmap fonts.
First Code and Last Code fields need to be set.
• Format 16 optional data segments are ignored for bitmap
fonts. These include the galley character segment, vertical
substitution character segment, typeface string segment, and
vertical rotation segment.
• Vertical rotated printing (character text path direction
command, ?&c-1T) is not available for bitmap fonts.

2-68 Printer-Specific Differences

ENWW

HP Color LaserJet Printer
As its name implies, the HP Color LaserJet printer is a color laser
printer. This 300 dpi printer adds several new features to the PCL 5
language. These new features are summarized in the table below and
are described in detail in the PCL 5 Color Technical Reference
Manual (part number 5961-0940). The printer also supports logical
operations, the HP-GL/2 Merge Control command, and pixel
placement (both PCL and HP-GL/2 commands). These commands
are described in the HP LaserJet 4L section of this chapter and also
in the PCL 5 Color Technical Reference Manual.
Table 2-10. PCL Feature Additions for HP Color LaserJet Printer
Feature

Status

Comments

AppleTalk Configuration

Modified

In addition to supporting the RENAME, JOB, and TYPE
key values, this printer also supports the ZONE value.

Assign Color Index

New

Assigns the three current color components to the
specified palette index number.

Color Components 1, 2, 3

New

These three commands specify the three color
components of any new color entry in the color palette.

Color lookup Tables

New

Enables and specifies color lookup tables to map color
input data into a new output range based on
point-by-point conversions. A lookup table is specified for
each primary color.

CR (Color Range—HP-GL/2) New

Sets the range for specifying relative color data.

Configure Image Data

New

Configures the printer for color imaging—establishes a
modifiable color palette, sets the pixel encoding mode,
and sets the number of bits per index and per primary
color.

Download Dither Matrix

New

Specifies a single dither matrix for all three primary
colors.

Download Pattern

New

Downloads user-defined patterns, including color
patterns, to the printer.

Foreground Color

New

Sets the foreground color to the specified index of the
current palette.

Gamma Correction

New

Specifies the gamma correction to be applied equally to
each primary color.

Monochrome Print Mode

New

Provides a means to convert a color page to a
quick-printing gray-scale equivalent.

NP (Number of Pens—
HP-GL/2)

New

Resizes the palette after the IN or ?*v#W commands.

Palette Control

New

Provides a mechanism for marking and deleting palettes.

Palette Control ID

New

Identifies a palette to be used for some of the palette
control functions.

ENWW

Printer-Specific Differences 2-69

Table 2-10. PCL Feature Additions for HP Color LaserJet Printer (continued)
Feature

Status

Comments

PC (Pen Color—HP-GL/2) New

Changes the pen color in a palette created by the IN or CID
command (?*v#W).

Push/Pop Palette

New

Pushes or pops the palette from the palette stack.

Raster Scaling

New/Modified

Several commands are added for raster scaling:
Destination Raster Width (?*t#H), Destination Raster
Height (?*t#V); also, two parameters are added to the
Start Raster Graphics command to initiate scaling (?*r2A
and ?*r3A). (See the PCL 5 Color Technical Reference
Manual for more information.)

Render Algorithm

New

Selects the algorithm to be used for rendering page
marking entities on a given page.

Select Palette by ID

New

Activates a palette with the specified ID number.

Set Viewing Illuminant

New

Specifies the relative white point used in the determination
of a viewing illuminant condition.

Simple Color

New

Specifies an unmodifiable fixed-size palette.

Transfer Raster Graphics
(by plane)

New

Provides a means to send raster data by color plane. This
command sends a plane of raster data to the printer and
advances to the next plane.

AppleTalk Configuration Command
As discussed in the HP LaserJet 4 section of this chapter, the
AppleTalk Configuration command allows a user to send PCL jobs to
the printer over AppleTalk. In addition to the key values previously
discussed (RENAME, TYPE, and JOB), the HP Color LaserJet printer
also supports the ZONE key value as follows.

ZONE
ZONE changes the zone field of the printer’s AppleTalk Network
Identifier (Name Binding Protocol type field).

?&b#WZONEzonename
Valid characters for the zone name include 0-255 except for
characters $00, “@” ($40), “:” ($3A), “*” ($2A), “=” ($3D), $C5, and
($FF). The zone name must contain at least one character, and only
the first 31 characters are used. If the zone is invalid, then the
printer's zone is not changed. Zone changes only occur after the
present job has completed.

2-70 Printer-Specific Differences

ENWW

HP LaserJet 4LJ Pro Printer
The HP LaserJet 4LJ Pro printer (C3935), released in May 1995, is
designed primarily for the Japanese market. This printer provides a
print resolution of 600 dpi, has a maximum print speed of 4 ppm,
2 Mb of internal base memory, and improved font cache algorithm.
PCL operation for this printer is identical to that of the HP LaserJet
4PJ printer. For command support, refer to Table 1-1, PCL Feature
Support Matrix and to the “HP LaserJet 4PJ Printer” section earlier in
this chapter.
The HP LaserJet 4LJ Pro printer contains the same two Japanese
typefaces, MS Mincho and MS Gothic (and WIN3.1J symbol set), as
those in the HP LaserJet 4PJ printer. (The HP LaserJet 4PJ and the
4LJ Pro printers have a reduced set of Intellifont fonts from that of the
standard HP LaserJet 4 printer family.) For detailed font information
refer to Chapter 3.

HP LaserJet 4LC Printer
The HP LaserJet 4LC printer (C3932), released in March 1995, is
designed primarily for the Chinese market. This printer provides a
print resolution of 600 dpi, has a maximum print speed of 4 ppm,
2 Mb of internal base memory, and improved font cache algorithm.
PCL operation for this printer is identical to that of the LaserJet 4PJ
printer. For specific PCL command support information, refer to Table
1-1, PCL Feature Support Matrix.
The HP LaserJet 4LC printer contains three new Chinese typefaces,
SimSun, SimHei, and GW-Kai (and a new symbol set for these fonts,
GB2312). The default typeface is SimSun and the default symbol set
is GB2312. (The HP LaserJet 4LC printer contains the standard set of
Intellifont fonts, unlike the HP LaserJet 4PJ and 4LJ Pro printers
which have reduced Intellifont typeface sets.) Refer to Chapter 3 for
detailed font information.

ENWW

Printer-Specific Differences 2-71

The typeface/font information, described in the “HP LaserJet 4PJ
Printer” section earlier in this chapter for the Japanese typefaces, also
applies to the LaserJet 4LC printer's Chinese typefaces with the
following differences. The default values for the Text Parsing Method
command are different for the HP LaserJet 4LC. These default values
are 0 or 38 (provided the default symbol set is GB2312, otherwise it is
0). Also, the examples in this section can be used for the Chinese
fonts, provided the symbol set value field in the Symbol Set command
is changed to 18C (for the GB2312 symbol set) and the typeface
value in the font selection command string is changed to one of the
Chinese fonts [for example, the Japanese font selection command
?(19K?(s1p10v1s4b2852T should be changed to
?(18C?(s1p10v1s4b37058T ].

HP LaserJet 5P and 5MP Printers
The HP LaserJet 5P and 5MP printers were released March 6, 1995.
These printers are similar to the HP LaserJet 4P printer except that
they are designed to run faster, have an MP paper tray in place of the
manual feed slot, and have a reduced control panel similar to the
HP LaserJet 4L printer. The HP LaserJet 5P / 5MP printer’s maximum
print speed is 6 pages per minute (HP LaserJet 4P runs at 4 ppm)
and has a print resolution of 600 dpi.
Another new feature on this printer is an IrDA-compliant infrared serial
I/O port located on the front of the printer.
PCL operation is almost identical to that of the HP LaserJet 4 Plus
printer. (Refer to Table 1-1, HP LaserJet Printer Feature Comparison,
for the specific PCL implementation.)

2-72 Printer-Specific Differences

ENWW

HP LaserJet 5L Printer
The HP LaserJet 5L printer, introduced in September 1995, is much
different in appearance than the LaserJet 4L printer, but it has a very
similar feature set, including the same set of 26 internal typefaces.
One of the main differences is that the LaserJet 5L printer offers
600 dpi printing. Although both printers have a print engine speed of
4 pages per minute, the LaserJet 5L printer has faster processing
which increases performance. As the LaserJet 4L printer, the printer
has a reduced-function control panel.
The HP LaserJet 5L printer has a vertical design and supports all
paper sizes supported by the LaserJet 4L printer. In addition, the
“custom” paper size is supported through the printer driver.
The default symbol set is PC-8 instead of Roman-8.
Manual feed operation is slightly different for the HP LaserJet 5L
printer. When manual feed is selected, the printer pauses and waits
for the user to insert the correct media into the printer (either in the
paper input bin or the single sheet input slot) and press the control
panel key.
PCL and PJL operation is almost identical to that of the
HP LaserJet 4L printer. Two differences are that the LaserJet 5L
printer adds support for the logical operations and pixel placement
commands. These features are described in this chapter in the
LaserJet 4ML section. (Refer to Table 1-1, HP LaserJet Printer
Feature Comparison, for the specific PCL implementation.)

ENWW

Printer-Specific Differences 2-73

HP LaserJet 5Si and 5SiMx Printers
HP LaserJet 5Si and 5SiMx printers are designed for using in shared
printing environments. The HP LaserJet 5SiMx printer is equivalent to
the HP LaserJet 5Si printer, but also includes PostScript Level 2,
8 Mb of additional memory, and the HP JetDirect network interface
card.
HP LaserJet 5Si and 5SiMx printers have features similar to those of
HP LaserJet 4Si and 4SiMx printers, with improved performance and
extra paper handling features. Some of the feature differences are
listed below.
• The printers include the same set of internal fonts, but there
are no font cartridge slots on the printers. Both printers
support font/macro SIMMs and downloaded soft fonts and
macros.
• The default symbol set is PC-8 instead of Roman-8.
• Additional paper and envelope sizes are supported, including
ledger (11" x 17"). Executive size paper is only supported by
the MP tray.
• There is no job offset mechanism in the printers.
• HP LaserJet 5Si and 5SiMx printers do not request the
envelope size every time the power is cycled. It is assumed
that the size does not usually change between power down
and power up.
• Base HP LaserJet 5Si and 5SiMx printers have one 100-sheet
multi-purpose tray (Tray 1), and two 500-sheet universal-input
trays. Optional paper handling devices include a duplex unit, a
power envelope feeder, a 2000-sheet input tray and a multi-bin
mailbox.
• HP LaserJet 4Si and 4SiMx printers used “tray locking” to
prevent automatic selection of a paper tray. HP LaserJet 5Si
and 5SiMx printers accomplish “tray locking” using the
Alphanumeric ID command to select the paper tray by media
type.
Table 2-15 lists the PCL feature additions for HP LaserJet 5Si and
5SiMx printers.

2-74 Printer-Specific Differences

ENWW

Table 2-11. PCL Feature Additions for HP LaserJet 5Si/5SiMx Printers
Feature

Status

Comments

Paper (Media) Source

Modified

Additional parameters have been added to provide
support for Tray 1, the printer's right side multi-purpose
tray and the other optional trays (see the description of
this command in the following paragraphs).

Output Bin

Modified

The Output Bin command (?&l#G) selects the
destination bin for the print job.

Alphanumeric ID

New

Specifies alphanumeric String IDs for selecting and
manipulating fonts, macros, and media types. Specifies
media selection by the type of media and supports
enhancements for the printer disk drive.

Descriptions of the Paper (Media) Source, Output Bin, and
Alphanumeric ID commands are provided below.

Paper (Media) Source Command
The Paper (Media) Source command selects the specified input
media source. Parameters have been added to enable printing from
the LaserJet 5Si/5SiMx printer trays.

?&l#H
#=

0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
20 - 39

-

Print current page (source is unchanged)
Tray 2 (upper drawer)
Manual feed (tray 1, right side tray)
Manual envelope feed (tray 1, right tray)
Tray 3 (lower drawer)
High Capacity Input (HCI), first tray
Optional envelope feeder
Autoselect
Tray 1 (right side tray)
High Capacity Input (HCI) trays 2- 21

Default = 7
Range = 0 to 8, 20 - 39

ENWW

Printer-Specific Differences 2-75

The following table compares the paper/media source values and the
trays they select on various printers.
Value (#)

LaserJet 4,
4 Plus, 4V

LaserJet 4Si,
4SiMx

LaserJet 5Si/
5SiMx

1

PC Tray

Upper
Cassette

Tray 2
(upper drawer)

2, 3
(manual
feed)

MP Tray

Manual Feed
Slot

Tray 1
(right side,
manual feed)

4

MP Tray as
Cassette

Lower
Cassette

Tray 3
(lower drawer)

5

LC Tray

8

N/A

2-76 Printer-Specific Differences

First Tray of HCI
N/A

Tray 1
(right side, normal)

ENWW

Output Bin Command
This command selects the destination bin into which the print job is
output when printed.

?&l#G
#=

0 - Automatic selection
1 - Selects bin #1 (printer top/face-down bin)
2 - Selects bin #2 (printer left/face-up bin; this bin not
available when the High Capacity Output (HCO) is
attached)
3 - Selects bin #3 (HCO face up bin)
4 - Selects bin #4 (HCO #1 face down bin)
5 - Selects bin #5 (HCO #2 face down bin)
6 - Selects bin #6 (HCO #3 face down bin)
7 - Selects bin #7 (HCO #4 face down bin)
8 - Selects bin #8 (HCO #5 face down bin)
9 - Selects bin #9 (HCO #6 face down bin)
10 - Selects bin #10 (HCO #7 face down bin)
11 - Selects bin #11 (HCO #8 face down bin)

Default = 0
Range = 0 to 11
Note

ENWW

The Output Bin command is not recommended. Instead, it is
preferred that the PJL OUTBIN command be used to set the default
media destination.

Printer-Specific Differences 2-77

Alphanumeric ID Command
The Alphanumeric ID command performs several different functions
depending on the operation specified. This command:
• Specifies the type of print media on which to print a job (rather
than specifying its location)
• Specifies an ID string for different PCL objects (fonts and
macros)
• Supports the mass storage PCL enhancements for the
LaserJet 5Si/5SiMx printer disk (allowing, for example,
downloading a font with a String ID to RAM—downloading to
the printer disk must be done using PJL)
The format of the Alphanumeric ID command is as follows:

?&n#W[Operation][String ID]
# - Number of bytes of String ID data
Default = 0
Range = 2 to 512
The value field (#) identifies the number of bytes in the String ID.
The Operation byte determines the type of operation and the type of
object on which the operation is to be performed. The operations are
listed in the table below.
The String ID begins with the second byte and can be up to
511 characters long.

2-78 Printer-Specific Differences

ENWW

Operation

Description

0

Sets the current Font ID to the given String ID. This operation allows
the user to set the current PCL Font ID to a string name, which gives the
user the ability to download fonts to a string name. If the current Font ID
has been set with both the Alphanumeric ID command and the Font ID
command (?*c#D), the ID last sent takes precedence. For example, if
the current font ID was set to 10 and then to “Font1”, the current font ID
would be “Font1”.

1

Associates the current Font ID to the font with the String ID
supplied. This operation finds the font with the supplied String ID and
assigns the current Font ID to that font so that the font now has two
names. The original font name is used to perform font management
commands on the font, and the new associated name is used when
selecting the font for usage. Note that since fonts with string names can
be associated to numeric Font IDs, these fonts are selectable in
HP-GL/2 using the numeric Font ID.

2

Selects the font referred to by the String ID as primary. This
operation finds the associated font using the supplied String ID and
specifies that font as the current primary font. The command is ignored if
there is no font with that String ID.

3

Selects the font referred to by the String ID as secondary. This
operation functions the same as the primary font specification (operation
number 2), however this command specifies the font as secondary.

4

Sets the current Macro ID to the String ID. This operation allows the
user to set the current PCL Macro ID to a String ID name. If the current
Macro ID has been set with both the Alphanumeric ID command and the
Macro ID command (?&f#Y), the ID last sent takes precedence. For
example, if the current Macro ID was set to 10 and then to “Macro1”, the
current macro ID would be “Macro1”.

5

Associates the current Macro ID to the supplied String ID. This
operation finds the macro with the supplied String ID and assigns the
current Macro ID to that macro. This macro then has two names. The
original Macro ID name is used to perform macro management
commands on the macro, and the new associated name is used when
executing, calling, or overlaying the macro.

20

Deletes the font association named by the current Font ID. The font
must have been associated with an alphanumeric Font ID (using
operation 0). No String ID is supplied (?&n1W20). This command
removes the alphanumeric font name association, however the disk
resource itself is not changed.

ENWW

Printer-Specific Differences 2-79

Operation

Description

21

Deletes the macro association named by the current Macro ID. The
macro must have been associated with an alphanumeric Macro ID
(using operation 4). No String ID is supplied (?&n1W21). This
command removes the alphanumeric macro name association, however
the disk resource itself is not changed.

100

Media select (see media selection table). Media types are specified
using the printer control panel. The following table indicates which
media type and paper size is used in the various media-select
situations.

Note

PCL objects stored on the printer disk cannot be deleted, set to
temporary, set to permanent, or modified in any way using the PCL
language.

2-80 Printer-Specific Differences

ENWW

Media Type

Paper Size

Paper Source

Size/Type Used

Not specified

Not specified

Not specified

Not specified

Not specified

Specified
Default size
(not manual feed) Type configured in specified tray

Not specified

Not specified

Specified
(manual feed)

Manual feed request
Default size

Not specified

Specified

Not specified

Specified size
Default type

Not specified

Specified

Specified
Specified size
(not manual feed) Type configured in specified tray

Not specified

Specified

Specified
(manual feed)

Manual feed request
Specified size

Specified

Not specified

Not specified

Default size
Specified type

Specified

Not specified

Specified
Default size
(not manual feed) Specified type

Specified

Not specified

Specified
(manual feed)

Manual feed request
Default size
Specified type

Specified

Specified

Not specified

Specified size
Specified type

Specified

Specified

Specified
Specified size
(not manual feed) Specified type

Specified

Specified

Specified
(manual feed)

Default size
Default type

Manual feed request
Specified size
Specified type

A paper source is considered to be not specified when a Media
Source command has not been received or when the media source is
set to autoselect (value 7). The media type is considered to be not
specified when an Alphanumeric ID command for media type
(value 100) has not been received.
Selecting the default media type causes the printer to consider the
media type as not specified.
Selecting an undefined or unavailable ID causes the printer to
generate a manual feed request.

ENWW

Printer-Specific Differences 2-81

Example: Using the Alphanumeric ID Command to
Download a Font
Fonts can be downloaded to the printer disk using PJL, or using PCL
you can download a font with a String ID to RAM. The following
example demonstrates downloading a font to a string name using
PCL.
Set the alphanumeric font ID to “TTFont1”

?&n8W0TTFont1
Download the font. It is assigned the String ID “TTFont1”

?sW[data]
Example: Using a Font with a String ID
When the user wants to use a font with a String ID, the user must first
associate that font with a new Font ID number. This association is
required so that whether the font is on disk or RAM, the procedure is
the same.
Set the current Font ID to “AssociatedFontID”

?&n17W0AssociatedFontID
Find the font with ID “UnivRomanID” on disk or in RAM and give it the
associated ID of “AssociatedFontID”

?&n12W1UnivRomanID
Set the current Font ID to 10

?*c10D
Find the font with String ID “TimesRmID” on disk or in RAM and give it
the associated Font ID of 10

?&n10W1TimesRmID
Set the current secondary font to the font with a Font ID of 10 (which
in this case, is an associated font)

?)10X

2-82 Printer-Specific Differences

ENWW

Specify the current font as primary using the alphanumeric ID
command

?&n17W2AssociatedFontID
Delete the name “AssociatedFontID” from the PCL database

?&n17W0AssociatedFontID
?&n1W20
Reset the printer. Resetting deletes all font and macro associations.

?E

ENWW

Printer-Specific Differences 2-83

HP DeskJet 1200C Printer
The DeskJet 1200C is a 300-dpi LaserJet-compatible thermal inkjet
color printer. It uses PCL 5 and is very compatible with the LaserJet 4
family of printers. The main differences between the DeskJet 1200C
and the LaserJet 4 printer are summarized in the table below (for a
complete listing, see Table 1-1).
Table 2-12. PCL Feature Additions for HP DeskJet 1200C Printer
Feature

Status

Comments

Enter HP-GL/2 Mode

Modified

Three additional parameters (-1, 2, 3) have been added to
provide support for Standalone HP-GL/2 Mode
(?%-1B), for using the current PCL coordinate
system/previous HP-GL/2 pen position (?%2B), and for
using the current PCL coordinate system/current PCL
CAP (?%3B).

Media Type

New

Sets the print mode required for printing on various media
types.

Mechanical Print Quality

New

Determines the graphics print quality.

Negative Motion

New

Specifies whether negative motion will be used.

Raster Scaling

New/Modified

Several commands are added for raster scaling:
Destination Raster Width (?*t#H), Destination Raster
Height (?*t#V), Scale Algorithm (?*t#K); also, two
parameters are added to the Start Raster Graphics
command to initiate scaling (?*r2A and ?*r3A). (See
the PCL 5 Color Technical Reference Manual for more
information.)

Color Commands

New

See Table 1-1 for a complete list of color commands
supported by the printer. See the PCL 5 Color Technical
Reference Manual for descriptions of the color
commands.

The DeskJet 1200C printer does not support the following LaserJet 4
features:
• Unit of Measure (?&u#D)
• Status Readback (?*s#X, ?*s#U, ?*s#M, ?*s#T, ?*s#I)
• Raster resolutions of 200 dpi and 600 dpi
• Page sizes: Executive, A4, JIS B5 paper, International B5
envelope, Monarch envelope
• HP-GL/2 in macros

2-84 Printer-Specific Differences

ENWW

Updated Features
Printers with a “B” or “C” revision code, indicated by the third digit in
the serial number, have the following additional new features. (Print
the self-test to see the serial number.)
• Two-Byte Fonts. Provides support for two-byte (large) fonts
with more than 256 characters. Two-byte fonts support such
large symbol set mappings as Unicode, Shift-JIS, JIS208, and
Big5. Two-byte fonts are compatible with current PCL data
structures.
• Frame Buffer/MEt Architecture. Provides MEt (Memory
Enhancement technology), which overcomes memory
contention problems. Drivers can use the PJL SET command
(@PJL SET PAGEPROTECT=LETTER/ LEGAL/ A4/OFF) to
put the printer into a page protect mode that reserves the
memory equivalent of a complete full-color frame buffer for the
current page size. Page protect mode reserves printer memory
blocks large enough to represent cyan, magenta, and yellow
(CMY) bitmaps for an entire page of the currently selected
media).
• Noise Dither. Two new halftone render algorithms (noise
dither and monochrome noise dither) have been added.
• Arbitrary Dither Matrix Sizes. The printer now allows the full
16-bit range for downloaded dither matrix height and width
(?*m#W).

ENWW

Printer-Specific Differences 2-85

Enter HP-GL/2 Mode Command
The Enter HP-GL/2 Mode command causes the printer to interpret
data as HP-GL/2 commands instead of PCL commands. Three new
parameters are added: one enables stand-alone plotter mode
(?%-1B), and the other two affect the coordinate system and pen
position when switching into HP-GL/2 (?%2B and ?%3B).

?%#B
# = –1
0
1
2

-

Stand-alone plotter mode (single context)
Use previous HP-GL/2 pen position
Use current PCL CAP
Use current PCL dot coordinate system and old
HP-GL/2 pen position
3 - Use PCL dot coordinate system and the current PCL
CAP

Default = 0
Range = –1 to 3
HP-GL/2 mode remains in effect until a Start Raster command
(?*r#A), Reset (?E), UEL command (?%-12345X), or power-on.
In stand-alone plotter mode (?%–1B), only a single context can be
used (HP-GL/2 and PCL cannot be merged on the same page).
A value field of 1 or 3 sets the HP-GL/2 pen position and the label
carriage return point to the current PCL CAP. A value field of 2 or 3
transfers the current PCL dot coordinate system, including the PCL
origin and axes; the coordinate system thus established is
independent of the positions of P1 and P2.
This command cannot be executed from display functions mode or
within a binary data transfer. HP-GL/2 ignores this command.

2-86 Printer-Specific Differences

ENWW

Media Type Command
This command sets the print mode required for printing on various
media types.

?&l#M
#=

0
1
2
3
4

-

Plain paper
Bond paper
Special paper
Glossy film
Transparency film

Default = 0
Range = 0 to 4
If no printable data has been sent, this command moves CAP to the
top of form at the left margin of the current page. If printable data has
been sent, the page is closed and printed, and CAP moves to the top
of form at the left margin of the next physical page.
When transparency media is loaded, the printer auto- matically
adjusts the media type to Transparency and the print quality to
Presentation Graphics, regardless of the language or remote-panel
selection.
The Media Type and Print Quality commands always override remote
control panel settings if the printer detects a different type of media
than was requested. It may override these commands and the remote
control panel settings.

Note

ENWW

This command may override the remote panel. HP recommends
programmatically setting media type, especially in network
environments.

Printer-Specific Differences 2-87

Print Quality Command
This command determines print quality and speed.

?*o#Q
#=

-1 - EconoFast
0 - Normal quality
1 - Best/Presentation graphics

Default = 0
Range = -1, 0, 1
EconoFast prints black text at 300 dpi. When transparency or glossy
media is loaded, the printer automatically adjusts the media type to
Transparency and the print quality to Presentation graphics,
regardless of the language or remote-panel selection.
The Media Type and Print Quality commands always override remote
control panel settings if the printer detects a different type of media
than was requested. It may override these commands and the remote
control panel settings.

Note

This command must be sent at the beginning of the page before any
printable data; otherwise, when the command is received, the current
page is closed and printed.

2-88 Printer-Specific Differences

ENWW

Negative Motion Command
The Negative Motion command specifies whether negative motion
will be used, thus determining whether the full page must be buffered
before printing can begin.

?&a#N
#=

0 - Picture contains negative motion (page formatting
printers)
1 - Picture contains no negative motion (swath printers)

Default = 0
Range = 0, 1
If the page contains no negative motion, using the ?&a1N command
increases print speed.
Negative motion includes:
• Vertical motion toward the top of the page
• HP-GL/2 operations
• Print directions other than 0 degrees
• Landscape text
• When the top of the character cell on the next line is above the
top of the character cell on the current line
The default value of 0 delays printing until all the processing of input
data for a page is complete. This is for software that needs to
compose the data before printing.
A value of 1 allows data to be printed as received, rather than first
stored in a buffer. Otherwise, printing will be delayed until all
processing of input data is complete.

Note

ENWW

This command must be sent before any printable data is received by
the printer.

Printer-Specific Differences 2-89

HP DeskJet 1600C Printer
The DeskJet 1600C printer is a follow-on to the DeskJet 1200C. It has
600 x 600 dpi black text resolution (plus TES, which is similar to REt)
and 300-dpi color resolution. Like the 1200C, the DeskJet 1600C is
font- and language- compatible with the latest LaserJet 4 series
printers. The DeskJet 1200C and 1600C contain most of the same
PCL 5 color features as the Color LaserJet (described in the PCL 5
Color Technical Reference Manual), with some exceptions and
additions (see Table 1-1). DeskJet 1200C and 1600C drivers should
work on the Color LaserJet, but not vice versa. Changes from the
DeskJet 1200C are listed below.
Table 2-13. PCL Feature Additions for the HP DeskJet 1600C Printer
Feature

Status

Comments

Raster Resolution

Modified

200 and 600 dpi are supported.

Enter HP-GL/2 Mode

Modified

HP-GL/2 standalone mode (-1) is not
supported.

Compression Method

Modified

Method 9, replacement delta row is added.

Unit of Measure

New

Same as LaserJet 4 series printers.

Paper Source

Modified

Autoselect (7) is added.

HP-GL/2 in PCL
macros

New

HP-GL/2 commands may appear in PCL
macros.

Noise Dither*

Modified

Noise ordered dither (13) and monochrome
noise ordered dither (14) are added.

Downloaded dither
Matrix*

Modified

The full 16-bit range for height and width is
allowed.

Two-Byte Fonts*

New

Font header format 16 two-byte font
downloading.

Text Parsing Method*

New

Same as LaserJet 4PJ printer.

* Also on “B” and “C” versions of the DeskJet 1200C.

2-90 Printer-Specific Differences

ENWW

Additional features include:
• Simplified Control Panel. The IEEE-P1284 ECP port
described below allows front-panel simplification and the
elimination of DIP switches. The DeskJet 1600C control panel
is similar to that of the LaserJet 4L, with one button and four
LED indicators.
• IEEE-P1284. This bi-directional enhanced capability port
(ECP) allows most printer features to be monitored and
controlled through Microsoft Windows or a DOS remote control
panel shipped with the product. In previous HP printers, PJL
provided some job-level status and control, but PJL is
embedded in the data stream, synchronous with the printer
description data. With the implementation if MLC (Multiple
Logical Channels) on the ECP and MIO 6.0, the printer can be
controlled and monitored on a separate channel,
asynchronous to the data stream. PJL still provides control
that must be synchronous with the data stream.
• ENERGY STAR. The printer lowers its power consumption if it
has not been used for 15 minutes.
• Out-of-Ink Sensing. An LED on the control panel lights when
a pen runs out of ink.
• MIO. Modular I/O interface with auto-sensing I/O configuration.
• JetDirect. Optional network cards: Novell, TCP-IP, LocalTalk,
EtherTalk, and third party.
• PostScript. A SIMM upgrade is available.
• Optional Media Source. An optional sheet feeder tray is
available.
• Media Detection. Automatic detection of media size and
media type (transparency).

ENWW

Printer-Specific Differences 2-91

• PJL. Unlike the DeskJet 1200C, which implemented only the
PJL kernel, the DeskJet 1600C printer supports all of the PJL
commands listed below. Full PJL implementation is not
needed because of the multiple-channel capability of the
IEEE-P1284 Extended Capabilities Port. DeskJet 1600C also
supports page protection with the @PJL SET PAGEPROTECT
command.
COMMENT
DEFAULT
ECHO
ENTER
EOJ

INQUIRE
JOB
RESET
SET
UEL

• Print Modes. The DeskJet 1600C has the following
user-selectable print modes:
EconoFast. The primary goal is cost per copy. The secondary
goal is high speed.
Presentation Graphics. Best quality graphics.
Normal. Equal emphasis on quality and throughput. Best
mode for most uses, minimizing the need to switch to other
modes.

2-92 Printer-Specific Differences

ENWW

Media Source Command
The Paper (Media) Source command (?&l#H) for the DeskJet 1600C
uses a value of 5 for its optional sheet feeder and also supports a
value of 7 (autoselect). A value of 7 selects the current printer default
source. The user, through the application, may select a particular tray
for the first page or pages (for example, a fancy cover page), then
choose autoselect to pull paper from a default tray (for example,
containing standard paper). This is different than option 0, which
continues printing from the currently selected source. The “default”
source may be user-selected, or based upon the printer's own
algorithm.

Compression Method Command
The Compression Method command (?*b#M) for the DeskJet 1600C
supports Method 9 compression (compressed replacement delta row
encoding) in addition to compression methods 0, 1, 2, 3, and 5.

Method 9 (Replacement Delta Row Encoding)
Like Method 3, this method replaces only bytes in the current row that
differ from the preceding (seed) row. Unlike Method 3, the
replacement (delta) bytes may be encoded.
The replacement byte string (delta compression string) consists of a
command byte, optional offset bytes, optional replacement count
bytes, and the replacement data.
Command
Byte

ENWW

Optional Offset Bytes

Optional Replacement
Count Bytes

Data Bytes

Printer-Specific Differences 2-93

The command byte itself has three parts:
Control Bit

Offset Count

Replacement Count

• Control Bit. Determines whether the replacement data is
compressed, and also the bit boundaries of the command
byte's other two fields.
• Offset Count. The left offset (number of bytes) the
replacement data is offset from the current byte position in the
seed row.
• Replacement Count. The number of consecutive bytes to be
replaced. One more byte than the replacement count is
replaced (for example, 6 bytes are replaced by a replacement
count of 5).
Like compression method 3, the “current” byte follows the last
replacement byte; at the beginning of a row, the current byte
immediately follows left raster margin. An offset of 0 indicates the
current byte; an offset of 1 indicates the byte following the current
byte.
The size of the offset count and replacement count fields depends on
the value of the control bit.
CONTROL BIT = 0
7
Control Bit = 0

6

3 2
Offset Count

0
Replacement Count

If the control bit is 0, the replacement data is uncompressed. If the
control bit is 0, bits 0-2 indicate the replacement count and bits 3-6
indicate the offset count.
If the offset count is 15, an additional offset count byte follows and is
added to the total offset count. If the offset count byte is 255, another
offset count byte follows. The last offset count byte is indicated by a
value less than 255.
If the replacement count is 7, an additional replacement count byte
follows and is added to the total replacement count. If the
replacement count byte is 255, another replacement count byte
follows. The last replacement count byte is indicated by a value less
than 255. One more than the total replacement byte count will be
replaced.

2-94 Printer-Specific Differences

ENWW

CONTROL BIT = 1
7
Control Bit = 1

6

5 4
Offset Count

0
Replacement Count

If the control bit is 1, the replacement data is run length encoded. the
bit boundaries are different than if the control bit is 0: bits 5-6 contain
the offset count, and bits 0-4 contain the replacement count. As when
the control bit is 0, optional offset bytes and replacement bytes may
be added.

ENWW

Printer-Specific Differences 2-95

HP LaserJet 5 and 5M Printers
HP LaserJet 5 and 5M printers are performance-enhanced follow-on
products for HP LaserJet 4 Plus and 4M Plus printers, respectively.
The enhanced PCL 5 printer language in these printers include all of
the PCL 5 features supported by HP LaserJet 4 Plus and 4M Plus
printers as well as the features listed in Table 2-18.
Table 2-14. PCL Feature Modifications for HP Color LaserJet 5 and 5M Printers
Feature

Status

Comments

Character Text Path
Direction Command

Modified

A new algorithm decides whether or not to
counter-rotate characters when using the
vertical rotated printing mode.

Text Parsing Method
Command

Modified

The default text parsing method is based
on the font type and symbol set fields in the
default font.

Label Mode (LM)
Command

New

HP-GL/2 support for 2-byte applications.

Text Parsing
When 2-byte text parsing methods were introduced in HP LaserJets
(from LaserJet 4PJ on), the default text parsing method was based on
the default symbol set. For example, if a user selected Roman-8 as
the default symbol set (via the control panel or a PJL command), then
1-byte text parsing was the default method. If they selected
WINJ-DBCS as the default symbol set, Shift-JIS text parsing was the
default method.
HP LaserJet printers (from LaserJet 5 and 5M on) now base the
default text parsing method on the font type and symbol set fields in
the default font. If the default font is a 16-bit font, the default text
parsing method is set to one that matches the symbol set field. In all
other cases, the default text parsing method is set to 1-byte text
parsing.

2-96 Printer-Specific Differences

ENWW

Two-Byte HP-GL/2 Support
One-byte applications (which support non-orthogonal rotation,
scaling, and shearing of text) have long been able to use HP-GL/2 to
print to HP LaserJet printers. Two-byte applications have not had this
capability until the introduction of HP LaserJet 5 and 5M printers.
The capability of 2-byte applications (which support non-orthogonal
rotation, scaling, and shearing of text) to print to HP LaserJet printers
using HP-GL/2 is provided by the Label Mode (LM) command.

Label Mode Command
Determines how the Label (LB) and Symbol Mode (SM) commands
interpret characters. Used for printing a 2-byte character set such as
WinJ-DBCS, GB2312, or Big-5.

Syntax:
LM(mode,[row number]:)

Parameter

ENWW

Format

Functional
Range

Default

mode

clamped
integer

0, 1, 2, or 3

0 (8-bitmode)

row number

clamped
integer

0 to 255

0

Printer-Specific Differences 2-97

Comments:
• MODE. Determines the interpretation mode as follows:
0

Interprets each byte as a character (8-bit mode where
the default row_number equals “0”). Computed
character code is equal to (row_number * 256) + 8-bit
code sent in LB or SM command.

1

Interprets the next two bytes as a character (16-bit
mode). LB and SM commands will read two bytes to
form one 2-byte character code equal to (first_byte *
256) + second_byte. Label terminator and 8-bit control
codes must be preceded by a NULL byte. To turn
symbol mode off while in 16-bit mode, you must send
SM; where NULL is ASCII or decimal 0.

2

Same logic as mode 0, except that vertical substitutes
are used if found in a VT segment of the current font.
Characters are rotated counter clock-wise to match the
vertical-rotated printing mode of the Character Text
Path Direction command. Default row_number equals
“0”.

3

Same input logic as mode 1, except that vertical
substitutes are used if found in a VT segment of the
current font. Full width characters are rotated counter
clock-wise to match the vertical-rotated printing mode
of the Character Text Path Direction command.

2-98 Printer-Specific Differences

ENWW

• Row Number. Used only in modes 0 and 2 (8-bit modes)
when a 16-bit character set is selected. The row number
indicates the first byte while the LB or SM instruction will
supply the second byte.
For example, if you send LMO,37, and you have selected a
16-bit character set, sending LBAB would result in the
device printing characters 65 and 66 from row 37 of the
character set grid.
If you are using an 8-bit character set in 16-bit mode (modes 1
or 3), you must specify the first byte of each character as 0. All
other first byte values are treated as undefined characters.

Notes:
• When LM switches modes, it turns off symbol mode (executes
SM;).
• LM affects the way SM and LB interpret bytes.
• LM does not affect the DT or DL commands.
• DT allows 8-bit terminator definitions only. To terminate a label
in 16-bit mode, precede the current label terminator by the null
character (decimal 0). The only exception is the ?E (Reset)
instruction in dual-context devices. ?E is executed regardless
of the byte boundaries within LB and SM.

ENWW

Printer-Specific Differences 2-99

Vertical Writing with Proportional Fonts
The Character Text Path Direction command was introduced with the
HP LaserJet 4PJ printer to allow users to vertically rotate Asian fonts
which were dual pitched. That is, the single-byte characters were
half-width and the other characters were full-width.
An algorithm was implemented to determine whether or not to
counter-rotate characters when using the vertical-rotated printing
mode of the Character Text Path Direction command. A character is
rotated if the glyph is full-width; otherwise, the character is not
rotated.
Since the introduction of the LaserJet 4PJ, many vendors have
produced proportional versions of their Asian fonts. Thus, the
algorithm described above is no longer appropriate for determining
character rotation.
A new method to explicitly enumerate which characters should be
counter-rotated in the font is being introduced with HP LaserJet 5 and
5M printers. The new method consists of adding an optional font
segment to Font Format 16. The optional segment, which is called the
Vertical Exception (VE) segment, has the following form:
UBYTE[2] SEGMENT ID
= 'VE'
UBYTE Format
= 0
(other values reserved)
UBYTE NumRanges
= N
UINT16 Range1FirstCode
UINT16 Range1LastCode
•
•
•
UINT16 RangeNFirstCode
UINT16 RangeNLastCode

2-100 Printer-Specific Differences

ENWW

The new algorithm for deciding whether or not to counter-rotate
characters (when using the Character Text Path Direction command’s
vertical-rotated printing mode) is as follows:
if (the current font contains a VE segment)
{
if(the character code* is NOT contained in
a VE range)
rotate
else
don't rotate
}
else
use the old logic
* The original character code, even if a galley character were
substituted at some point.

Examples:
Japanese ShiftJIS

Japanese Unicode

Segment ID

V

E

V

E

Format/NumRanges

0

1

0

2

Range1FirstCode

0x0000

0x0000

Range1LastCode

0x00FF

0x007F

Range2FirstCode

0xFF61

Range2LastCode

0xFF9F

ENWW

half-width latin
characters
half-width
katakana

Printer-Specific Differences 2-101

HP Color LaserJet 5 and 5M Printers
HP Color LaserJet 5 and 5M printers use new HP Image Resolution
Enhancement technology 1200 (HP Image REt 1200) to project
outstanding text, graphics, and more vibrant colors than before.
The HP Color LaserJet 5M printer is network-ready with genuine
Adobe PostScript Level 2 software, 36 Mbytes of memory, and an HP
JetDirect card. The HP Color LaserJet 5 printer is upgradable so you
can tailor it to suit the needs of your particular environment.
HP Color LaserJet 5 and 5M printers can use glossy paper or
transparency film for special output.
Modifications to the PCL language for HP Color LaserJet 5 and 5M
printers are summarized in the table below and are described in detail
in the PCL 5 Color Technical Reference Manual (P/N 5961-0940):
Table 2-15. PCL Feature Modifications for HP Color LaserJet 5 and 5M Printers
Feature
Render Algorithm
Command

Status
Modified

Comments
Five new algorithms have been added.

Configure Image Data Modified
Command

Has unique functionality while in PCL Imaging
mode.

Download Dither
Matrix Command

Support

Not supported.

Driver Configuration
Command

Support

Do not support all features of the
function_index argument.

Download Pattern
Command

Modified

Restricts the width and height of a user
pattern to less than 16384 pixels.

Scale Algorithm
Command

Support

Not supported.

Font Cartridges

Support

Not supported. Customized fonts, if needed,
can be utilized via SIMMs.

2-102 Printer-Specific Differences

ENWW

Render Algorithm Command
The Render Algorithm command selects the algorithm to be used for
rendering page marking entities on a given page.

?*t#J
# = 0-14 - See section 4, “Modifying Output Color” in the PCL
5 Color Technical Reference Manual for information on
algorithms 0 through 14.
15 - Continuous tone smooth 150 lpi
16 - Monochrome continuous tone detail 300 lpi
17 - Monochrome continuous tone smooth 150 lpi
18 - Continuous tone basic 100 lpi
19 - Monochrome continuous tone basic 100 lpi
Default = 3
Range = 0 to 19 (invalid values are ignored; values 1, 2, 9, and
10 are ignored for device-independent color)
HP Color LaserJet 5 and 5M printers remap non-continuous tone
render algorithms (3 - 14) into continuous tone smooth (15) and
monochrome continuous tone smooth (17) algorithms.

ENWW

Printer-Specific Differences 2-103

HP LaserJet 6P/ 6MP Printers
The HP LaserJet 6P and 6MP printers are similar to the LaserJet 5P
and 5MP printers, with the addition of higher performance and faster
print speed (up to 8 ppm). The PCL 5 feature set is identical to the
LaserJet 5P/5MP printers, with the exception that the
LaserJet 6P/6MP printers support some additional paper sizes (A5,
JIS B5, JIS B4, and Oufuku-Hagaki postcards).
The HP LaserJet 6MP printer also includes the Adobe PostScript
Level 2 printer language with 35 additional built-in PostScript fonts.

HP LaserJet 5Si Mopier
The HP LaserJet 5Si Mopier combines the performance and network
strengths of the LaserJet 5Si/5SiMx printers with the ability to print,
collate, and staple multiple copies of a document. The LaserJet 5Si
Mopier has the same PCL feature set as the LaserJet 5Si/5Si
printers, but allows you to download a document just once and then
print as many originals as you need.
Multiple-original printing (“mopying”) and stapling is accomplished
using PJL commands. The application soft- ware, using PJL
commands, determines to which output bin the printed copy will be
delivered. If the stapling bin is selected, the job is automatically
stapled.

Note

Multiple mopies are produced using the PJL SET QTY command. In
order for the mopier to produce more than one original of a print job,
the PCL number of copies command (?&l#X) must not be included
in the data stream, since this command will limit the job to one copy or
produce multiple uncollated copies.
See the PJL Printer Job Language Technical Reference Manual for a
PJL example of printing to the mopier.

2-104 Printer-Specific Differences

ENWW

HP LaserJet 6L and LaserJet 6L Gold Printers
The HP LaserJet 6L and LaserJet 6L Gold printers look like the
LaserJet 5L printer and have an identical PCL feature set. At
6 pages-per-minute, they print two more pages per minute than the
LaserJet 5L, contain the same standard typefaces, and support the
same paper sizes. Like the LaserJet 5L, the LaserJet 6L and
LaserJet 6L Gold printers do not have a control panel.
(Refer to Table 1-1, HP LaserJet Printer Feature Comparison, for the
specific PCL implementation.)

HP LaserJet 4000 Series Printers
The HP LaserJet 4000 series printers are similar to the LaserJet 5/5M
printers in their design and PCL feature set, with increased font
support and 600 dpi support in PCL 5 (the printer offers 1200 dpi in
PCL 6). The printers support a very similar set of paper sizes. (Refer
to Table 1-1, HP LaserJet Printer Feature Comparison, for the specific
PCL implementation.)

Note

The highest resolution you can access with PCL 5 is 600 dpi.

Selecting Paper Source
With the HP LaserJet 4000 series printer, the paper source
commands are somewhat different than in Table 1-1B. The table
below shows the commands for selecting the various paper sources.
Paper Source
Manual Feed Tray (2)
MultiPurpose Tray (Tray 1)(4)
Tray 2 (first cassette)(1)
Tray 3 (second cassette)(5)
Tray 4 (third cassette)(8)
Envelope Feeder
External Trays (HCI)(20-59)

ENWW

Command

?&l2H
?&l4H
?&l1H
?&l5H
?&l8H
?&l6H
?&l20H to ?&l59H

Printer-Specific Differences 2-105

Selecting Output Bins
The paper source commands for the HP LaserJet 4000 printer are
somewhat different than in Table 1-1B. The table below shows the
commands for selecting the various output bins.
Output Bins

Command

?&l0G
?&l1G
?&l2G
?&l3G to ?&l99G

Default (0)
Top Bin (face down)(1)
Face Up Bin (2)
External Bins (3-99)

Selecting Media Type
Besides using the Media Type command (?&l#M) to select a print
media, with the LaserJet 4000 series printers you can also use the
Paper Type command as follows:
(This command is actually a variation of the Alphanumeric ID
command. For information on this command, see page 2-79.)
Paper Type
Bond
Plain
Color
Labels
Recycled
Letterhead
Cardstock
Prepunched
Preprinted
Transparency
Custom
1

Command

?&n5WdBond
?&n6WdPlain
?&n6WdColor
?&n7WdLabels
?&n9WdRecycled
?&n11WdLetterhead
?&n10WdCardstock
?&n11WdPrepunched
?&n11WdPreprinted
?&n13WdTransparency
?&n#WdCustomType1

For custom paper, replace “CustomType” with the name of the paper, and replace
the “#” with the number of characters in the name, plus 1.

2-106 Printer-Specific Differences

ENWW

HP LaserJet 5000 Series Printers
The HP LaserJet 5000 series printers have a nearly identical feature
set as the HP LaserJet 4000 series printers. The LaserJet 5000
series printers support a set of paper sizes similar to the
HP LaserJet 4V/4MV printers.

Selecting Paper Source
With the HP LaserJet 5000 series printer, the paper source
commands are somewhat different than in Table 1-1B. The table
below shows the commands for selecting the various paper sources.
Paper Source
Manual Feed Tray (2)
MultiPurpose Tray (Tray 1)(4)
Tray 2 (first cassette)(1)
Tray 3 (second cassette)(5)
Tray 4 (third cassette)(8)
Envelope Feeder
External Trays (HCI)(20-39)

Command

?&l2H
?&l4H
?&l1H
?&l5H
?&l8H
?&l6H
?&l20H to ?&l39H

Selecting Output Bins
The paper source commands for the HP LaserJet 5000 printer are
somewhat different than in Table 1-1B. The table below shows the
commands for selecting the various output bins.
Output Bins
Default (0)
Top Bin (face down)(1)
Face Up Bin (2)
External Bins (3-99)

ENWW

Command

?&l0G
?&l1G
?&l2G
?&l3G to ?&l99G

Printer-Specific Differences 2-107

Selecting Media Type
Besides using the Media Type command (?&l#M) to select a print
media, with the LaserJet 5000 series printers you can also use the
Paper Type command as follows:
(This command is actually a variation of the Alphanumeric ID
command. For information on this command, see page 2-79.)
Paper Type
Bond
Plain
Color
Labels
Recycled
Letterhead
Cardstock
Prepunched
Preprinted
Transparency
Custom
1

Command

?&n5WdBond
?&n6WdPlain
?&n6WdColor
?&n7WdLabels
?&n9WdRecycled
?&n11WdLetterhead
?&n10WdCardstock
?&n11WdPrepunched
?&n11WdPreprinted
?&n13WdTransparency
?&n#WdCustomType1

For custom paper, replace “CustomType” with the name of the paper, and replace
the “#” with the number of characters in the name, plus 1.

2-108 Printer-Specific Differences

ENWW

HP LaserJet 8000 Series Printers
The HP LaserJet 8000 is a 24-ppm printer with 600 dpi support in
PCL 5 (the printer offers 1200 dpi in PCL 6). It has built-in mopy
capability, which is enabled when at least 16 Mb of memory or a disk
drive are installed.
The LaserJet 8000 series printers are direct replacements for the
LaserJet 5Si, LaserJet 5SiMx, and LaserJet 5Si Mopier printers. They
support the same PCL 5 commands and options, except as described
below.
The LaserJet 8000 series printers use the same PCL 5
implementation as found in the LaserJet 4000 series, and support
exactly the same PCL 5 and HP-GL/2 commands as the
LaserJet 4000 series. They support the same options to the PCL 5
command set, with the exceptions listed below.

Selecting Paper Source
The HP LaserJet 8000 series printers support the same option set as
the LaserJet 5Si printer. This is a superset of what the LaserJet 4000
series supports.

Page Size
The LaserJet 8000 series printers do not support ledger, A3, or
JIS B4 paper. It does support A5 paper, which the 5Si did not support.

Advance Full Page HP-GL/2 Command
The LaserJet 8000 series supports the HP-GL/2 Advance Full Page
command (PG). The LaserJet 5Si printer does not support this
command.

ENWW

Printer-Specific Differences 2-109

HP LaserJet 8100 Series Printers
The HP LaserJet 8100 series printers are 32-ppm printers with
600 dpi support in PCL 5. They are a direct replacement for the
LaserJet 8000 series, and support exactly the same PCL 5
commands and options as the LaserJet 8000 printers. It includes
built-in mopy support, which is enabled when 16 Mb of memory or a
disk drive are installed.

2-110 Printer-Specific Differences

ENWW

HP Color LaserJet 4500 Series Printers
The HP Color LaserJet 4500 printer is the third in the series of Color
LaserJet printers that started with the HP Color LaserJet printer. It is
a 600 dpi device with 8-bit continuous tone support on each color
channel. This means the printer uses 24 bits to represent each color it
prints.
This printer can be considered as the direct descendent of the
HP Color LaserJet 5 and the HP LaserJet 5 printers, since it
combines the PCL 5 features of both. For example, the Text Parsing
methods are supported as in the LaserJet 5, while such color features
as Palette, Monochrome Print Mode, and Foreground Color
commands are supported in the Color LaserJet and Color LaserJet 5
printers.
The HP Color LaserJet 4500 printer is also very much like a
LaserJet 4000 series printer, with respect to PCL 5. With very few
exceptions, the LaserJet 4500 supports the same PCL 5 and
HP-GL/2 commands and options as the LaserJet 4000 printer. The
differences are listed below.
The HP Color LaserJet 4500N printer is the network-ready version of
the base model (4500) printer. It includes an HP JetDirect card and
32 Mb of additional memory. The HP Color LaserJet 4500DN printer
is network-ready, with an HP JetDirect card, duplexer, 500-sheet
paper tray, and 32 Mb of additional memory.

Simplified Color Management
The HP Color LaserJet 4500 does represent a significant departure
from the HP Color LaserJet and Color LaserJet 5 printers in the area
of color specification and management. The use of sRGB (Standard
RGB) greatly simplifies the process of matching colors displayed on a
color monitor with those in the printed document. Furthermore, an
examination of customers and the way they use HP Color LaserJet
printers allowed HP to simplify the color command set without any
decrease in color print quality, print speed, or color matching.

ENWW

Printer-Specific Differences 2-111

Color Raster Images
The suggested method for printing color images is by using 24-bit,
direct color pixels with delta row compression. The 24-bit, direct color
is specified using the Configure Image Data command. Delta row
compression is recommended over run length, or TIFF pack bits
since 24-bit, direct color uses three bytes per pixel so there is little
redundancy from one byte to the next. Delta row compression exploits
the redundancy from row to row, and therefore yields better
compression than any other supported PCL compression mode.

Asian Font Support
The following commands are supported especially for Asian font
printing:
• Character Text Path Direction
• Text Parsing Method
• 2-byte characters
• HP-GL/2 Label allows 2-byte characters.

Media Handling
The HP Color LaserJet 4500 printer has two standard paper trays and
one optional tray. They are accessed as follows:
Tray

Description

Command

Tray 1

Multi-purpose paper tray. This is the
upper-most paper input tray and has a
retractable paper support.

?&l4H

Tray 2

Lowest standard paper tray

Tray 3

Optional 500-sheet input paper tray.
When installed, it is the bottom tray.

?&l1H
?&l5H

Paper can be selected by requesting a media type using the Paper
Type command (?&n#Wdpapertype, where # is the number of
characters in “papertype”. For example, the command to select Color
paper is ?&n6WdColor. To select “Prepunched” the
?&n11WdPrepunched command would be used.

2-112 Printer-Specific Differences

ENWW

The following paper types are supported:
Paper Type
Bond
Plain
Color
Labels
Recycled
Letterhead
Cardstock
Card stock
Prepunched
Preprinted
Transparency
Custom
Rough
Vellum
Heavy
Gloss
Default

Command

?&n5WdBond
?&n6WdPlain
?&n6WdColor
?&n7WdLabels
?&n9WdRecycled
?&n11WdLetterhead
?&n10WdCardstock
?&n11WdCard stock
?&n11WdPrepunched
?&n11WdPreprinted
?&n13WdTransparency
?&n#WdCustomType1
?&n6WdRough
?&n7WdVellum
?&n6WdHeavy
?&n6WdGloss
?&n8WdDefault

1
For custom paper, replace “CustomType” with the name of the paper, and replace
the “#” with the number of characters in the name, plus 1.

Sending the “Default” paper type will cancel any previous media type
request that may be in effect, and stops selection of media by type.
Note that both “Card Stock” and “Cardstock” are supported.

Note

ENWW

When the printer is set to TRAY1=FIRST and paper is in tray 1, the
printer will use the paper from tray 1 without regard to the media
source and page size commands. The page will be formatted to the
size specified in the page size command, but will be printed on the
paper from tray 1. This default behavior can be avoided by either
setting TRAY1= CASSETTE, or by only placing special media such
as overhead transparencies in tray 1.

Printer-Specific Differences 2-113

New Paper Sizes
The HP Color LaserJet 4500 printer supports ISO A5 and B5 paper
sizes.

Forms Support
Forms are supported by the use of PCL macros which also include
support for HP-GL/2 commands.

Alphanumeric ID Command
The HP Color LaserJet 4500 printer supports all the options of the
Alphanumeric ID command. However, since the HP Color
LaserJet 4500 does not support a disk drive, associations can only be
made with non-disk-based fonts or macros. For more information on
the Alphanumeric ID command, see page 2-79.

Color Space Support
The supported color spaces are Standard RGB (sRGB), Device RGB,
and Device CMY. Standard RGB replaces Colorimetric RGB (cRGB).
All other color spaces supported in the HP Color LaserJet or Color
LaserJet 5 are not supported in the HP Color LaserJet 4500 printers.

Changes to PCL 5 Color Commands
The focus of the printer’s color support is on WYSIWYG color usage
and a simplified usage model. A number of PCL 5 color commands
introduced in the HP Color LaserJet and supported in the Color
LaserJet 5 printer have been made obsolete as a direct result of using
Standard RGB color to achieve WYSIWYG color. Furthermore,
several commands have been modified to match the predicted use of
the HP Color LaserJet 4500 printer.

2-114 Printer-Specific Differences

ENWW

PCL 5 Commands No Longer Supported or Greatly
Simplified
• Driver Function Configuration — This command had five
options for the HP Color LaserJet and Color LaserJet 5
printers: Lightness, Saturation, Scaling Algorithm, Select Color
Treatment, and Download Color Map. Select Color Treatment
is the only option supported on the HP Color LaserJet 4500
printer. The range of values has been reduced to two choices:
Vivid (2) (no color adjustment) and Screen Match (6).
• Raster Destination and Raster Width — four decimal places
of precision were added to avoid rounding errors when
converting to pixels.
• Picture Frame Scaling Command — four decimal places of
precision were added to avoid rounding errors.
• Configure Image Data — This command had two major
forms, the short form which selected default values for each of
the color spaces specified, and the long form which allowed a
complete specification of the parameters that characterize the
color spaces. The long form of the command is not supported
on this printer since the Luminance-Chrominance, CIE L*a*b*,
and Colorimetric RGB (cRGB) color spaces are not supported.
The supported color spaces are Standard RGB (sRGB),
Device RGB, and Device CMY. The sRGB color space is
selected using the same value as cRGB to enable files printed
with the Color LaserJet and Color LaserJet 5 drivers to take
advantage of the Color LaserJet 4500's use of sRGB for
WYSIWYG color. Furthermore, the specification of white and
black points for the Device RGB and CMY color spaces, and
the HP-GL/2 Color Range command, is not supported.

ENWW

Printer-Specific Differences 2-115

• Render Algorithms — There are no new algorithms for this
command that had twenty different algorithms, of which almost
half of them were monochrome equivalents of color
algorithms. The following table lists the algorithms that are
supported:
Algorithm
Contone Best (High LPI)
Device Best (Best)
Smooth Contone (High LPI)
Basic Contone (Low LPI)

Command

?*t0J
?*t3J
?*t15J
?*t18J

The monochrome algorithms are no longer supported since
there are no applications which allow the user to specify that a
color image should sometimes be printed in color and other
times in black and white. The remainder of the algorithms are
not supported as they are not needed for quality WYSIWYG
color printing.
• Download Dither Matrix — Not supported
• Color Lookup Tables — Not supported since it does not
support WYSIWYG color.
• Gamma Correction — Not supported since it does not
support WYSIWYG color.
• Viewing Illuminant — Not supported since it does not support
WYSIWYG color.
• Monochrome Print Mode — This command is only supported
at the beginning of a job, since user applications only support
the choice of monochrome printing of color documents for an
entire document.

2-116 Printer-Specific Differences

ENWW

New PCL 5 Commands
The Finish Mode command allows the user to specify the finish, matte
or glossy, to be applied to the document. A normal page has a matte
finish. Glossy finish can be requested to be applied to the page as it is
printed. The finish is distinct from the type of media. Therefore, a
matte finish can be requested for glossy media, and a glossy finish
can be requested for plain or matte paper.

?&b#F
#=

0 - Matte finish
1 - Glossy finish

Default = 0
Range = 0, 1 (command is ignored for invalid values)
The finish mode must be set before the first page is marked and
applies to all the pages in the document. Each document defaults to a
matte finish.

ENWW

Printer-Specific Differences 2-117

Differences with the HP LaserJet 4000 Series
Printers
The HP Color LaserJet 4500 series printers support the color
extensions to PCL 5e and HP-GL/2, commonly known as PCL 5c.
The HP LaserJet 4000 series printers do not support any of these
commands.
Windows driver output from a LaserJet 4000 series printer driver will
print correctly on the Color LaserJet 4500 printer. However, driver
output from a Color LaserJet 4500 series driver does not print well on
the LaserJet 4000 series because the HP LaserJet 4000 series
printers do not have PCL 5c support.
• The HP Color LaserJet 4500 printer supports JIS B4, Hagaki
Postcard, and Oufuku-Hagaki Postcard paper sizes. The
LaserJet 4000 series printers do not.
• The HP LaserJet 4500 series printers do not support the
envelope feeder options of the Page (Media) Source
command, because these devices do not exist for the
HP Color LaserJet 4500 printer. Envelopes are fed into the
Color LaserJet 4500 printer using the multipurpose tray, and
selected using that option.
• The HP Color LaserJet 4500 printer ignores the external bin
options to the Output Destination Bin command (?&l#G),
because no external bins can exist on the HP Color LaserJet
4500 printer.
• The HP Color LaserJet 4500 printer does support setting the
raster destination width and height commands, as well as
transferring raster data by plane. The HP Color LaserJet 4000
printer does not support these commands.
• The HP Color LaserJet 4500 printer does not support the Free
Space (?*s1M) or Flush All Pages (?&r#F) status readback
commands. The LaserJet 4000 printer supports these
commands, and manages its memory itself (as the Color
LaserJet 4500 printer does).
• The HP Color LaserJet 4500 printers do not support the
HP-GL/2 Advance Full Page (PG) command, which the
LaserJet 4000 printer does support.

2-118 Printer-Specific Differences

ENWW

HP Color LaserJet 8500 Series Printers
The HP Color LaserJet 8500 series printer is a high-end color laser
printer. The printer is based on the feature set of the HP LaserJet 5Si
printer, with the addition of color and an EIO interface. The color
features are similar to the HP Color LaserJet 4500 series printer.

Asian Font Support
Two-byte printing is not supported, however, the PCL driver allows the
user to print two-byte characters.

Paper Types and Sizes
The printer can print a number of media types and sizes, including:
letter-size, A4, A3, ledger (11 x 17), envelopes, card stock, labels,
and heavy media up to 58 pound (216 g/m2) bond. Depending on the
paper size and type, the optional duplex printing accessory enables
color printing on two sides.

Paper Trays
The printer has two 500-sheet input trays (trays 2 and 3) that support
letter, legal, and A4-sized media. In addition, tray 3 supports
11 x 17 inch and A3-sized media. Tray 1, a 100-sheet multipurpose
tray, supports such media sizes and types as letter, legal, executive,
A4, and custom-sized media (up to 12 x 18.5 inch), as well as
envelopes, labels, and card stock. In addition to these three trays, an
optional tray can be installed that holds up to 2,000 sheets of paper.

Proof and Print
The Proof and Print feature allows you to print one copy of a job for
proofreading and then quickly and easily print any remaining copies
from the printer control panel. To use this feature, an optional hard
disk is required in the printer.

ENWW

Printer-Specific Differences 2-119

HP LaserJet 1100 Series Printers
The HP LaserJet 1100 series printers are similar to the LaserJet 6L
printers. They have an identical PCL feature set. At 8
pages-per-minute, they print two more pages per minute than the
HP LaserJet 6L, contain the same standard typefaces (except the
Line Printer font), and support the same paper sizes. Like the
LaserJet 6L, the HP LaserJet 1100 series printers do not have a
control panel.
(Refer to Table 1-1, HP LaserJet Printer Feature Comparison, for the
specific PCL implementation.)

HP LaserJet 2100 Series Printers
The HP LaserJet 2100 series printers are versatile 10
page-per-minute laser printers designed for small workgroups and
individuals with advanced printing needs. These printers offer 600 dpi
support in PCL 5 (and 1200 dpi in PCL 6).
The HP LaserJet 2100 series printers have nearly the same PCL 5
feature set as the HP LaserJet 4000 series printers. Some of the
specific feature differences are listed below (Refer to Table 1-1,
HP LaserJet Printer Feature Comparison, for the specific PCL
implementation.)

Selecting Paper Source
The table below shows the commands for selecting the various paper
sources.
Paper Source

Paper Source

First Available Tray (7)

?&l7H

Manual Feed Tray (2)

?&l2H

Tray 1 (4)

?&l1H

Tray 2 (1)

?&l4H

Tray 3 (5)

?&l5H

2-120 Printer-Specific Differences

ENWW

Selecting Output Bins
Unlike the HP LaserJet 4000 printer, the HP LaserJet 2100 series
printers have no selectable output bins. All output lands in the one
standard output bin.

Selecting Media Type
The HP LaserJet 2100 series printers do not support the Paper Type
command.

ENWW

Printer-Specific Differences 2-121

2-122 Printer-Specific Differences

ENWW

3

Internal Typefaces /
Fonts and Symbol
Sets
Introduction
This chapter identifies the internal typefaces/fonts and their
associated symbol sets available in the various printers. This
information is presented first for bitmap fonts and their symbol sets,
then for scalable typefaces and their symbol sets.

Note

Internal refers to those typefaces/fonts and symbol sets which are
resident in the printer.

Note

For information about products newer than those included in this
book, see the PCL5 Comparison Guide Addendum, which includes
product-specific information about newer products, as well as
commands and variables added to support these newer products.

ENWW

Internal Typefaces / Fonts and Symbol Sets 3-1

Bitmap Fonts and Symbol Sets
Table 3-1 identifies the resident bitmap fonts for the printers. The
supported symbol sets for these bitmap fonts are shown in Table 3-2.
The HP LaserJet III, IIID, IIIP, and IIISi printers contained all these
bitmap fonts. However, with the introduction of the HP LaserJet 4
printer, the bitmap Courier was replaced by a scalable Courier
typeface (refer to “Scalable Typefaces and Symbol Sets”). The
HP LaserJet 4L, 5L, 6L, and 1100 series printers do not contain any
bitmap fonts. If these printers receive a request for Line Printer, the
fixed-pitch scalable Courier typeface is substituted. Except as noted,
the DeskJet 1200C and 1600C support the same fonts and symbol
sets as the HP LaserJet 4 printer.
Table 3-2 identifies the symbol sets available for the internal bitmap
fonts. Note that this list is for the bitmap fonts only. For the scalable
typeface symbol sets, refer to the section “Scalable Typefaces and
Symbol Sets.”
Table 3-1. Bitmap Fonts (All Fixed Pitch)
Typeface

Pitch/Point
Treatment

Orientation III, IIID, IIIP, IIISi

Courier

10/12 Med

P&L

✓

Courier

10/12 Italic

P

Courier

10/12 Bold

Courier

4, 4M, 4P, 4MP, 4Si, 4ML, 4PJ,
4LJ Pro, 4LC, 4Plus,
4M Plus, 2100 series,
4000 series, 5000 series,
8000 series, 8100 series, 4V,
4MV, 5P, 5MP, 6P, 6MP, 5Si,
5SiMx, 5Si, Mopier, 5, 5M,
Color LJ, Color LJ 5,
Color LJ 5M, Color LJ 4500,
Color LJ 8500, DJ 1200C,
DJ 1600C

4L

5L,
6L,
6L Gold,
1100 series

nr

nr

nr

✓

nr

nr

nr

P&L

✓

nr

nr

nr

12/10 Med

P

✓

nr

nr

nr

Courier

12/10 Italic

P

✓

nr

nr

nr

Courier

12/10 Bold

P

✓

nr

nr

nr

P&L

✓

✓

nr

nr

Line Printer 16.67/8.5 Med
nr - not resident

P - Portrait

L - Landscape

3-2 Internal Typefaces / Fonts and Symbol Sets

ENWW

Table 3-2. Bitmap Symbol Sets
Symbol Set1
Roman-8

ISO 15 Italian5

ISO 8859/1 Latin 1 (ECMA-94) ISO 60 Norwegian v15

ISO 84 Portuguese2
ISO 85 Spanish2

PC-8

ISO 4 United Kingdom5

ISO 10 Swedish/Finnish2

PC-8 Danish/Norwegian

ISO 11 Swedish: names5 HP German2

PC-850

ISO 57 Chinese2

HP Spanish2

ISO 6 ASCII

ISO 25 French2

ISO 8859/2 Latin 23

Legal

ISO 2 IRV2

ISO 8859/9 Latin 53

ISO 21 German5

ISO 14 JIS ASCII2

ISO 8859/10 Latin 64

ISO 17 Spanish5

ISO 61 Norwegian v22

ISO 8859/15 Latin 96

ISO 69 French5

ISO 16 Portuguese2

Windows Baltic (not 3.1)7

1

PCL 5 printers support an extensive range of additional symbol sets. Some of the more common sets and
their associated IDs are listed in Appendix C of this guide.

2

These symbol sets are becoming obsolete, are not recommended for future use, and are not resident on
HP LaserJet 4, 4M, 4Si, 4SiMx, 4ML, 4P, 4MP, 4PJ, 4 Plus, 4M Plus, 4V, 4MV, 4LJ Pro, 4LC, 2100 series,
4000 series, 5000 series, 8000 series, 8100 series, HP LaserJet 5 family, LaserJet 6 family, Color
LaserJet family, and HP DeskJet 1200C and 1600C printers.

3

The ISO Latin 2 and 5 symbol sets are not supported on HP LaserJet III family and HP LaserJet 4, 4M,
4Si, 4SiMx, HP DeskJet 1200C and 1600C printers.

4

Resident on HP LaserJet 5, 5M, 5Si Mopier, 6P, 6MP, 2100, 4000, 5000, 8000, 8100 series, and Color
LaserJet 4500 series printers only.

5

These symbol sets are not supported on the HP Color LaserJet 8500 series printers.

6

Only supported by the HP LaserJet 2100 and 8100 series, and the HP Color LaserJet 4500 series
printers.

7

Only supported by the HP Color LaserJet 8500 series printers.

ENWW

Internal Typefaces / Fonts and Symbol Sets 3-3

Scalable Typefaces and Symbol Sets
Table 3-3 and 3-4 list the internal scalable Intellifont and TrueType
typefaces resident in the various printers. Most of these typefaces are
unbound; that is, they can be linked to any of the available symbol
sets (with the limitations indicated). Symbol sets to which a typeface
can be bound (and bound font sets Symbol, Wingdings, Win 3.1J, and
GB2312) are identified in Tables 3-5, 3-6, and 3-7. Table 3-8 shows
symbol-set-bound fonts. (A list of all assigned symbol set and
typeface codes is provided in Tables B-1, B-2, and B-3.)
Table 3-3. Scalable Intellifont Typefaces
Typeface

Treatment

Typeface
Number

III,
IIID,
IIIP

nr

IIISi

✓

ITC Zapf Dingbats

Med

4141

CG Times

Med, It, Bld, Bld It

4101

Univers

Med, It, Bld, Bld It

4148

Univers Cond

Med Cnd, It Cnd, Bld Cnd,
Bld It Cnd

4148

nr

Courier

Med, It, Bld, Bld It

4099

nr

nr

Letter Gothic

Med, It, Bld

4102

nr

nr

Albertus

Med (semi-bold), Extra Bld

4362

nr

nr

Antique Olive

Med, It, Bld

4168

nr

nr

Clarendon Cond

Bld Cnd

4140

nr

nr

Coronet

Med It

4116

nr

nr

Garamond

Antiqua (Med), Kursiv (It),
Halbfett (Bld), Kursiv Halb
(Bld It)

4197

nr

nr

Marigold

Med

4297

nr

nr

CG Omega

Med, It, Bld, Bld It

4113

nr

nr

Wingdings

Med

6826

nr

nr

✓ - resident in the printer

5P, 5Si, 5SiMx,
5Si Mopier,
6P, 6MP,
Color LJ,
Color LJ 5/5M,
DJ 1200C,
DJ 1600C,
LJ 4 family

nr

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓

✓
✓

nr

4PJ
4LJ Pro

nr
nr
nr
nr
✓

nr
nr
nr
nr
nr

4L,
4LC
5L,
6L,
6L Gold,
1100 series

nr

nr

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

nr
✓

nr

nr

nr

nr

nr

nr

nr

✓

✓
✓
✓

✓
✓

nr

5, 5M,
2100,
4000,
5000,
8000,
8100,
Color 4500,
Color 8500
series
nr
nr
nr
nr

nr
nr
nr
nr
nr
nr
nr

nr
nr
nr

nr - not resident in the printer

3-4 Internal Typefaces / Fonts and Symbol Sets

ENWW

Table 3-4. Scalable TrueType Typefaces
Typeface

Typeface
Number

III,
IIID,
IIIP

IIISi

Med, It, Bld, Bld It

16602

nr

nr

Times New Roman

Med, It, Bld, Bld It

16901

nr

nr

Symbol

Med

16686

nr

nr

Wingdings

Med

31402

nr

nr

CG Times

Med, It, Bld, Bld It

4101

nr

nr

Arial

Treatment

5P, 5Si, 5SiMx,
5Si Mopier,
6P, 6MP,
Color LJ,
Color LJ 5/5M,
DJ 1200C,
DJ 1600C,
LJ 4 family

4PJ
4LJ Pro

✓

4L,
4LC
5L,
6L,
6L Gold,
1100 series

✓

5, 5M,
2100,
4000,
Color 4500,
Color 8500,
5000,
8000,
8100
series

✓

nr

✓

✓

✓

nr

✓

✓

✓

✓

nr

✓

✓

✓

✓

nr

✓

✓

nr

nr

nr

nr

✓

Univers

Med, It, Bld, Bld It

4148

nr

nr

nr

nr

nr

nr

✓

Univers Cond

Med Cnd, It Cnd, Bld Cnd,
Bld It Cnd

4148

nr

nr

nr

nr

nr

nr

✓

Courier

Med, It, Bld, Bld It

4099

nr

nr

nr

nr

nr

nr

✓

Letter Gothic

Med, It, Bld

4102

nr

nr

nr

nr

nr

nr

✓

Albertus

Med (semi-bold),
Extra Bld

4362

nr

nr

nr

nr

nr

nr

✓

Antique Olive

Med, It, Bld

4168

nr

nr

nr

nr

nr

nr

✓

Clarendon Cond.

Bld Cnd

4140

nr

nr

nr

nr

nr

nr

✓
✓

Coronet

Med It

4116

nr

nr

nr

nr

nr

nr

Garamond

Antiqua (Med), Kursiv (It),
Halbfett (Bld), Kursiv Halb
(Bld It)

4197

nr

nr

nr

nr

nr

nr

Marigold

Med

4297

nr

nr

nr

nr

nr

nr

✓

✓

CG Omega

Med, It, Bld, Bld It

4113

nr

nr

nr

nr

nr

nr

✓

MS Mincho

Med1

28752

nr

nr

nr

✓

nr

nr

nr

MS Gothic

Med1

28825

nr

nr

nr

✓

nr

nr

nr

SimSun

Med1

37058

nr

nr

nr

nr

nr

✓

nr

Sim Hei

Med1

37110

nr

nr

nr

nr

nr

✓

nr

GW-Kai

Med1

37357

nr

nr

nr

nr

nr

✓

nr

✓ - resident in the printer
nr - not resident in the printer
1 Pseudo-bold, pseudo-italic, and pseudo-bold italic are available using character enhancements.

ENWW

Internal Typefaces / Fonts and Symbol Sets 3-5

Table 3-4. Scalable TrueType Typefaces (continued)
Typeface

Times Roman

Treatment

Med, It, Bld, Bld It

Typeface
Number

III,
IIID,
IIIP

IIISi

25093

nr

nr

5P, 5Si, 5SiMx,
5Si Mopier,
6P, 6MP,
Color LJ,
Color LJ 5/5M,
Color LJ 8500
DJ 1200C,
DJ 1600C,
LJ 4 family

4PJ
4LJ Pro

4L,
4LC
5L,
6L,
6L Gold,
1100 series

nr

nr

nr

nr

2100,
4000,
Color 4500,
5000,
8000,
8100
series
✓
✓

Helvetica

Med, Ob, Bld, Bld Ob

24580

nr

nr

nr

nr

nr

nr

Helvetica Narrow

Med, Ob, Bld, Bld Ob

24580

nr

nr

nr

nr

nr

nr

✓

Century Schoolbk

Med, It, Bld, Bld It

24703

nr

nr

nr

nr

nr

nr

✓

ITC Avant Garde
Gothic

Med, Ob, DemiBld,
DemiBld Ob

24607

nr

nr

nr

nr

nr

nr

✓

ITC Bookman

Lt, Lt It, DemiBld,
DemiBld It

24623

nr

nr

nr

nr

nr

nr

✓

CourierPS

Med, Ob, Bld, Bld Ob

24579

nr

nr

nr

nr

nr

nr

✓

Palatino

Med, It, Bld, Bld It

24591

nr

nr

nr

nr

nr

nr

✓

ITC Zapf Chancery

Med It

45099

nr

nr

nr

nr

nr

nr

✓

ITC Zapf Dingbats

Med

45101

nr

nr

nr

nr

nr

nr

✓

SymbolPS

Med

45358

nr

nr

nr

nr

nr

nr

✓

✓ - resident in the printer

nr - not resident in the printer

3-6 Internal Typefaces / Fonts and Symbol Sets

ENWW

Table 3-5. Scalable Symbol Sets
Printer
Symbol Set1
III,
IIID, IIIP

IIISi

LaserJet 4 / 5 / 6 Families,
1100, 2100, 4000, 5000, 8000, 8100 series,
Color LaserJet, 5, 5M,
Color LaserJet 4500
DeskJet 1200C & 1600C

4PJ
4LJ Pro
4LC

Color
Laser
Jet 8500

Roman-8

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Roman-9

nr

nr

nr

nr

✓

ISO 8859/1 Latin 1

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

PC-8

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

PC-8 Danish/Norwegian

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

PC-850

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

ISO 6 ASCII

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Legal

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

ISO 21 German

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

ISO 17 Spanish

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

ISO 69 French

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

ISO 15 Italian

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

ISO 60 Norwegian v1

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

ISO 4 United Kingdom

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

ISO 11 Swedish: names

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

ISO 57 Chinese2

✓

✓

nr

✓

nr

ISO 25 French2

✓

✓

nr

✓

nr

✓

✓

nr

✓

nr

ISO 14 JIS ASCII

✓

✓

nr

✓

nr

ISO 61 Norwegian v22

✓

✓

nr

✓

nr

Portuguese2

✓

✓

nr

✓

nr

ISO 84 Portuguese2

✓

✓

nr

✓

nr

ISO 85 Spanish2

✓

✓

nr

✓

nr

nr

✓

nr

ISO 2

IRV2
2

ISO 16

Swedish/Finnish2

✓

✓

German2

✓

✓

nr

✓

nr

HP Spanish2

✓

✓

nr

✓

nr

PC-858 Multilingual w/ Euro

nr

nr

nr

nr

✓

ISO 10
HP

✓ symbol set is resident.
nr - symbol set is not resident.
1
PCL 5 printers support an extensive range of additional symbol sets. Some of the more common sets and their associated IDs are shown in
Appendix C of this guide.
2
These symbol sets are soon to be obsolete, are not recommended for future use, and are not resident on any DeskJet 1200C or 1600C.

ENWW

Internal Typefaces / Fonts and Symbol Sets 3-7

Table 3-5. Scalable Symbol Sets (continued)
Printer
Symbol Set1

LaserJet 4/5 Families
Color LaserJet,
Color LaserJet 5, 5M,
DeskJet 1200C, 1600C

4L, 5L, 6L,
6L Gold,
1100
series

5, 5M, 6P, 6MP,
2100, 4000, 5000,
8000, 8100 series,
Color LJ 4500

Color
LaserJet
8500

nr

nr

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

nr

nr

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

nr

nr

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Math-8

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Ventura Math 2

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

nr

nr

PS Math

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

nr

Pi Font

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Ventura ITC Zapf Dingbats 2

nr

✓

nr

nr

nr

nr

nr

PS ITC Zapf Dingbats

nr

✓

nr

nr

nr

nr

nr

ITC Zapf Dingbats 100

nr

✓

nr

nr

nr

nr

nr

ITC Zapf Dingbats 200

nr

✓

nr

nr

nr

nr

nr

ITC Zapf Dingbats 300

nr

✓

nr

nr

nr

nr

nr

ISO 8859-2 Latin 2

nr

nr

✓4

✓

✓

✓

✓

ISO 8859-9 Latin 5

nr

nr

✓4

✓

✓

✓

✓

ISO 8859-10 Latin 6

nr

nr

nr

nr

nr

✓

✓

ISO 8859-15 Latin 9

nr

nr

nr

nr

nr

✓5

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

nr

nr

✓

✓

III,
IIID, IIIP

IIISi

PC-1004 (OS/2)

nr

nr

nr

DeskTop

✓

✓

Ventura International 2

✓

✓

PS Text

✓

Ventura US 2

✓

Microsoft Publishing

4LC

PC 852

nr

nr

✓4

PC 775

nr

nr

nr

PC Turkish

nr

nr

✓4

✓

✓

✓

✓

MC Text

nr

nr

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Windows 3.1 Latin 1

nr

nr

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Windows 3.1 Latin 2

nr

nr

✓4

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

nr

nr

✓

✓

Windows 3.1 Latin 5

nr

nr

✓4

Windows Baltic (not 3.1)

nr

nr

nr

Windows 3.0 Latin 1

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Windows 3.1J (WIN3.1J)

nr

nr

✓3

nr

nr

nr

nr

GB2312

nr

nr

nr

✓

nr

nr

nr

Symbol

nr

nr

✓

✓

nr

✓

✓

Wingdings

nr

nr

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓ Indicates a symbol set is supported.
nr - Indicates a symbol set is not resident.
1 PCL 5 printers support an extensive range of additional symbol sets. See Appendix C of this guide.
2 These symbol sets are soon to be obsolete and are not recommended for future use.
3 The Japanese Windows 3.1J symbol set is only resident in the LaserJet 4PJ, 4LJ Pro printers, and if ESC/P SIMM is installed, in the LaserJet
4V, 4MV, 5Si, 5SiMx, 5Si Mopier printers.
4 For the HP LaserJet 4, 4M, 4Si, and 4SiMx printers, these symbol sets are only available in CG Times, Univers, Courier, and Letter Gothic.
5 Only available in the HP LaserJet 2100, 4500, and 8100 series printers.

3-8 Internal Typefaces / Fonts and Symbol Sets

ENWW

Table 3-6. Intellifont Typeface Symbol Set Support
PCL
Symbol
Set ID

Symbol Set

CG Univers Courier
Times

Letter Albertus Antique Coronet Univers
Gothic
Olive
Cond.

8U

Roman-8

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

0N

ISO 8859-1 Latin 1
(ECMA 94 Latin 1)

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

10U

PC-8

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

11U

PC-8 D/N

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

12U

PC-850

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

19U

Windows 3.1 Latin1
(ANSI)

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

7J

DeskTop

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

10J

PS Text

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

13J

Ventura International

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

14J

Ventura US

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

6J

Microsoft Publishing

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

1U

Legal

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

1E

ISO United Kingdom*

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

0U

ASCII*

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

0S

ISO Swedish: names*

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

0I

ISO Italian*

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

2S

ISO Spanish*

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

1G

ISO German*

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

0D

ISO Norwegian*

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

1F

ISO French*

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

9U

Windows 3.0 Latin 1

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

12J

MC Text

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

17U

PC-852

•

•

•

•

◆

◆

◆

◆

9T

PC-Turkish

•

•

•

•

◆

◆

◆

◆

•

◆

◆

◆

◆

•

◆

◆

◆

◆

•

◆

◆

◆

◆

•

◆

◆

◆

◆

9E
5T
2N

Windows 3.1 Latin 2
Windows 3.1 Latin 5
ISO 8859-2 Latin 2

•
•
•
•

•
•
•
•

•
•
•

5N

ISO 8859-9 Latin 5

•

8M

Math-8

•

•

•

•

5M

PS Math

•

•

•

•

6M

Ventura Math

•

•

•

•

15U

Pi Font

•

•

•

•

19M

Symbol

579L

Wingdings

• Fonts supported by Color LaserJet family, DeskJet 1200C, 1600C, LaserJet 1100 series, LaserJet 4/5/6 families except 4PJ, 4LJ Pro, 5, and
5M. Courier is the only Intellifont typeface family supported by the LaserJet 4PJ printer.
◆ Additional fonts supported by DeskJet 1200C,1600C (B,C revs.), Color LaserJet 8500, & LaserJet 4/5/6 families except
4,4M,4Si,4SiMx,4PJ,4LJ Pro, 5,5M.
* These symbol sets are subsets of the Roman-8 set.

ENWW

Internal Typefaces / Fonts and Symbol Sets 3-9

Table 3-6. Intellifont Typeface Symbol Set Support (continued)
PCL Symbol
Set ID

Symbol Set

Clarend.
Cond.

Marigold

CG
Omega

Garmnd.
Antiqua

8U

Roman-8

•

•

•

•

0N

ISO 8859-1 Latin 1 (ECMA 94 Latin 1)

•

•

•

•

10U

PC-8

•

•

•

•

11U

PC-8 D/N

•

•

•

•

12U

PC-850

•

•

•

•

19U

Windows 3.1 Latin 1 (ANSI)

•

•

•

•

7J

DeskTop

•

•

•

•

10J

PS Text

•

•

•

•

13J

Ventura International

•

•

•

•

14J

Ventura US

•

•

•

•

6J

Microsoft Publishing

•

•

•

•

1U

Legal

•

•

•

•

1E

ISO United Kingdom*

•

•

•

•

0U

ASCII*

•

•

•

•

0S

ISO Swedish: names*

•

•

•

•

0I

ISO Italian*

•

•

•

•

2S

ISO Spanish*

•

•

•

•

1G

ISO German*

•

•

•

•

0D

ISO Norwegian*

•

•

•

•

1F

ISO French*

•

•

•

•

9U

Windows 3.0 Latin 1 (Windows)

•

•

•

•

12J

MC Text

•

•

•

•

17U

PC-852

◆

◆

◆

◆

9T

PC-Turkish

◆

◆

◆

◆

9E

Windows 3.1 Latin 2

◆

◆

◆

◆

5T

Windows 3.1 Latin 5

◆

◆

◆

◆

2N

ISO 8859-2 Latin 2

◆

◆

◆

◆

5N

ISO 8859-9 Latin 5

◆

◆

◆

◆

8M

Math-8

5M

PS Math

6M

Ventura Math

15U

Pi Font

19M

Symbol

579L

Wingdings

Wingdings

▲

• Supported by Color LaserJet 8500 and all LaserJet 4 / 5 / 6 family printers, except 4PJ, 4L, 5L, 6L, 4LJ Pro, 5, and 5M. Not supported by
LaserJet 1100 series printers.
◆ Additional fonts supported by DeskJet 1200C,1600C (B,C revs.), Color LaserJet 8500, & LaserJet 4/5/6 families except
4,4M,4Si,4SiMx,4PJ,4LJ Pro, 5,5M.
▲ Additional font supported by the HP LaserJet 4L, 5L, 6L, 6L Gold, DeskJet 1200C (B, C revisions), and 1600C only.
* These symbol sets are subsets of the Roman-8 set.

3-10 Internal Typefaces / Fonts and Symbol Sets

ENWW

Table 3-7. Typeface Symbol Set
Scalable TrueType and Intellifont Typefaces
PCL Symbol
Set ID
7U

Symbol Set
Roman-9

Bitmap
Font

TrueType
Typefaces

Intellifont
Typefaces

✝

✝

Line
Printer

8U

Roman-8

•

•

•

0N

ISO 8859-1 Latin 1 (was ECMA 94 Latin 1)

•

•

•

10U

PC-8

•

•

•

11U

PC-8 D/N

•

•

•

12U

PC-850

•

•

•

13U

PC-858 Multilingual with Euro

✝

✝

19U

Windows 3.1 Latin 1 (Microsoft “ANSI”)

•

•

9J

PC-1004 (OS/2)

•

•

7J

DeskTop

•

•

10J

PS Text

•

•

1U

Legal

•

•

•

1E

ISO United Kingdom*

•

•

•1

0U

ASCII*

•

•

•

0S

ISO Swedish: names*

•

•

•1

0I

ISO Italian*

•

•

•1

2S

ISO Spanish*

•

•

•1

1G

ISO German*

•

•

•1

0D

ISO Norwegian*

•

•

•1

1F

ISO French*

•

•

•1

9U

Windows 3.0 Latin 1 (formerly “Windows”)

•

•

12J

MC Text

•

•

17U

PC-852

▲

•

26U

PC-775

◆

◆

9T

PC-Turkish

▲

•

9E

Windows 3.1 Latin 2

▲

•

19L

Windows Baltic (not 3.1)

◆

◆

5T

Windows 3.1 Latin 5

▲

•

2N

ISO 8859-2 Latin 2

▲

•

▲

5N

ISO 8859-9 Latin 5

▲

•

▲

6N

ISO 8859-10 Latin 6

◆

◆

◆

9N

ISO 8859-15 Latin-91

™

™

™1

✝

• Fonts supported by HP LaserJet 4, 4Si, 4ML, 4P, 4MP, 4PJ, 4Plus, 4M Plus, 4V, 4MV, 4LJ Pro, 4LC, 5P, 5Si, 5SiMx, 5Si Mopier, 5, 5M, 6P,
6MP, LaserJet 2100, 4000, 5000, 8000, 8100 series, Color LaserJet, Color LaserJet 5, 5M, Color LaserJet 4500 and 8500 series printers.
◆ Additional fonts supported by LaserJet 5, 5M, LaserJet 2100, 4000, 5000, 8000, and 8100 series, Color LaserJet 4500 and 8500 printers.
* These symbol sets are subsets of the Roman-8 set.
▲ Fonts supported by HP LaserJet 4ML, 4P, 4MP, 4PJ, 4 Plus, 4M Plus, 4V, 4MV, 5Si, 5SiMx, 5Si Mopier, 5, 5M, 6P, 6MP, LaserJet 2100,
4000, 5000, 8000, and 8100 series, Color LaserJet, Color LaserJet 5, 5M, Color LaserJet 4500 and 8500 series printers.
™ Fonts supported on the HP LaserJet 2100, 4500, 8100, and 8500 series printers.
1 Not supported on the HP Color LaserJet 8500 printer.
✝ Supported only on the HP Color LaserJet 8500 printer.

ENWW

Internal Typefaces / Fonts and Symbol Sets 3-11

Table 3-7. Typeface Symbol Set Support (continued)
Scalable TrueType and Intellifont Typefaces

PCL Symbol
Set ID

TrueType
Typefaces

Intellifont
Typefaces

Math-81

◆

•

5M

PS Math1

◆

•

15U

Pi Font1

◆

•

8M

Symbol Set

Bitmap
Font

6J

Microsoft Publishing1

◆

•

6M

Ventura Math1

★

★

13J

Ventura International

★

★

14J

Ventura US

★

★

Line
Printer

• Fonts supported by HP LaserJet III / 4 / 5 families except 4PJ, 4LJ Pro, 4LC. Also supported by LaserJet 2100, 4000, 5000, 8000, 8100
series, Color LaserJet family, DeskJet 1200C and 1600C printers.
◆ Additional fonts supported by LaserJet 5, 5M, LaserJet 2100, 4000, 5000, 8000, and 8100 series, Color LaserJet 4500 and 8500 printers.
★ Not supported by HP LaserJet 5, 5M, LaserJet 2100, 4000, 5000, 8000, and 8100 series, Color LaserJet 4500 and 8500 series printers.
1 These symbol sets are only recommended for text typefaces.

Table 3-8. Bound Symbol Set Support
PCL Symbol
Set ID

Symbol Set

19M

Symbol

579L

Wingdings

14L

ITC Zapf Dingbats MS

19K

Japanese Windows 3.1J (WIN3.1J)

19C

GB2312

Wingdings

ITC Zapf Dingbats MS

Symbol

MS Mincho
MS Gothic

Sim Sun
Sim Hei
GW-Kai

•
•
✝
★
■

• Fonts supported by HP LaserJet 4, 4Si, 4ML, 4P, 4MP, 4PJ, 4Plus, 4M Plus, 4V, 4MV, 4LJ Pro, 4LC, 5P, 5Si, 5SiMx, 5Si Mopier, 5, 5M, 6P,
6MP, LaserJet 2100, 4000, 5000, 8000, and 8100 series, Color LaserJet, Color LaserJet 5, 5M, 4500, and 8500 series printers.
★ Only for HP LaserJet 4PJ, 4LJ Pro and printers with the ESC/P SIMM installed (LaserJet 4V/4MV, 5Si/5SiMx and 5Si Mopier).
■ Only for the HP LaserJet 4LC printer, and other LaserJet printers configured with a Chinese printing option.
✝ ITC Zapf Dingbats MS are supported on the LaserJet 4000, 5000, 8000, 8100, 2100, and 4500 printers.

3-12 Internal Typefaces / Fonts and Symbol Sets

ENWW

Typeface Selection Differences
With the introduction of the HP LaserJet IID printer, Hewlett-Packard
expanded the typeface value field (in the font header) from a one-byte
to a two-byte value field, thus expanding the typeface range from
0-255 to 0-32767. This expansion allows for additional typefaces.
Prior to the HP LaserJet IID printer, typeface values used a single
byte (8-bits for a range of 0-255) for font selection. This value,
referred to as the typeface base value, was used to identify fonts for
selection. With the addition of the second byte in the typeface value
field, one bit was added to the typeface base value range, increasing
it from 8 bits to 9 bits (for a range of 0-511). This allows a greater
range for typeface base value selection.
In addition to expanding the typeface base value, two other values
were included in the two-byte typeface value: vendor number and
vendor version. The vendor number identifies the font vendor and
the vendor version identifies the version of the font. These two values
are for a vendor to create an updated version of the typeface. The
three values together represent the typeface family value. Refer to
the PCL 5 Printer Language Technical Reference Manual Chapter
11,“Font Creation - Typeface Family,” for a more complete
description of this two-byte typeface family value.

Note

With the introduction of the HP LaserJet 4 printer, HP redefined the
typeface field again, this time eliminating the vendor version identifier
and expanding the typeface family to encompass the 12 least
significant bits (bits 11-0) of this 16-bit field (see the field description
for “Typeface” in Chapter 11).
Both the typeface family value and the typeface base value can be
used for font selection. Since the typeface family value (two-byte
value) is based on the typeface base value (9 bit value), a font
selection which specifies the typeface base value may select a font
described by a typeface family value in the printer.
There is some variation in how font selection occurs between PCL 5
printer models when mixing the typeface family and base values. The
typeface selection compatibility for two types of values is identified for
the various PCL 5 printers in Table 3-8.

ENWW

Internal Typefaces / Fonts and Symbol Sets 3-13

Some typeface (two-byte) family values and their corresponding base
values are listed below. For a complete listing of typeface family and
base values, refer to Tables C-2 and C-3 in Appendix C of this
document.
Typeface Values
Family Value

Typeface Family

Base Value

0

Line Printer

0

16602

Arial

218

4168

Antique Olive

72

4127

ITC Avant Garde

31

4119

CG Century Schoolbook

23

4101

CG Times

5

4148

Univers

52

Table 3-9. Base/Family Typeface Selection Compatibility
Typeface
Selection
Command
?(s#T Type

Printer Font
Descriptor
Type

PCL 5
Printer

IIP

IID

series II1

Family Value

Family Value

Typeface
Selected

Typeface
Selected

Typeface
Selected

Ignores typeface
(value field too large)

Family Value

Base Value

Ignores
typeface for
font selection

Ignores
typeface for
font selection

Ignores
typeface for
font selection

Ignores typeface for font
selection (value field too
large)

Base Value

Family Value

Typeface
Selected2

Ignores
typeface for
font selection

Ignores
typeface for
font selection

Typeface may be selected
(font descriptor typeface
MSB field is ignored)3

Base Value

Base Value

Typeface
Selected

Typeface
Selected

Typeface
Selected

Typeface Selected

This table assumes that the typeface type specified is available in the printer.
1

The LaserJet series II printer only accepts a typeface selection value field range of 0-255.

2

If two fonts are available in the printer that have the same value in the lower (LSB) byte of the font
descriptor typeface field (such as 5 and 4101), the typeface selected will be one of these selected at
random.

3

The MSB typeface byte in the Font Descriptor is ignored by the printer; only the LSB typeface byte is read.

3-14 Internal Typefaces / Fonts and Symbol Sets

ENWW

4

Print Environment
Introduction
All of a printer’s current feature settings are collectively referred to as
a print environment. A PCL printer maintains four print environments:
Factory Default Environment, User Default Environment, Modified
Print, and Overlay Environment.
This chapter identifies the Factory Default Environment and User
Default Environment. The Factory Default Environment, which is
programmed into a printer at the factory, is listed in Table 4-1 for the
PCL context and Table 4-2 for the HP-GL/2 context. The User Default
Environment, which can be set from a printer's control panel, is listed
in Table 4-3.

Note

If a feature setting is not supported on a printer (for example, duplex
on non-duplex printers, or status readback on printers which do not
support that feature), then the printer's print environment does not
contain that feature setting. In the following tables, not all values are
used for all printers. See Table 1-1 to identify supported values for a
certain HP printer.
The HP LaserJet 4PJ printer defaults to the ESC/P personality. The
defaults listed here are for PCL only.

Note

ENWW

For information about products newer than those included in this
book, see the PCL5 Comparison Guide Addendum, which includes
product-specific information about newer products, as well as
commands and variables added to support these newer products.

Print Environment 4-1

Table 4-1. Factory Default Environment — PCL Context
JOB CONTROL
Number of Copies1

1

Duplex1

Off (Simplex)

Binding2

Long-edge

Registration

Left=0, Top=0

Tray Lock1

All trays unlocked

Manual

Feed1

Off

Job Separation3

Off

Output Bin

Upper (face down) bin

Units of Measure

300 Units/inch
PAGE CONTROL

Print Direction

0

Orientation1

Portrait

Page Size1

Letter

Paper (Media) Source

Paper Source (Printer Specific Large
Source)

Media Destination

0 (Automatic Selection)

Vertical Motion

Index1

8 (6 lpi)

Horizontal Motion Index4

12 (10 cpi)

Top Margin

1/2" (150 dots)

Text Length

60 lines

Left Margin

Left logical page boundary

Right Margin

Right logical page boundary

Perforation Skip

On

Line Termination

CR→CR, LF→LF, FF→FF

1

User can select default values from the printer's Operator Control Panel for these feature settings.
Selectable from the printer Operator Control Panel if duplex is selected.
3 Used on HP LaserJet IIISi and 4Si printers only.
4 The font characteristics are determined by the default font. The default font can be the factory default font, the user selected default font from
the Operator Control Panel, or from a font cartridge with a default font.
2

4-2 Print Environment

ENWW

Table 4-1. Factory Default Environment — PCL Context (continued)
FONTS1
Set2,6

Roman-8

6

Fixed

Symbol
Spacing
3

Pitch

10 cpi

Height4

12 point

Style

Upright

Stroke Weight

Medium

Typeface6

Courier
UNDERLINING

Underlining Mode

Off
CHARACTER TEXT PATH DIRECTION

Character Text Path Direction

0 (horizontal)
TEXT PARSING

Text Parsing

Method5

0 or 31
FONT MANAGEMENT

Font ID

0

Character Code

0

Symbol Set ID

0
RASTER GRAPHICS

Presentation Mode

3 (Print image along physical page width)

Left Graphics Margin

0

Resolution

75 dpi

Compression Mode

0

Raster Height

N/A

Raster Width

Logical Page Width

1

The font characteristics are determined by the default font. The default font can be the factory default font, the user selected default font from
the Operator Control Panel, or from a font cartridge with a default font.
User can select default values from the printer's Operator Control Panel for these feature settings.
3 Selectable from the front panel if a fixed-space scalable font was selected as the user default.
4 Selectable from the front panel if a proportional scalable font was selected as the user default.
5 If the default symbol set is WIN31J, the value is 31; otherwise, it is 0—only available on the LaserJet 4PJ, 4LJ Pro, and LaserJet 4V/4MV
printers if the ESC/P SIMM is installed. If the default symbol set is GB2312, the value is 38; otherwise it is 0.
6 For the LaserJet 4PJ and 4LJ Pro printers, the default symbol set is WIN31J, the default typeface is MS Mincho, and the default spacing is
proportional. For the LaserJet 4V/4MV printer, the default symbol set is Roman-8, default typeface is Courier, and spacing fixed; Japanese
customers must explicitly change the defaults if desired. For the LaserJet 4LC printer, the default symbol set is GB2312, default typeface is
Sim Sun, and the default spacing is proportional. For the LaserJet 5L, 5Si, 5SiMx, 6P, 6MP printers and the LaserJet 5Si Mopier, the default
symbol set is PC-8.
2

ENWW

Print Environment 4-3

Table 4-1. Factory Default Environment — PCL Context (continued)
PRINT MODEL
Current Pattern

Solid

Source Transparency Mode

0 (transparent)

Pattern Transparency Mode

0 (transparent)

Pattern Reference Point

0, 0

Logical Operation

ROP 252

Pattern Rotation

0 (Pattern rotates with print direction)
RECTANGULAR AREA FILL

Horizontal Rectangle Size

0

Vertical Rectangle Size

0

Area Fill ID

0
PICTURE FRAME

Picture Frame Width

Logical page width

Picture Frame Height

Text length

Picture Frame Anchor Point

PCL Cursor at left edge of the logical page
(top margin plus 75% of VMI)

HP-GL/2 Plot Horizontal Size

Picture frame horizontal size

HP-GL/2 Plot Vertical Size

Picture frame vertical size
MACRO

Macro ID

0
TROUBLESHOOTING

End-of-Line Wrap

Off

Display Functions

Off
STATUS READBACK

Current Location Type

0 - Invalid location

Current Location Unit

0 - All units

4-4 Print Environment

ENWW

Table 4-2. Factory Default Environment — HP-GL/2 Context
CHARACTER GROUP
Character Set

Roman-8

Font Spacing

Fixed

Pitch

10 cpi

Height

12 point

Posture

Upright

Stroke Weight

Medium

Typeface

HP-GL/2 stick

Character Direction

Horizontal

Character Direction Mode

Absolute

Character Size

Size transformation off

Character Size Mode

Absolute

Character Slant

0

Extra Horizontal Space

0

Extra Vertical Space

0

Character Fill Mode

Solidly filled, no edging

Label Origin

1

Label Terminator

Etx

Transparent Data Mode

Off

Primary Font ID

0

Secondary Font ID

0

Scalable or Bitmap Font

Select scalable fonts only
VECTOR GROUP

Plotting Mode

Absolute

Pen State

Up
POLYGON GROUP

Polygon Buffer

Cleared

Polygon Mode

Off

ENWW

Print Environment 4-5

Table 4-2. Factory Default Environment — HP-GL/2 Context (continued)
LINE AND FILL ATTRIBUTE GROUP
Line Type

Solid

Line Type Repeat Length

4% of the diagonal distance from P1 to P2

Line Cap

Butt

Line Join

Mitered

Miter Limit

5

Pen Width

0.35 mm

Pen Width Selection Mode

Metric

Selected Pen

No pen

Symbol Mode

Off

Fill Type

Solid (bi-directional)

User-defined Line Type

Eight standard line types

Anchor Corner

(0,0) Plotter units

User-defined Fill Types

Solid fill

Transparency Mode

On (transparent)

Screened Vector

No screening
CONFIGURATION AND STATUS GROUP

Scale Mode

Off

Window

PCL default picture frame
(the PCL default logical page less 1/2 inch at the top
and the bottom)

Coordinate System Orientation

Orientation of PCL default logical page coordinate
system

P1, P2

Lower left, upper right corners, respectively, of picture
frame

4-6 Print Environment

ENWW

Note

Table 4-3 lists the User Default Environment. This print environment
is stored in non-volatile RAM (NVRAM), which allows it to be retained
in the event of a power cycle (except for the HP LaserJet 4L, 5L, 6L,
and 1100 series printers, which do not contain NVRAM). In earlier
printers without PJL, the feature settings contained in the User
Default Environment were selectable through the control panel only.
In newer printers with PJL, these feature settings can be set from
either the control panel (if the printer has one) or through PJL or both.
The User Default Environment is reset to the Factory Default
Environment upon a cold reset.

ENWW

Print Environment 4-7

Table 4-3. User Default Environment
Menu Item

4ML,
4P, 4PJ,
4MP,
4LJ Pro,
4LC

4 Plus,
4M Plus,
5P, 5MP

4V,
4MV

1-999

1-999

1-999

Range

III

IIID

IIISi

IIIP

4

4Si

4L

1* through 991

✓

✓

✓

✓

1-999

1-999

1-999

Orientation

Portrait*, Land.

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Font Source

Internal*, Cartridge,
Soft Fonts

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓2

✓2

✓✓

✓ 2,3

✓2

✓2

Font Number

0* (Courier) to n

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓7

✓

✓

Pitch4

10.00* .44 - 99.99

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Point Size5

12.00* 4 - 999.75

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

7

Copies

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Form/Lines of Text6 60* 5 - 128

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓7

✓

✓

Paper (Job) Size

Letter*, Legal,
Executive, A4,
Com-10, Monarch,
DL, C5

✓

✓

no
C5

✓

plus
B5

no
C5

plus
B5

plus B5
&
Custom6

plus
B5

plus
A3,
11 x 17
and more9

Manual Feed

Off*, On

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

ns

✓8

ns

ns

ns

✓

8

ns

Symbol Set

Duplex

Roman-8*

Off* (simplex), On

ns

✓

✓

Long-edge*,
Short-edge

ns

✓

Output Bin

Upper*, Lower

ns

ns

Resolution
Enhancement

Medium*, Light, Dark,
Off

✓

✓

Print Density

1, 2, 3*, 4, 5

ns

EconoMode

On, Off*

Resource Saving

On, Off*

Binding

✓

8

8

ns

ns

✓
✓

8

ns

ns

ns

✓

ns

ns

✓

ns

ns

ns

ns

✓

✓

✓

On/
Off

✓

✓

✓

✓

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

✓

✓

✓

✓

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

✓

✓

✓

✓

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

✓

ns

ns

On, Off,
Auto*

On, Off,
Auto*

✓ - Supported
* - Default value (see Chapter 3 for list)
ns - Not Supported
1 PCL range is 1 through 32767
2 SIMMs also available
3 The HP LaserJet 4L, 4ML, 4PJ, and 4MP printers do not accept cartridges.
4 Displayed for fixed-spaced scalable fonts only
5 Displayed for proportional scalable fonts only
6 Sets PCL text length
7 For LaserJet 4PJ and 4LJ Pro, WIN3.1J is the default symbol set and MS Mincho is default typeface; for the LaserJet 4LC, GB2312 is the
default symbol set and SimSun is the default typeface. A4 is default paper size, 64 is default lines of text; printer also supports JIS B5 paper,
Hagaki and Oufuku-Hagaki postcards.
8 Supported if duplex is installed (duplex is an option on LaserJet 4 Plus and 4M Plus)
9 LaserJet 4V/4MV also supports JIS B5, JIS B4, JPOST, JPOSTD, Commercial B5, and Custom (11.7" x 17.7").

4-8 Print Environment

ENWW

Table 4-3. User Default Environment (continued)
Menu Item

Range

5L
6L

5, 5M
6P, 6MP

5Si
Color DeskJet
5SiMx LaserJet 1200C
5Si
DeskJet
Mopier
1600C

Copies

1* through 9991

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Orientation

Portrait*, Land.

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Font Source

Internal*,
Cartridge,
Soft Fonts

✓ (no
cartridges)

✓ (no
cartridges)

✓ (no
cartridges)

✓

✓

Font Number

0* (Courier) to n

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Pitch2

10.00* .44 - 99.99

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Point Size3

12.00* 4 - 999.75

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Symbol Set

Roman-8*

PC-8*

✓

PC-8*

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

plus A4,
Executive,
Envelopes
(Com-10,
Monarch,
C5, DL, B5)
Custom
(3" x 5" –
8.5" x 14")

plus A4, A5,
Executive,
Envelopes
(Com10,
Monarch, C5,
DL, B5)
(6P/6MP also
includes
Custom,
JISB5, JPOST,
JPOSTD)

plus A4,
Executive,
A3, B4, B5,
Ledger
(11" x 17"),
Envelopes
(Com-10,
Monarch,
DL, C5, B5)

Form/Lines Text4 60* 5 - 128
Paper (Job) Size Letter*, Legal,

plus A4,
11 x 17,
A3,
Executive,
plus
COM10,
DL, C5
envelopes

Manual Feed

Off*, On

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Duplex

Off* (simplex),On

ns

5/5M (option)
6P/6MP (ns)

✓

ns

ns

Binding

Long-edge*,
Short-edge

ns

5/5M (w/
duplex option)

✓

ns

ns

Output Bin
(Media Bin)

Upper*, Lower

ns

ns

✓

✓

ns

Resolution
Enhancement

Medium*, Light,
Dark, Off, On

On*, Off

✓

On*, Off

✓

✓

Print Density

1, 2, 3*, 4, 5

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

EconoMode

On, Off*

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Resource Saving On, Off*

ns

On, Off, Auto*

On, Off,
Auto*

On, Off,
Auto*

On, Off,
Auto*

✓ - Supported
1

* - Default value (see Chapter 2 for list)

ns - Not Supported

PCL range is 1 through 32767

2

Displayed for fixed-spaced scalable fonts only.

3

Displayed for proportional scalable fonts only

4

Sets PCL text length

ENWW

Print Environment 4-9

Table 4-3. User Default Environment (continued)
Menu Item

Range

1100 series

4000 series

5000,
8000 series

8100 series

Copies

1* through 9991

✓

✓

✓

✓

Orientation

Portrait*, Land.

✓

✓

✓

✓

Font Source

Internal*,
Cartridge,
Soft Fonts

✓ (no
cartridges)

✓ (no
cartridges)

✓ (no
cartridges)

✓ (no
cartridges)

Font Number

0* (Courier) to n

✓

✓

✓

✓

2

Pitch

10.00* .44 - 99.99

✓

✓

✓

✓

Point Size3

12.00* 4 - 999.75

✓

✓

✓

✓

Roman-8*

PC-8*

✓

✓

✓

Form/Lines Text

60* 5 - 128

✓

✓

✓

✓

Paper (Job) Size

Letter*, Legal,

plus A4,
Executive,
Envelopes
(Com-10,
Monarch, C5,
DL, B5)
Custom
(3" x 5" –
8.5" x 14")

plus A4, A5, B5,
JISB5,
Executive,
Envelopes
(Com10,
Monarch, C5,
DL, B5)

plus A3, A4, A5,
B4, B5, JISB5,
Ledger,
Executive,
Envelopes
(Com10,
Monarch, C5,
DL, B5)

plus A3, A4, A5,
B4, B5, JISB5,
Ledger, 8k, 16k,
JISExec,
Executive,
Envelopes
(Com10,
Monarch, C5,
DL, B5)

Manual Feed

Off*, On

✓

✓

✓

✓

Duplex

Off* (simplex),On

ns

option

option

option

Binding

Long-edge*,
Short-edge

ns

(w/ duplex
option)

(w/ duplex
option)

(w/ duplex
option)

Output Bin
(Media Bin)

Upper*, Lower

ns

✓

✓

✓

Resolution
Enhancement

Medium*, Light,
Dark, Off, On

On*, Off

✓

✓

✓

Print Density

1, 2, 3*, 4, 5

✓

✓

✓

✓

EconoMode

On, Off*

✓

✓

✓

✓

Resource Saving

On, Off*

ns

On, Off, Auto*

On, Off, Auto*

On, Off, Auto*

Symbol Set
4

✓ - Supported
1

* - Default value (see Chapter 2 for list)

ns - Not Supported

PCL range is 1 through 32767

2

Displayed for fixed-spaced scalable fonts only.

3

Displayed for proportional scalable fonts only

4

Sets PCL text length

4-10 Print Environment

ENWW

Table 4-3. User Default Environment (continued)
Menu Item

Range

2100 series

Color LaserJet
4500 series

Color LaserJet
8500 series

Copies

1* through 9991

✓

✓

✓

Orientation

Portrait*, Land.

✓

✓

✓

Font Source

Internal*, Cartridge,
Soft Fonts

✓ (no
cartridges)

✓ (no
cartridges)

✓ (no
cartridges)

Font Number

0* (Courier) to n

✓

✓

✓

Pitch2

10.00* .44 - 99.99

✓

✓

✓

Point Size3

12.00* 4 - 999.75

✓

✓

✓

Symbol Set

Roman-8*

✓

✓

✓ (PC-8*)

Form/Lines Text4

60* 5 - 128

✓

✓

✓

Paper (Job) Size

Letter*, Legal

plus A4, A5, B5,
JISB5, Executive,
Envelopes
(Com10, Monarch,
C5, DL, B5)

plus A4, A5, B5,
JISB5, Executive,
Envelopes
(Com10, Monarch,
C5, DL, B5)

plus A3, A4,
Executive, B4, B5,
Ledger (11" x 17"),
Envelopes
(Com10, Monarch,
DL, C5, B5

Manual Feed

Off*, On

✓

✓

✓

Duplex

Off* (simplex),On

option

option

✓

Binding

Long-edge*,
Short-edge

(w/ duplex option)

(w/ duplex option)

✓

Output Bin
(Media Bin)

Upper*, Lower

✓

✓

✓

Resolution
Enhancement

Medium*, Light, Dark,
Off, On

✓

✓

ns

Print Density

1, 2, 3*, 4, 5

✓

✓

ns

EconoMode

On, Off*

✓

✓

ns

Resource Saving

On, Off*

On, Off, Auto*

On, Off, Auto*

ns

✓ - Supported
1

* - Default value (see Chapter 2 for list)

ns - Not Supported

PCL range is 1 through 32767

2

Displayed for fixed-spaced scalable fonts only.

3

Displayed for proportional scalable fonts only

4

Sets PCL text length

ENWW

Print Environment 4-11

4-12 Print Environment

ENWW

5

Memory Usage
Introduction
In some situations, the amount of available memory for printing pages
may be smaller than that required for printing. To make more effective
use of the available printer memory, newer HP PCL 5 printers
incorporate new methods for managing memory. This smaller amount
of available memory is made more usable by:
• Memory Enhancement technology, MEt, (available on all
HP LaserJet 6, LaserJet 5, and LaserJet 4 family printers
except the 4, 4M, 4Si and 4SiMx)
• Adaptive Data Compression, ADC, (available on
HP LaserJet 4, 4M, 4Si, 4SiMx and DeskJet 1200C printers)
• Following recommended practices for transmitting data,
especially raster graphics, to the printer
• For the HP LaserJet 4L, using Raster Graphics Adaptive
Compression (PCL compression mode five)
All HP LaserJet 4, 5 and 6 family printers have internal programming
for optimizing the use of limited memory. HP LaserJet 4, 4M, 4Si,
4SiMx, and DeskJet 1200C printers compress raster graphics data
using a system called Adaptive Data Compression or ADC. The other
HP LaserJet 4 / 5 / 6 printers use MEt to compress not only raster
graphics data, but also to compress fonts, improve memory usage for
page protection, and provide an overall improvement in memory
efficiency. Both systems operate automatically and without any
intervention from the user.
The HP Color LaserJet printer has memory management features
similar to MEt, but has additional features for color processing.

Note

ENWW

For information about products newer than those included in this
book, see the PCL5 Comparison Guide Addendum, which includes
product-specific information about newer products, as well as
commands and variables added to support these newer products.

Memory Usage 5-1

Operation of ADC and MEt
The goal of ADC is to automatically and transparently reduce Memory
Out errors caused by raster graphics pages. MEt extends this goal to
reducing all Memory Out errors and eliminating Print Overrun errors.
During the printing of a page, if available printer memory becomes
low, all HP LaserJet 4, 5, and 6 family printers and the HP Color
LaserJet printer have the ability to automatically compress any
already-stored raster graphics data using a variety of compression
techniques. This allows the printing of many raster graphics pages
which would have caused a Memory Out error on previous
HP LaserJet printers having the same amount of memory.
With ADC or MEt, PCL 5 printers can typically print a full page of
raster graphics in base memory without a memory out. This is
especially true for line art and typical business graphics. Other types
of graphics such as scanned photographs (especially if a technique
called error-diffusion is used), cannot always be printed as easily by
ADC or MEt as can line art graphics. Fortunately, another internal
printer feature, Image Adapt, can be called upon to make the page fit
in memory.

Image Adapt
Image Adapt is only used as a last resort for compressing raster
graphics data and as such will rarely be seen. It reduces a raster
graphic image to one-fourth its original size by trading off some of the
image's fine detail. This loss of fine detail is often not noticeable.
Image Adapt can be disabled on some of the HP LaserJet 4, 5, and 6
family printers if required, but the technique varies. On the
HP LaserJet 4, 4M and 4Si the user will have to add more memory to
effectively remove the need for Image Adapt. Image Adapt can be
disabled on some of the other HP LaserJet 4, 5, and 6 family printers
by using a PJL command (refer to the respective printer user manuals
for further information—the Color LaserJet printer does not utilize
Image Adapt). If Image Adapt is turned off, more pages will cause
Memory Out errors.
All HP LaserJet 4, 5, and 6 family printers also include enhancements
to improve the internal storage of raster graphics data.

5-2 Memory Usage

ENWW

Additional MEt Features
With MEt, font data can also be compressed. All downloaded bitmap
characters and characters scaled from internal or downloaded
scalable outlines can be compressed. The amount of memory
savings varies with the size of the characters involved (larger is
better) but character sizes can typically be cut in half. This allows
roughly twice as many fonts to be downloaded or scaled using a
MEt-enhanced LaserJet printer as previously allowed on printers
without MEt.
In prior PCL 5 printers, if the page could not be rendered as fast as
the laser printed it, a Print Overrun error occurred unless page
protection was manually turned on and memory was added to
accommodate it. With MEt, the manual setting of Page Protection and
the additional memory required to facilitate it is obsolete. MEt
automatically assesses the complexity of the page being printed and
if too complex turns on a new form of page protection which uses
compression to remove the requirement for additional memory.
In rare circumstances MEt's assessment of the page may prove to be
incorrect. For these cases there is some amount of control over this
Page Protection process depending upon which MEt-equipped printer
is being used. Page Protection may be explicitly turned on or off to
avoid the complexity assessment and either always or never perform
the page protection process. See the appropriate user manual for
details.
MEt also includes other internal memory-saving techniques which
improve the amount of memory required for the printer's internal
representation of your page.

ADC and MEt Notes
For raster graphics compression to perform at its best it is
recommended that the “Recommendations For Sending Data to the
Printer,” described below, be followed.
Character bitmaps can only be compressed if they can be stored
uncompressed in contiguous printer memory first. This requirement
implies that large point size characters may require more printer
memory than would seem necessary.
During MEt's Page Protection, portions of the internal representation
of the page are discarded to make room for other aspects of the page
protection process. If a memory out condition occurs during this
ENWW

Memory Usage 5-3

process (unlikely, but possible) a white band will be seen on the
page. The best way to remedy this situation is to add memory to the
printer.

Recommendations For Sending Data to the
Printer
The HP PCL 5 printers perform best in terms of speed and memory
utilization if the recommendations made below are followed. Failure
to follow these recommendations will not harm the printer, but may
increase the chances of a memory out condition or increase the time
to print a page.
• Ordered Images — Raster Graphic images or pictures should
be sent from top to bottom with the data in one band (start
raster, end raster pair). If one band is not possible, as few as
possible multiple bands may be used as long as they exactly
follow each other and are sent in top-to-bottom order. Also,
multiple bands should be as large as possible.
• Band Sizes — If an image is sent in bands (start raster, end
raster pairs), the bands should be multiples of 32 lines high.
This is especially critical for landscape graphics. If there is no
way to send multiples of 32-line high bands, multiples of four
for band height should be used. This allows Image Adapt to
work better.

5-4 Memory Usage

ENWW

• Avoid Non-Raster Commands — During the transmission of
sequential raster bands non-raster commands should be
avoided. This includes cursor positioning commands.
• Separation of Images — If more than one image or picture is
to be printed on a page, it is best to keep them separate.
Separation consists of assuring that the new image starts with
a new start raster command and that the one image does not
exactly follow the next image (separate the image by at least
one line vertically and sixteen pixels horizontally). This
constraint improves the operation of Image Adapt.
• Rectangular Images — All HP LaserJet 4 family printers
perform best if raster images are sent as rectangular images
to the printer. This entails keeping the right margin of the
image constant and keeping all lines the full image width (no
lines are truncated). Also, avoid skipping lines. When whole
blank lines appear in the image, either send zeroed data
row(s) or use the Raster Y-Offset command.
• Avoid Unnecessary Print Model Use — Print model modes,
other than source and pattern transparent, degrade memory
efficiency. (This restriction is not true for the HP Color LaserJet
printer.) For best results do not use an opaque source unless
there is an image known to already be on the page in the same
area. Following the other rules listed in this section minimizes
the impact of using non-transparent print model modes.
• Avoid Tall, Narrow Images — For ADC, images which are
taller than they are wide by more than eight to one disable the
printer's ability to automatically separate images upon the
page (this restriction is not true for the HP Color LaserJet
printer). This violation is desirable in the case where the above
rules are violated and multiple images are rendered as one
image and sent to the printer as one combined image.
Sending raster data as a checkerboard with non-full width
bands sent left to right and top to bottom also disables the
printer's automatic image separation. In general, for all
HP LaserJet printers, tall, narrow images should be avoided
since they typically require more memory.

ENWW

Memory Usage 5-5

• Wide Patterns — Patterns can use up a lot of memory—
avoid them if possible. Avoid patterns which, in their final
orientation, are not 1, 2, 4, 8, 16 or 32 (32 is for all but the 4L)
bits wide. Patterns of other sizes will be tiled out to the full
width of the page and can consume a large amount of memory
(since the HP Color LaserJet printer does not perform this
way, it is not a factor for this printer). Note that a landscape
pattern that is 16 wide by 5 high would become 5 wide by 16
high when rotated and be subjected to being tiled across the
page.
• Avoid Unnecessary Pattern Selection — In HP-GL/2, avoid
issuing redundant Fill Type (FT) and Line Type (LT)
commands. These commands may cause patterns to be
rebuilt and tiled for each invocation.
• Avoid Many Small Polygons — In HP-GL/2 avoid entering
and exiting polygon mode repeatedly as it fragments memory.
If possible send down fewer, larger polygons.
• Download Font Characters as Needed — All PCL 5 printers
operate best if fonts and outlines downloaded do not include
information for characters which are not used upon the current
page. It is also best to download bitmap characters in the
orientation which they will be used.
Note

When deleting font characters and patterns, remember that if a
pattern or font character is used on the current page, any deletion
commands affecting it will not be executed until the page is printed.

5-6 Memory Usage

ENWW

Raster Graphics Adaptive Compression
(Method 5)
Raster Graphics Adaptive Compression (Set Compression Method
Command, mode 5) is implemented on the HP LaserJet IIIP, Color
LaserJet, all LaserJet 4, 5, and 6 family printers, and the
DeskJet 1200C and 1600C printers.
This compression method allows the host to compress data using a
combination of PCL compression modes to obtain optimum
compression (refer to the PCL 5 Printer Language Technical
Reference manual, Set Compression Method Command, for details).
An added benefit of this method for the HP LaserJet 4L and
LaserJet IIIP printers is that the data is not decompressed upon entry
to the printer provided the image is portrait, 300 dpi, transparent print
model and no patterns are being used. This allows the LaserJet 4L
and IIIP to print many pages which would otherwise require more
memory. As an added benefit these pages print faster. The other
HP LaserJet 4, 5, and 6 family printers decompress the data upon
entry to the printer and rely upon ADC or MEt to compress the data if
required.
For the HP LaserJet 4L printer it is critical that the image actually
compress (not expand) if Adaptive Compression is used since MEt
does not operate upon images meeting the requirements for delayed
decompression.

ENWW

Memory Usage 5-7

5-8 Memory Usage

ENWW

A

Printer Commands
Introduction
This appendix lists HP printer language commands. Table A-1 lists
PCL 5 commands in hierarchical order and gives the decimal and
hexadecimal equivalents of each. Table A-2 lists HP-GL/2
commands, where as Table A-3 lists control codes.

Note

Values in parentheses “(x)” identify the lower case of the termination
character which is used for combining commands.

Note

For information about products newer than those included in this
book, see the PCL5 Comparison Guide Addendum, which includes
product-specific information about newer products, as well as
commands and variables added to support these newer products.

ENWW

Printer Commands A-1

Table A-1. HP PCL5 Commands
FUNCTION

PARAMETER

COMMAND

DECIMAL VALUE

HEXADECIMAL VALUE

JOB CONTROL COMMANDS
Reset
Configuration
(AppleTalk)

Key/Value data pair

?&b#W[data]

027 038 098 #...# 87

1B 26 62 #...# 57

Universal Exit
Language (ULE)

—

?%–12345X

027 037 045 049 050 051 052 053 088

1B 25 2D 31 32 33 34 35 58

Reset

—

?E

027 069

1B 45

Number of Copies

# of Copies

?&l#X

(x) 027 038 108 #...# 088

(120) 1B 26 6C #...# 58

(78)

Simplex/Duplex Print

Simplex

?&l0S

(s) 027 038 108 048 083

(115) 1B 26 6C 30 53

(73)

Long Edge Binding

?&l1S

(s) 027 038 108 049 083

(115) 1B 26 6C 31 53

(73)

Short Edge Binding

?&l2S

(s) 027 038 108 050 083

(115) 1B 26 6C 32 53

(73)

Long-Edge (Left)
Offset Registration

# of Decipoints
(1/720")

?&l#U

(u) 027 038 108 #...# 085

(117) 1B 26 6C #...# 55

(75)

Short-Edge (Top)
Offset Registration

# of Decipoints
(1/720")

?&l#Z

(z) 027 038 108 #...# 090

(122) 1B 26 6C #...# 5A

(7A)

Duplex

Next Side

?&a0G

(g) 027 038 097 048 071

(103) 1B 26 61 30 47

(67)

Front Side

?&a1G

(g) 027 038 097 049 071

(103) 1B 26 61 31 47

(67)

Back Side

?&a2G

(g) 027 038 097 050 071

(103) 1B 26 61 32 47

(67)

Job Separation

—

?&l1T

(t)

027 038 108 049 084

(116) 1B 26 6C 31 54

(74)

Output (Media) Bin

Automatic selection

?&l0G

(g) 027 038 108 048 071

(103) 1B 26 6C 30 47

(67)

Selection

Upper Output Bin
(Bin #1)

?&l1G

(g) 027 038 108 049 071

(103) 1B 26 6C 31 47

(67)

Rear Output Bin1
(Bin #2)

?&l2G

(g) 027 038 108 050 071

(103) 1B 26 6C 32 47

(67)

Selects Bin #3

?&l3G

(g) 027 038 108 051 071

(103) 1B 26 6C 33 47

(67)

Selects Bin #4

?&l4G

(g) 027 038 108 052 071

(103) 1B 26 6C 34 47

(67)

Selects Bin #5

?&l5G

(g) 027 038 108 053 071

(103) 1B 26 6C 35 47

(67)

Selects Bin #6

?&l6G

(g) 027 038 108 054 071

(103) 1B 26 6C 36 47

(67)

Selects Bin #7

?&l7G

(g) 027 038 108 055 071

(103) 1B 26 6C 37 47

(67)

Selects Bin #8

?&l8G

(g) 027 038 108 056 071

(103) 1B 26 6C 38 47

(67)

Selects Bin #9

?&l9G

(g) 027 038 108 057 071

(103) 1B 26 6C 39 47

(67)

Selects Bin #10

?&l10G

(g) 027 038 108 049 048 071

(103) 1B 26 6C 31 30 47

(67)

Selects Bin #11

?&l11G

(g) 027 038 108 049 049 071

(103) 1B 26 6C 31 31 47

(67)

Self-Test

—

?Z

Finish Mode

Matte

?&b0F

(f)

027 038 098 048 070

(102) 1B 26 62 30 46

(66)

Glossy

?&b1F

(f)

027 038 098 049 070

(102) 1B 26 62 31 46

(66)

Vivid

?*o3W643

027 042 111 051 087 054 052 051

1B 2A 6F 33 57 36 34 33

Screen Match

?*o3W646

027 042 111 051 087 054 052 054

1B 2A 6F 33 57 36 34 36

Load Calibration Tbl

?*o3W647

027 042 111 051 087 054 052 055

1B 2A 6F 33 57 36 34 37

Page Side Selection

Driver Function
Config.

1

027 090

1B 5A

For HP LaserJet 5Si/5SiMx printers, ?&l2G selects the “printer left/face up bin,” which is not available when the High Capacity Output (HCO)
is attached.

A-2 Printer Commands

ENWW

Table A-1. HP PCL5 Commands (continued)
FUNCTION

PARAMETER

COMMAND

DECIMAL VALUE

HEXADECIMAL VALUE

Unit of
Measure

# Number of units per
inch

?&u#D

(d)

027 038 117 #...# 068

(100) 1B 26 75 #...# 44

(64)

Mechanical
Print Quality

Normal

?*o0Q

(q)

027 042 111 048 081

(113) 1B 2A 6F 30 51

(71)

Better

?*o1Q

(q)

027 042 111 049 081

(113) 1B 2A 6F 31 51

(71)

Best

?*o2Q

(q)

027 042 111 050 081

(113) 1B 2A 6F 32 51

(71)

Plain

?&l0M

(m)

027 038 108 048 077

(109) 1B 26 6C 30 4D

(6D)

Bond

?&l1M

(m)

027 038 108 049 077

(109) 1B 26 6C 31 4D

(6D)

Special

?&l2M

(m)

027 038 108 050 077

(109) 1B 26 6C 32 4D

(6D)

Glossy

?&l3M

(m)

027 038 108 051 077

(109) 1B 26 6C 33 4D

(6D)

Transparency

?&l4M

(m)

027 038 108 052 077

(109) 1B 26 6C 34 4D

(6D)

Contains negative
motion

?&a0N

(n)

027 038 097 048 078

(110) 1B 26 61 30 4E

(6E)

Does not contain
negative motion

?&a1N

(n)

027 038 097 049 078

(110) 1B 26 61 31 4E

(6E)

Media Type

Negative
Motion

PAGE CONTROL COMMANDS
Page Length and Size
Paper
Source

Page Size

ENWW

Eject Page

?&l0H

(h)

027 038 108 048 072

(104) 1B 26 6C 30 48

(68)

Main Paper Source

?&l1H

(h)

027 038 108 049 072

(104) 1B 26 6C 31 48

(68)

Manual Feed

?&l2H

(h)

027 038 108 050 072

(104) 1B 26 6C 32 48

(68)

Manual Envelope Feed ?&l3H

(h)

027 038 108 051 072

(104) 1B 26 6C 33 48

(68)

Alternate Paper Source ?&l4H

(h)

027 038 108 052 072

(104) 1B 26 6C 34 48

(68)

Optional Large Paper
Source

?&l5H

(h)

027 038 108 053 072

(104) 1B 26 6C 35 48

(68)

Envelope Feeder

?&l6H

(h)

027 038 108 054 072

(104) 1B 26 6C 36 48

(68)

Auto Select

?&l7H

(h)

027 038 108 055 072

(104) 1B 26 6C 37 48

(68)

Tray 1 (right tray)

?&l8H

(h)

027 038 108 056 072

(104) 1B 26 6C 38 48

(68)

Executive

?&l1A

(a)

027 038 108 049 065

(97)

1B 26 6C 31 41

(61)

Letter

?&l2A

(a)

027 038 108 050 065

(97)

1B 26 6C 32 41

(61)

Legal

?&l3A

(a)

027 038 108 051 065

(97)

1B 26 6C 33 41

(61)

Ledger

?&l6A

(a)

027 038 108 054 065

(97)

1B 26 6C 36 41

(61)

A3

?&l27A

(a)

027 038 108 050 055 065

(97)

1B 26 6C 32 37 41

(61)

A4

?&l26A

(a)

027 038 108 050 054 065

(97)

1B 26 6C 32 36 41

(61)

A5

?&l25A

(a)

027 038 108 050 053 065

(97)

1B 26 6C 32 35 41

(61)

A6

?&l24A

(a)

027 038 108 050 052 065

(97)

1B 26 6C 32 34 41

(61)

JIS B4 Paper

?&l46A

(a)

027 038 108 052 054 065

(97)

1B 26 6C 34 36 41

(61)

JIS B5 Paper

?&l45A

(a)

027 038 108 052 053 065

(97)

1B 26 6C 34 35 41

(61)

JIS B6 Paper

?&l44A

(a)

027 038 108 052 052 065

(97)

1B 26 6C 34 34 41

(61)

Hagaki Postcard

?&l71A

(a)

027 038 108 055 049 065

(97)

1B 26 6C 37 31 41

(61)

Oufuku-Hagaki

?&l72A

(a)

027 038 108 055 050 065

(97)

1B 26 6C 37 32 41

(61)

Monarch Envelope

?&l80A

(a)

027 038 108 056 048 065

(97)

1B 26 6C 38 30 41

(61)

COM 10 Envelope

?&l81A

(a)

027 038 108 056 049 065

(97)

1B 26 6C 38 31 41

(61)

DL Envelope

?&l90A

(a)

027 038 108 057 048 065

(97)

1B 26 6C 39 30 41

(61)

C5 Envelope

?&l91A

(a)

027 038 108 057 049 065

(97)

1B 26 6C 39 31 41

(61)

B5 Envelope

?&l100A

(a)

027 038 108 049 048 048 065

(97)

1B 26 6C 31 30 30 41

(61)

Custom

?&l101A

(a)

027 038 108 049 048 049 065

(97)

1B 26 6C 31 30 31 41

(61)

Printer Commands A-3

Table A-1. HP PCL 5 Commands (continued)
FUNCTION

PARAMETER

COMMAND

DECIMAL VALUE

HEXADECIMAL VALUE

Orientation
Portrait

?&l0O

(o)

027 038 108 048 079

(111) 1B 26 6C 30 4F

(6F)

Landscape

?&l1O

(o)

027 038 108 049 079

(111) 1B 26 6C 31 4F

(6F)

Reverse Portrait ?&l2O

(o)

027 038 108 050 079

(111) 1B 26 6C 32 4F

(6F)

Reverse
Landscape

?&l3O

(o)

027 038 108 051 079

(111) 1B 26 6C 33 4F

(6F)

Print Direction

# Degrees of
Rotation
(counterclockwise,
90° increments
only)

?&a#P

(p)

027 038 097 #...# 080

(112) 1B 26 61 #...# 50

(70)

Character Text
Path Direction

Horizontal
?&c0T
Vertical Rotated ?&c–1T

(t)
(t)

027 038 099 048 084
027 038 099 045 049 084

(116) 1B 26 63 30 54
(116) 1B 26 63 2D 31 54

(74)
(74)

Top Margin

# of Lines

?&l#E

(e)

027 038 108 #...# 069

(101) 1B 26 6C #...# 45

(65)

Text Length

# of Lines

?&l#F

(f)

027 038 108 #...# 070

(102) 1B 26 6C #...# 46

(66)

Left Margin

# of Columns

?&a#L

(l)

027 038 097 #...# 076

(108) 1B 26 61 #...# 4C

(6C)

Right Margin

# of Columns

?&a#M

(m) 027 038 097 #...# 077

(109) 1B 26 61 #...# 4D

(6D)

Clear Horizontal
Margins

—

?9

Perforation Skip

Disable

?&l0L

(l)

027 038 108 048 076

(108) 1B 26 6C 30 4C

(6C)

Enable

?&l1L

(l)

027 038 108 049 076

(108) 1B 26 6C 31 4C

(6C)

(104) 1B 26 6B #...# 48

(68)

(63)

Orientation

Margins and Text Length

027 057

1B 39

Perforation Skip Mode

Horizontal Column Spacing
Horizontal Motion
Index (HMI)

# of 1/120"
Increments

?&k#H

Vertical Motion
Index (VMI)

# of 1/48"
Increments

?&l#C

(c)

027 038 108 #...# 067

(99)

Line Spacing
(Lines per inch)

1 line/inch

?&l1D

(d)

027 038 108 049 068

(100) 1B 26 6C 31 44

(64)

2 lines/inch

?&l2D

(d)

027 038 108 050 068

(100) 1B 26 6C 32 44

(64)

3 lines/inch

?&l3D

(d)

027 038 108 051 068

(100) 1B 26 6C 33 44

(64)

4 lines/inch

?&l4D

(d)

027 038 108 052 068

(100) 1B 26 6C 34 44

(64)

6 lines/inch

?&l6D

(d)

027 038 108 054 068

(100) 1B 26 6C 36 44

(64)

8 lines/inch

?&l8D

(d)

027 038 108 056 068

(100) 1B 26 6C 38 44

(64)

12 lines/inch

?&l12D

(d)

027 038 108 049 050 068

(100) 1B 26 6C 31 32 44

(64)

16 lines/inch

?&l16D

(d)

027 038 108 049 054 068

(100) 1B 26 6C 31 36 44

(64)

24 lines/inch

?&l24D

(d)

027 038 108 050 052 068

(100) 1B 26 6C 32 34 44

(64)

48 lines/inch

?&l48D

(d)

027 038 108 052 056 068

(100) 1B 26 6C 34 38 44

(64)

(h)

027 038 107 #...# 072

Vertical Line Spacing
1B 26 6C #...# 43

ALPHANUMERIC ID
Alphanumeric ID

# of bytes

?&n#W[operation]
[String]

A-4 Printer Commands

027 038 110 #...# 087

1B 26 6E #...# 57

ENWW

Table A-1. HP PCL 5 Commands (continued)
FUNCTION

PARAMETER

COMMAND

DECIMAL VALUE

HEXADECIMAL VALUE

CURSOR POSITIONING
Vertical and Horizontal
Vertical Position

Horizontal Position

# of Rows

?&a#R

(r)

027 038 097 #...# 082 (114) 1B 26 61 #...# 52

(72)

# of Units

?*p#Y

(y) 027 042 112 #...# 089 (121) 1B 2A 70 #...# 59

(79)

# of Decipoints

?&a#V

(v) 027 038 097 #...# 086 (118) 1B 26 61 #...# 56

(76)

# of Columns

?&a#C

(c) 027 038 097 #...# 067 (99)

1B 26 61 #...# 43

(63)

# of Units

?*p#X

(x) 027 042 112 #...# 088 (120) 1B 2A 70 #...# 58

(78)

# of Decipoints

?&a#H

(h) 027 038 097 #...# 072 (104) 1B 26 61 #...# 48

(68)

?=

Half Line Feed

027 061

1B 3D

End-of-Line Termination
Line Termination

CR=CR; LF=LF; FF=FF

?&k0G

(g) 027 038 107 048 071 (103) 1B 26 6B 30 47

(67)

CR=CRLF; LF=LF; FF=FF

?&k1G

(g) 027 038 107 049 071 (103) 1B 26 6B 31 47

(67)

CR=CR; LF=CRLF; FF=CRFF

?&k2G

(g) 027 038 107 050 071 (103) 1B 26 6B 32 47

(67)

CR=CRLF; LF=CRLF; FF=CRFF

?&k3G

(g) 027 038 107 051 071 (103) 1B 26 6B 33 47

(67)

Push/Pop Position
Push/Pop Position

Push

?&f0S

(s) 027 038 102 048 083 (115) 1B 26 66 30 53

(73)

Pop

?&f1S

(s) 027 038 102 049 083 (115) 1B 26 66 31 53

(73)

FONT SELECTION
Symbol Set Selection1
Primary Symbol Set

ISO 60: Norwegian 1

?(0D

027 040 048 068

1B 28 30 44

ISO 4: United Kingdom

?(1E

027 040 049 069

1B 28 31 45

Windows 3.1 Latin 2

?(9E

027 040 057 069

1B 28 39 45

ISO 69: French

?(1F

027 040 049 070

1B 28 31 46

ISO 21: German

?(1G

027 040 049 071

1B 28 31 47

ISO 15: Italian

?(0I

027 040 048 073

1B 28 30 49

Microsoft Publishing

?(6J

027 040 054 074

1B 28 36 4A

1

Additional symbol sets are supported, refer to Table C-1 for a list of these symbol sets.

ENWW

Printer Commands A-5

Table A-1. HP PCL 5 Commands (continued)
FUNCTION

PARAMETER

COMMAND

DECIMAL VALUE

HEXADECIMAL VALUE

Symbol Set Selection1 - continued
Primary Symbol Set

1

DeskTop

?(7J

027 040 055 074

1B 28 37 4A

PC 1004

?(9J

027 040 057 074

1B 28 39 4A

PS Text

?(10J

027 040 049 048 074

1B 28 31 30 4A

MC Text

?(12J

027 040 049 050 074

1B 28 31 32 4A

Ventura International

?(13J

027 040 049 051 074

1B 28 31 33 4A

Ventura US

?(14J

027 040 049 052 074

1B 28 31 34 4A

Ventura ITC Zapf Dingbats

?(9L

027 040 057 076

1B 28 39 4C

PS ITC Zapf Dingbats

?(10L

027 040 049 048 076

1B 28 31 30 4C

ITC Zapf Dingbats Series 100

?(11L

027 040 049 049 076

1B 28 31 31 4C

ITC Zapf Dingbats Series 200

?(12L

027 040 049 050 076

1B 28 31 32 4C

ITC Zapf Dingbats Series 300

?(13L

027 040 049 051 076

1B 28 31 33 4C

ITC Zapf Dingbats MS

?(14L

027 040 049 052 076

1B 28 31 34 4C

Windows Baltic

?(19L

027 040 049 076

1B 28 31 4C

Wingdings

?(579L

027 040 053 055 057 076

1B 28 35 37 39 4C

PS Math

?(5M

027 040 053 077

1B 28 35 4D

Ventura Math

?(6M

027 040 054 077

1B 28 36 4D

Math-8

?(8M

027 040 056 077

1B 28 38 4D

Symbol and SymbolPS

?(19M

027 040 049 057 077

1B 28 31 39 4D

ISO 8859-1 (ECMA-94) Latin 1 ?(0N

027 040 048 078

1B 28 30 4E

ISO 8859-2: Latin 2

?(2N

027 040 050 078

1B 28 32 4E

ISO 8859-9: Latin 5

?(5N

027 040 053 078

1B 28 35 4E

ISO 8859-10: Latin 6

?(6N

027 040 054 078

1B 28 36 4E

ISO 8859-15: Latin 9

?(9N

027 040 057 078

1B 28 39 4E

ISO 11: Swedish

?(0S

027 040 048 083

1B 28 30 53

ISO 17: Spanish

?(2S

027 040 050 083

1B 28 32 53

Windows 3.1 Latin 5

?(5T

027 040 053 084

1B 28 35 54

PC 775

?(26U

027 040 050 054 085

1B 28 32 36 55

Additional symbol sets are supported, refer to Table C-1 for a list of these symbol sets.

A-6 Printer Commands

ENWW

Table A-1. HP PCL 5 Commands (continued)
FUNCTION

PARAMETER

COMMAND

DECIMAL VALUE

HEXADECIMAL VALUE

Symbol Set Selection1 - continued
Primary Symbol Set

PC Turkish

?(9T

027 040 057 084

1B 28 39 54

ISO 6: ASCII

?(0U

027 040 048 085

1B 28 30 55

Legal

?(1U

027 040 049 085

1B 28 31 55

Roman-9

?(4U

027 040 052 085

1B 28 34 55

Roman-8

?(8U

027 040 056 085

1B 28 38 55

Windows 3.0 Latin 1

?(9U

027 040 057 085

1B 28 39 55

PC-8

?(10U

027 040 049 048 085

1B 28 31 30 55

PC-8 D/N

?(11U

027 040 049 049 085

1B 28 31 31 55

PC-850

?(12U

027 040 049 050 085

1B 28 31 32 55

PC-858

?(13U

027 040 049 051 085

1B 28 31 33 55

Pi Font

?(15U

027 040 049 053 085

1B 28 31 35 55

PC-852

?(17U

027 040 049 055 085

1B 28 31 37 55

Windows 3.1 Latin 1 (ANSI)

?(19U

027 040 049 057 085

1B 28 31 39 55

Windows 3.1J(Japanese)

?(19K

027 040 049 057 075

1B 28 31 39 4B

Fixed

?(s0P

(p) 027 040 115 048 080

(112)

1B 28 73 30 50

(70)

Proportional

?(s1P

(p) 027 040 115 049 080

(112)

1B 28 73 31 50

(70)

Spacing
Primary Spacing

Pitch
Primary Pitch

# Characters/inch

?(s#H

(h) 027 040 115 #...# 072

(104)

1B 28 73 #...# 48

(68)

Set Pitch Mode

10.0

?&k0S

(s) 027 038 107 048 083

(115)

1B 26 6B 30 53

(73)

Compressed (16.5-16.7)

?&k2S

(s) 027 038 107 050 083

(115)

1B 26 6B 32 53

(73)

Elite (12.0)

?&k4S

(s) 027 038 107 052 083

(115)

1B 26 6B 34 53

(73)

# Points

?(s#V

(118)

1B 28 73 #...# 56

(76)

Point Size
Primary Height
1

(v) 027 040 115 #...# 086

Additional symbol sets are supported, refer to Table C-1 for a list of these symbol sets.

ENWW

Printer Commands A-7

Table A-1. HP PCL 5 Commands (continued)
FUNCTION

PARAMETER

COMMAND

DECIMAL VALUE

HEXADECIMAL VALUE

Style
Primary Style

Upright (Solid)

?(s0S

(s)

027 040 115 048 083

(115)

1B 28 73 30 53

(73)

Italic

?(s1S

(s)

027 040 115 049 083

(115)

1B 28 73 31 53

(73)

Condensed

?(s4S

(s)

027 040 115 052 083

(115)

1B 28 73 34 53

(73)

Condensed Italic

?(s5S

(s)

027 040 115 053 083

(115)

1B 28 73 35 53

(73)

Compressed (Extra
Condensed)

?(s8S

(s)

027 040 115 056 083

(115)

1B 28 73 38 53

(73)

Expanded

?(s24S

(s)

027 040 115 050 052 083

(115)

1B 28 73 32 34 53

(73)

Outline

?(s32S

(s)

027 040 115 051 050 083

(115)

1B 28 73 33 32 53

(73)

Inline

?(s64S

(s)

027 040 115 054 052 083

(115)

1B 28 73 36 34 53

(73)

Shadowed

?(s128S

(s)

027 040 115 049 050 056 083 (115)

1B 28 73 31 32 38 53

(73)

Outline Shadowed

?(s160S

(s)

027 040 115 049 054 048 083 (115)

1B 28 73 31 36 30 53

(73)

Additional style values may be obtained from the related documentation provided with HP’s font products.
PCL 5 LaserJet Printers allows the specification of complex structures (contours, outlines, shading, etc.) and widths as well as posture.
Refer to the PCL 5 Printer Language Technical Reference Manual.
Stroke Weight
?(s–7B

(b)

027 040 115 045 055 066

(98)

1B 28 73 2D 37 42

(62)

?(s–6B

(b)

027 040 115 045 054 066

(98)

1B 28 73 2D 36 42

(62)

Thin

?(s–5B

(b)

027 040 115 045 053 066

(98)

1B 28 73 2D 35 42

(62)

Extra Light

?(s–4B

(b)

027 040 115 045 052 066

(98)

1B 28 73 2D 34 42

(62)

Light

?(s–3B

(b)

027 040 115 045 051 066

(98)

1B 28 73 2D 33 42

(62)

Demi Light

?(s–2B

(b)

027 040 115 045 050 066

(98)

1B 28 73 2D 32 42

(62)

Semi Light

?(s–1B

(b)

027 040 115 045 049 066

(98)

1B 28 73 2D 31 42

(62)

Medium (book or text)

?(s0B

(b)

027 040 115 048 066

(98)

1B 28 73 30 42

(62)

Semi Bold

?(s1B

(b)

027 040 115 049 066

(98)

1B 28 73 31 42

(62)

Demi Bold

?(s2B

(b)

027 040 115 050 066

(98)

1B 28 73 32 42

(62)

Bold

?(s3B

(b)

027 040 115 051 066

(98)

1B 28 73 33 42

(62)

Extra Bold

?(s4B

(b)

027 040 115 052 066

(98)

1B 28 73 34 42

(62)

Black

?(s5B

(b)

027 040 115 053 066

(98)

1B 28 73 35 42

(62)

Extra Black

?(s6B

(b)

027 040 115 054 066

(98)

1B 28 73 36 42

(62)

Ultra Black

?(s7B

(b)

027 040 115 055 066

(98)

1B 28 73 37 42

(62)

Primary Font Ultra Thin
Stroke Weight
Extra Thin

A-8 Printer Commands

ENWW

Table A-1. HP PCL 5 Commands (continued)
FUNCTION

PARAMETER

COMMAND

DECIMAL VALUE

HEXADECIMAL VALUE

Primary Typeface Family1
Typeface
Family

LinePrinter

?(s0T

(t)

027 040 115 048 084

(116)

1B 28 73 30 54

(74)

Albertus

?(s4362T

(t)

027 040 115 052 051 054 050 084

(116)

1B 28 73 34 33 36 32 54

(74)

Antique Olive

?(s4168T

(t)

027 040 115 052 049 054 056 084

(116)

1B 28 73 34 31 36 38 54

(74)

Arial

?(s16602T

(t)

027 040 115 049 054 054 048 050 084 (116)

1B 28 73 31 36 36 30 32 54 (74)

ITC Avant Garde
Gothic

?(s24607T

(t)

027 040 115 050 052 054 048 055 084 (116)

1B 28 73 32 34 36 30 37 54 (74)

ITC Bookman

?(s24623T

(t)

027 040 115 050 052 054 050 051 084 (116)

1B 28 73 32 34 36 32 33 54 (74)

ITC Zapf Chancery

?(s45099T

(t)

027 040 115 052 053 048 057 057 084 (116)

1B 28 73 34 35 30 39 39 54 (74)

Clarendon

?(s4140T

(t)

027 040 115 052 049 052 048 084

(116)

1B 28 73 34 31 34 30 54

(74)

Coronet

?(s4116T

(t)

027 040 115 052 049 049 054 084

(116)

1B 28 73 34 31 31 36 54

(74)

Courier

?(s3T

(t)

027 040 115 051 084

(116)

1B 28 73 33 54

(74)

Courier

?(s4099T

(t)

027 040 115 052 048 057 057 084

(116)

1B 28 73 34 30 39 39 54

(74)

CourierPS

?(s24579T

(t)

027 040 115 050 052 053 055 057 084 (116)

1B 28 73 32 34 35 37 39 54 (74)

ITC Zapf Dingbats

?(s4141T

(t)

027 040 115 052 049 052 049 084

1B 28 73 34 31 34 31 54

ITC Zapf Dingbats MS ?(s45101T

1

(116)

(74)

(t)

027 040 115 052 053 049 048 049 084 (116)

1B 28 73 34 35 31 30 31 54 (74)

Garamond Antiqua

?(s4197T

(t)

027 040 115 052 049 057 055 084

1B 28 73 34 31 39 37 54

MS Gothic

?(s28825T

(t)

027 040 115 050 056 056 050 053 084 (116)

1B 28 73 32 38 38 32 35 54 (74)

Helvetica

?(s24580T

(t)

027 040 115 050 052 053 056 048 084 (116)

1B 28 73 32 34 35 38 30 54 (74)

Helvetica Narrow

?(s24580T

(t)

027 040 115 050 052 053 056 048 084 (116)

1B 28 73 32 34 35 38 30 54 (74)

GW-Kai

?(s37357T

(t)

027 040 115 051 055 051 053 055 084 (116)

1B 28 73 33 37 33 35 37 54 (74)

Letter Gothic

?(s4102T

(t)

027 040 115 052 049 048 050 084

(116)

1B 28 73 34 31 30 32 54

(74)

Marigold

?(s4297T

(t)

027 040 115 052 050 057 055 084

(116)

1B 28 73 34 32 39 37 54

(74)

MS Mincho

?(s28752T

(t)

027 040 115 050 056 055 053 050 084 (116)

1B 28 73 32 38 37 35 32 54 (74)

New Century Schlbk

?(s24703T

(t)

027 040 115 050 052 055 048 051 084 (116)

1B 28 73 32 34 37 30 33 54 (74)

CG Omega

?(s4113T

(t)

027 040 115 052 049 049 051 084

1B 28 73 34 31 31 33 54

Palatino

?(s24591T

(t)

027 040 115 050 052 053 057 049 084 (116)

1B 28 73 32 34 35 39 31 54 (74)

SimHei

?(s37110T

(t)

027 040 115 051 055 049 049 048 084 (116)

1B 28 73 33 37 31 31 30 54 (74)

SimSun

?(s37058T

(t)

027 040 115 051 055 048 053 056 084 (116)

1B 28 73 33 37 30 35 38 54 (74)

Symbol

?(s16686T

(t)

027 040 115 049 054 054 056 054 084 (116)

1B 28 73 31 36 36 38 36 54 (74)

SymbolPS

?(s45358T

(t)

027 040 115 052 053 051 053 056 084 (116)

1B 28 73 34 35 33 35 38 54 (74)

CG Times

?(s4101T

(t)

027 040 115 052 049 048 049 084

1B 28 73 34 31 30 31 54

Times New

?(s16901T

(t)

027 040 115 049 054 057 048 049 084 (116)

1B 28 73 31 36 39 30 31 54 (74)

Times Roman

?(s25093T

(t)

027 040 115 050 053 048 057 051 084 (116)

1B 28 73 32 35 30 39 33 54 (74)

Univers

?(s4148T

(t)

027 040 115 052 049 052 056 084

(116)

1B 28 73 34 31 34 38 54

(74)

Wingdings

?(s6826T

(t)

027 040 115 054 056 050 054 084

(116)

1B 28 73 36 38 32 36 54

(74)

Wingdings

?(s31402T

(t)

027 040 115 051 049 052 048 050 084 (116)

(116)

(116)

(116)

(74)

(74)

(74)

1B 28 73 33 31 34 30 32 54 (74)

Additional symbol sets are supported, refer to Table C-2 and C-3 for a list of these symbol sets.

ENWW

Printer Commands A-9

Table A-1. HP PCL 5 Commands (continued)
FUNCTION

PARAMETER

COMMAND

DECIMAL VALUE

HEXADECIMAL VALUE

FONT DEFAULT
Font Default Primary Font
Secondary Font

?(3@

027 040 051 064

1B 28 33 40

?)3@

027 041 051 064

1B 29 33 40

UNDERLINE
Underline

Enable Fixed

?&d0D

(d)

027 038 100 048 068

(100)

1B 26 64 30 44

(64)

Enable Floating

?&d3D

(d)

027 038 100 051 068

(100)

1B 26 64 33 44

(64)

Disable

?&d@

1-Byte
1-Byte
1-Byte/2-Byte
1-Byte/2-Byte
1-Byte/2-Byte

?&t0P
?&t1P
?&t21P
?&t31P
?&t38P

027 038 100 064

1B 26 64 40

TEXT PARSING METHOD
Text
Parsing
Method

(p)
(p)
(p)
(p)
(p)

027 038 116 48 080
027 038 116 49 080
027 038 116 050 049 080
027 038 116 051 049 080
027 038 116 051 056 080

(112)
(112)
(112)
(112)
(112)

1B 26 74 30 50
1B 26 74 31 50
1B 26 74 32 31 50
1B 26 74 33 31 50
1B 26 74 33 38 50

(70)
(70)
(70)
(70)
(70)

TRANSPARENT PRINT DATA
Transparent # of Bytes
Print Data

?&p#X[Data]

Assign Font Font ID #
ID

?*c#D

027 038 112 #...# 088

1B 26 70 #...# 58

FONT MANAGEMENT

Font and
Character
Control

(d)

027 042 099 #...# 068

(100)

1B 2A 63 #...# 44

(64)

Delete all Fonts

?*c0F

(f)

027 042 099 048 070

(102)

1B 2A 63 30 46

(66)

Delete all
temporary fonts

?*c1F

(f)

027 042 099 049 070

(102)

1B 2A 63 31 46

(66)

Delete last font ID
specified

?*c2F

(f)

027 042 099 050 070

(102)

1B 2A 63 32 46

(66)

Delete last
character
specified

?*c3F

(f)

027 042 099 051 070

(102)

1B 2A 63 33 46

(66)

Make font
temporary

?*c4F

(f)

027 042 099 052 070

(102)

1B 2A 63 34 46

(66)

Make font
permanent

?*c5F

(f)

027 042 099 053 070

(102)

1B 2A 63 35 46

(66)

Copy/Assign the
currently invoked
font as temporary

?*c6F

(f)

027 042 099 054 070

(102)

1B 2A 63 36 46

(66)

(114)

1B 2A 63 #...# 52

(72)

Soft Symbol Set Management / Creation
Set Symbol ID #
Set

?*c#R

Define
# of Bytes
Symbol Set

?(f#W[Data]

Symbol Set Delete all symbol
Control
sets

?*c0S

(s)

027 042 099 048 083

(115)

1B 2A 63 30 53

(73)

?*c1S

(s)

027 042 099 049 083

(115)

1B 2A 63 31 53

(73)

Delete current soft ?*c2S
symbol set (last
ID#)

(s)

027 042 099 050 083

(115)

1B 2A 63 32 53

(73)

Make current soft
symbol set
temporary

?*c4S

(s)

027 042 099 052 083

(115)

1B 2A 63 34 53

(73)

Make current soft
symbol set
permanent

?*c5S

(s)

027 042 099 053 083

(115)

1B 2A 63 35 53

(73)

Delete all
temporary symbol
sets

A-10 Printer Commands

(r)

027 042 099 #...# 082
027 040 102 #...# 087

1B 28 66 #...# 57

ENWW

Table A-1. HP PCL 5 Commands (continued)
FUNCTION

PARAMETER

COMMAND

DECIMAL VALUE

HEXADECIMAL VALUE

Font Selection by ID Number
ID # primary font

?(#X

027 040 #...# 088

1B 28 #...# 58

ID # secondary font

?)#X

027 041 #...# 088

1B 29 #...# 58

Font descriptor
(font header)

# of bytes

?)s#W[Data]

027 041 115 #...# 087

1B 29 73 #...# 57

Download
character

# of bytes

?(s#W[Data]

027 040 115 #...# 087

1B 28 73 #...# 57

Character code

Character code #
(decimal)

?*c#E

Select font (with
ID #)

SOFT FONT CREATION

(e)

027 042 099 #...# 069

(101)

1B 2A 63 #...# 45

(65)

GRAPHICS
Raster Graphics
Raster

75 dots/inch

?*t75R

(r)

027 042 116 055 053 082

(114)

1B 2A 74 37 35 52

(72)

Resolution

100 dots/inch

?*t100R

(r)

027 042 116 049 048 048 082

(114)

1B 2A 74 31 30 30 52

(72)

150 dots/inch

?*t150R

(r)

027 042 116 049 053 048 082

(114)

1B 2A 74 31 35 30 52

(72)

200 dots/inch

?*t200R

(r)

027 042 116 050 048 048 082

(114)

1B 2A 74 32 30 30 52

(72)

300 dots/inch

?*t300R

(r)

027 042 116 051 048 048 082

(114)

1B 2A 74 33 30 30 52

(72)

600 dots/inch

?*t600R

(r)

027 042 116 054 048 048 082

(114)

1B 2A 74 36 30 30 52

(72)

ENWW

Printer Commands A-11

Table A-1. HP PCL 5 Commands (continued)
FUNCTION

PARAMETER

COMMAND

DECIMAL VALUE

HEXADECIMAL VALUE

Raster Graphics
?*r0F

Raster Graphics
Presentation

Follows orientation
Follows physical page

?*r3F

(f)

027 042 114 051 070

(102)

1B 2A 72 33 46

(66)

Start Raster Graphics

Left Raster Graphics
Margin

?*r0A

(a)

027 042 114 048 065

(97)

1B 2A 72 30 41

(61)

Current Cursor

?*r1A

(a)

027 042 114 049 065

(97)

1B 2A 72 31 41

(61)

Scale mode (logical left
page boundary)

?*r2A

(a)

027 042 114 050 065

(97)

1B 2A 72 32 41

(61)

Scale mode (at CAP)

?*r3A

(a)

027 042 114 051 065

(97)

1B 2A 72 33 42

(61)

Raster Y Offset

# of Raster Lines of
vertical movement

?*b#Y

(y)

027 042 098 #...# 089

(121)

1B 2A 62 #...# 59

(79)

Set Raster
Compression Mode

Unencoded

?*b0M

(m)

027 042 098 048 077

(109)

1B 2A 62 30 4D

(6D)

Run-Length Encoded

?*b1M

(m)

027 042 098 049 077

(109)

1B 2A 62 31 4D

(6D)

Tagged Image File
Format

?*b2M

(m)

027 042 098 050 077

(109)

1B 2A 62 32 4D

(6D)

Delta Row

?*b3M

(m)

027 042 098 051 077

(109)

1B 2A 62 33 4D

(6D)

Adaptive Compression

?*b5M

(m)

027 042 098 053 077

(109)

1B 2A 62 35 4D

(6D)

Replacement Delta Row

?*b9M

(m)

027 042 098 057 077

(109)

1B 2A 98 39 4D

(6D)

Transfer Raster Data
(by row)

# of Bytes

?*b#W[Data]

027 042 098 #...# 087

1B 2A 62 #...# 57

Transfer Raster Data
(by plane)

# of Bytes

?*b#V[Data]

027 042 062 #...# 086

1B 2A 98 #...# 56

End Raster Graphics

Old version Preferred

?*rB
?*rC

(b)
(c)

027 042 114 066
027 042 114 067

(98)
(99)

1B 2A 72 42
1B 2A 72 43

(62)
(63)

Raster Height (Source) # Raster Rows

?*r#T

(t)

027 042 114 #...# 084

(116)

1B 2A 72 #...# 54

(74)

Raster Width (Source) # Pixels of the Specified
Resolution

?*r#S

(s)

027 042 114 #...# 083

(115)

1B 2A 72 #...# 53

(73)

Raster Height
(Destination)

# of Decipoints

?*t#H

(h)

027 042 116 #...# 072

(104)

1B 2A 74 #...# 48

(68)

Raster Width
(Destination)

# of Decipoints

?*t#V

(v)

027 042 116 #...# 086

(118)

1B 2A 74 #...# 56

(76)

Scale Algorithm

Source with light
background

?*t0K

(k)

027 042 116 048 075

(107)

1B 2A 74 30 4B

(6B)

Source with dark
background

?*t1K

(k)

027 042 116 049 075

(107)

1B 2A 74 31 4B

(6B)

A-12 Printer Commands

(f)

027 042 114 048 070

(102)

1B 2A 72 30 46

(66)

ENWW

Table A-1. HP PCL 5 Commands (continued)
FUNCTION

PARAMETER

COMMAND

DECIMAL VALUE

HEXADECIMAL VALUE

THE PRINT MODEL
Imaging
Select Current Pattern

Solid Black (default)

?*v0T

(t)

027 042 118 048 084

(116)

1B 2A 76 30 54

(74)

Solid White

?*v1T

(t)

027 042 118 049 084

(116)

1B 2A 76 31 54

(74)

HP-defined Shading Pattern

?*v2T

(t)

027 042 118 050 084

(116)

1B 2A 76 32 54

(74)

HP-defined Cross-hatched
Pattern

?*v3T

(t)

027 042 118 051 084

(116)

1B 2A 76 33 54

(74)

User-defined Pattern

?*v4T

(t)

027 042 118 052 084

(116)

1B 2A 76 34 54

(74)

Source Transparency
code

Transparent Opaque

?*v0N
?*v1N

(n)
(n)

027 042 118 048 078
027 042 118 049 078

(110)
(110)

1B 2A 76 30 4E
1B 2A 76 31 4E

(6E)
(6E)

Pattern Transparency
Mode

Transparent Opaque

?*v0O
?*v1O

(o)
(o)

027 042 118 048 079
027 042 118 049 079

(111)
(111)

1B 2A 76 30 4F
1B 2A 76 31 4F

(6F)
(6F)

Logical Operation

# = ROP3 input value

?*l#O

(o)

027 042 108 #...# 079

(111)

1B 2A 6C #...# 4F

(6F)

Pixel Placement

Grid Intersection

?*v0R

(r)

027 042 108 048 082

(114)

1B 2A 6C 30 52

(72)

?*v1R

(r)

027 042 118 049 082

(114)

1B 2A 76 31 52

(72)

Pixel Placement

Rectangle Dimensions
Rectangle Width
(Horizontal Size)

Rectangle Height
(Vertical Size)

ENWW

# of dots

?*c#A

(a)

027 042 099 #...# 065

(97)

1B 2A 63 #...# 41

(61)

# of decipoints

?*c#H

(h)

027 042 099 #...# 072

(104)

1B 2A 63 #...# 48

(68)

# of dots

?*c#B

(b)

027 042 099 #...# 066

(98)

1B 2A 63 # ... # 42 (62)

# of decipoints

?*c#V

(v)

027 042 099 #...# 086

(118)

1B 2A 63 #...# 56

(76)

Printer Commands A-13

Table A-1. HP PCL 5 Commands (continued)
FUNCTION

PARAMETER

COMMAND

DECIMAL VALUE

HEXADECIMAL VALUE

Rectangular Area Fill
Solid Black

?*c0P

(p)

027 042 099 048 080

(112)

1B 2A 63 30 50

(70)

Erase (solid white fill)

?*c1P

(p)

027 042 099 049 080

(112)

1B 2A 63 31 50

(70)

Shaded Fill

?*c2P

(p)

027 042 099 050 080

(112)

1B 2A 63 32 50

(70)

Cross-hatched Fill

?*c3P

(p)

027 042 099 051 080

(112)

1B 2A 63 33 50

(70)

User-defined

?*c4P

(p)

027 042 099 052 080

(112)

1B 2A 63 34 50

(70)

Current Pattern

?*c5P

(p)

027 042 099 053 080

(112)

1B 2A 63 35 50

(70)

Pattern ID

% of Shading or Type of
Pattern or User Pattern ID

?*c#G

(g)

027 042 099 #...# 071

(103)

1B 2A 63 #...# 47

(67)

Shading

2% Gray

?*c2G

(g)

027 042 099 050 071

(103)

1B 2A 63 32 47

(67)

10% Gray

?*c10G

(g)

027 042 099 049 048 071

(103)

1B 2A 63 31 30 47

(67)

15% Gray

?*c15G

(g)

027 042 099 049 053 071

(103)

1B 2A 63 31 35 47

(67)

30% Gray

?*c30G

(g)

027 042 099 051 048 071

(103)

1B 2A 63 33 30 47

(67)

45% Gray

?*c45G

(g)

027 042 099 052 053 071

(103)

1B 2A 63 34 35 47

(67)

70% Gray

?*c70G

(g)

027 042 099 055 048 071

(103)

1B 2A 63 37 30 47

(67)

90% Gray

?*c90G

(g)

027 042 099 057 048 071

(103)

1B 2A 63 39 30 47

(67)

100% Gray

?*c100G (g)

027 042 099 049 048 048 071 (103)

1B 2A 63 31 30 30 47 (67)

1 Horiz. Line

?*c1G

(g)

027 042 099 049 071

(103)

1B 2A 63 31 47

(67)

2 Vert. Lines

?*c2G

(g)

027 042 099 050 071

(103)

1B 2A 63 32 47

(67)

3 Diagonal Lines

?*c3G

(g)

027 042 099 051 071

(103)

1B 2A 63 33 47

(67)

4 Diagonal Lines

?*c4G

(g)

027 042 099 052 071

(103)

1B 2A 63 34 47

(67)

5 Square Grid

?*c5G

(g)

027 042 099 053 071

(103)

1B 2A 63 35 47

(67)

6 Diagonal Grid

?*c6G

(g)

027 042 099 054 071

(103)

1B 2A 63 36 47

(67)

Fill Rectangular Area

Pattern

A-14 Printer Commands

ENWW

Table A-1. HP PCL 5 Commands (continued)
FUNCTION

PARAMETER

COMMAND

DECIMAL VALUE

HEXADECIMAL VALUE

USER DEFINED PATTERN / MANAGEMENT CREATION
Define (Download)
Pattern

# of bytes

?*c#W[Data]

User-defined Pattern
Control

Delete all patterns

?*c0Q

(q)

027 042 099 048 081

(113)

1B 2A 63 030 51

(71)

Delete all temporary
patterns

?*c1Q

(q)

027 042 099 049 081

(113)

1B 2A 63 031 51

(71)

Delete current pattern

?*c2Q

(q)

027 042 099 050 081

(113)

1B 2A 63 032 51

(71)

Make pattern temporary

?*c4Q

(q)

027 042 099 052 081

(113)

1B 2A 63 034 51

(71)

Make pattern permanent

?*c5Q

(q)

027 042 099 053 081

(113)

1B 2A 63 035 51

(71)

Set Pattern Reference

Rotate with orientation

?*p0R

(r)

027 042 112 048 082

(114)

1B 2A 70 30 52

(72)

Point

Follow physical page

?*p1R

(r)

027 042 112 049 082

(114)

1B 2A 70 31 52

(72)

027 042 099 #...# 087

1B 2A 63 #...# 57

MACROS
Macro ID

Macro ID #

?&f#Y

(y)

027 038 102 #...# 089

(121)

1B 26 66 #...# 59

(79)

Macro Control

Start Macro Def.

?&f0X

(x)

027 038 102 048 088

(120)

1B 26 66 30 58

(78)

Stop Macro Def.

?&f1X

(x)

027 038 102 049 088

(120)

1B 26 66 31 58

(78)

Execute Macro

?&f2X

(x)

027 038 102 050 088

(120)

1B 26 66 32 58

(78)

Call Macro

?&f3X

(x)

027 038 102 051 088

(120)

1B 26 66 33 58

(78)

Enable Overlay

?&f4X

(x)

027 038 102 052 088

(120)

1B 26 66 34 58

(78)

Disable Overlay

?&f5X

(x)

027 038 102 053 088

(120)

1B 26 66 35 58

(78)

Delete Macros

?&f6X

(x)

027 038 102 054 088

(120)

1B 26 66 36 58

(78)

Delete All Temp. Macros

?&f7X

(x)

027 038 102 055 088

(120)

1B 26 66 37 58

(78)

Delete Macro ID

?&f8X

(x)

027 038 102 056 088

(120)

1B 26 66 38 58

(78)

Make Temporary

?&f9X

(x)

027 038 102 057 088

(120)

1B 26 66 39 58

(78)

Make Permanent

?&f10X

(x)

027 038 102 049 048 088

(120)

1B 26 66 31 30 58 (78)

ENWW

Printer Commands A-15

Table A-1. HP PCL 5 Commands (continued)
FUNCTION

PARAMETER

COMMAND

DECIMAL VALUE

HEXADECIMAL VALUE

STATUS READBACK
Invalid Location

?*s0T

(t)

027 042 115 048 084 (116)

1B 2A 73 30 54

(74)

Currently Selected

?*s1T

(t)

027 042 115 049 084 (116)

1B 2A 73 31 54

(74)

All Locations

?*s2T

(t)

027 042 115 050 084 (116)

1B 2A 73 32 54

(74)

Internal

?*s3T

(t)

027 042 115 051 084 (116)

1B 2A 73 33 54

(74)

Downloaded

?*s4T

(t)

027 042 115 052 084 (116)

1B 2A 73 34 54

(74)

Cartridge

?*s5T

(t)

027 042 115 053 084 (116)

1B 2A 73 35 54

(74)

User-installed ROM (SIMMs)

?*s7T

(t)

027 042 115 055 084 (116)

1B 2A 73 37 54

(74)

All entities of the Location Type

?*s0U

(u)

027 042 115 048 085 (117)

1B 2A 73 30 55

(75)

Entity 1 or Temporary

?*s1U

(u)

027 042 115 049 085 (117)

1B 2A 73 31 55

(75)

Entity 2 or Permanent

?*s2U

(u)

027 042 115 050 085 (117)

1B 2A 73 32 55

(75)

Entity 3

?*s3U

(u)

027 042 115 051 085 (117)

1B 2A 73 33 55

(75)

Entity 4

?*s4U

(u)

027 042 115 052 085 (117)

1B 2A 73 34 55

(75)

Font

?*s0I

(i)

027 042 115 048 073 (105)

1B 2A 73 30 49

(69)

Macro

?*s1I

(i)

027 042 115 049 073 (105)

1B 2A 73 31 49

(69)

User-defined Pattern

?*s2I

(i)

027 042 115 050 073 (105)

1B 2A 73 32 49

(69)

Symbol Set

?*s3I

(i)

027 042 115 051 073 (105)

1B 2A 73 33 49

(69)

Font Extended

?*s4I

(i)

027 042 115 052 073 (105)

1B 2A 73 34 49

(69)

Flush All Complete Pages

?&r0F

(f)

027 038 114 048 070 (120)

1B 26 72 30 46

(66)

Flush All Page Data

?&r1F

(f)

027 038 114 049 070 (120)

1B 26 72 31 46

(66)

Free Memory Space

—

?*s1M

(m)

027 042 115 049 077 (109)

1B 2A 73 31 4D

(6D)

Echo

# = Echo value (-32767 to 32767) ?*s#X

(x)

027 042 115 #...# 088 (120)

1B 2A 73 #...# 58

(78)

Set Status Readback
Location Type

Set Status Readback
Location Unit

Inquire Status Readback
Entity

Flush All Pages

PROGRAMMING HINTS
End-of-Line Wrap

Display Functions

Enabled

?&s0C

(c)

027 038 115 048 067 (99)

1B 26 73 30 43

(63)

Disabled

?&s1C

(c)

027 038 115 049 067 (99)

1B 26 73 31 43

(63)

ON

?Y

027 089

1B 59

OFF

?Z

027 090

1B 5A

A-16 Printer Commands

ENWW

Table A-1. HP PCL 5 Commands (continued)
FUNCTION

PARAMETER

COMMAND

DECIMAL VALUE

HEXADECIMAL VALUE

PCL VECTOR GRAPHICS SWITCHING/SET-UP PICTURE FRAME
Use previous PCL cursor
position

?%0A

027 037 048 65

1B 25 30 41

Use current HP-GL/2pen
position for cursor position

?%1A

027 037 049 65

1B 25 31 41

Use previous HP-GL/2 pen
position

?%0B

027 037 048 066

1B 25 30 42

Use current PCL cursor
position

?%1B

027 037 049 066

1B 25 31 42

Stand-alone plotter mode

?%–1B

027 037 045 049 066

1B 25 2D 31 42

Current PCL coordinate
?%2B
system/old HP-GL pen position

027 037 050 066

1B 25 32 42

Current PCL coordinate
system/current PCL CAP

?%3B

027 037 051 066

1B 25 33 42

HP-GL/2 Plot Horizontal
Size

Horizontal size in inches

?*c#K

(k)

027 042 099 #...# 075

(107)

1B 2A 63 # ... # 4B (6B)

HP-GL/2 Plot Vertical
Size

Vertical size in inches

?*c#L

(l)

027 042 099 #...# 076

(108)

1B 2A 63 #...# 4C

(6C)

Set Picture Frame
Anchor Point

Set anchor point to cursor
position

?*c0T

(t)

027 042 099 048 084

(116)

1B 2A 63 30 54

(74)

Picture Frame Horizontal Decipoints
Size

?*c#X

(x)

027 042 099 #...# 088

(120)

1B 2A 63 #...# 58

(78)

Picture Frame Vertical
Size

Decipoints

?*c#Y

(y)

027 042 099 #...# 089

(121)

1B 2A 63 #...# 59

(79)

Enter PCL Mode

?%#A

Enter PCL Mode

Enter HP-GL/2 Mode

DUAL CONTEXT EXTENSIONS
0 - Retain previous
PCL cursor
position
1 - Use current
HP-GL/2 pen
position
Reset

?E

None

Primary Font

FI

Font_ID

Secondary Font

FN

Font_ID

Scalable Or Bitmapped
Fonts

SB

0 - Scalable fonts
only
1 - Bitmapped fonts
allowed

ENWW

Printer Commands A-17

Table A-1. HP PCL 5 Commands (continued)
FUNCTION

PARAMETER

COMMAND

DECIMAL VALUE

HEXADECIMAL VALUE

COLOR COMMANDS
Assign Color Index

Index Number

?*v#I

(i)

027 042 118 #...# 073

(105)

1B 2A 76 #...# 49

(69)

Color Component One

1st Component

?*v#A

(a)

027 042 118 #...# 065

(97)

1B 2A 76 #...# 41

(61)

Color Component Two

2nd Component

?*v#B

(b)

027 042 118 #...# 066

(98)

1B 2A 76 #...# 42

(62)

Color Component Three

3rd Component

?*v#C

(c)

027 042 118 #...# 067

(99)

1B 2A 76 #...# 43

(63)

Color Lookup Tables

# of Bytes

?*l#W[Data]

Configure Image Data

# of Bytes

?*v#W[Data]

Download Dither Matrix

# of Bytes

?*v#I

(i)

027 042 118 #...# 073

(105)

1B 2A 76 #...# 49

(69)

Foreground Color

Index Number

?*v#S

(s)

027 042 118 #...# 083

(115)

1B 2A 76 #...# 53

(73)

Gamma Correction

Gamma Number

?*t#I

(i)

027 042 116 #...# 073

(105)

1B 2A 74 #...# 49

(69)

?&b0M

(m)

027 038 062 048 077

(109)

1B 26 98 30 4D

(6D)

Gray Equivalent

?&b1M

(m)

027 038 062 049 077

(109)

1B 26 98 31 4D

(6D)

Palette Control ID

Palette ID #

?&p#I

(i)

027 038 112 #...# 073

(105)

1B 26 70 #...# 49

(69)

Palette Control

Delete All Palettes in store

?&p0C

(c)

027 038 112 048 067

(99)

1B 26 70 30 43

(63)

Delete All Palettes in stack

?&p1C

(c)

027 038 112 049 067

(99)

1B 26 70 31 43

(63)

Delete Palette (last ID)

?&p2C

(c)

027 038 112 050 067

(99)

1B 26 70 32 43

(63)

Copy Palette

?&p6C

(c)

027 038 112 054 067

(99)

1B 26 70 36 43

(63)

Push Palette

?*p0P

(p)

027 042 112 048 080

(112)

1B 2A 70 30 50

(70)

Pop Palette

?*p1P

(p)

027 042 112 049 080

(112)

1B 2A 70 31 50

(70)

Continuous tone detail

?*t0J

(j)

027 042 116 048 074

(106)

1B 2A 74 30 4A

(6A)

Snap to primaries

?*t1J

(j)

027 042 116 049 074

(106)

1B 2A 74 31 4A

(6A)

Snap black/white, colors to
black

?*t2J

(j)

027 042 116 050 074

(106)

1B 2A 74 32 4A

(6A)

Device best dither

?*t3J

(j)

027 042 116 051 074

(106)

1B 2A 74 33 4A

(6A)

Error diffusion

?*t4J

(j)

027 042 116 052 074

(106)

1B 2A 74 34 4A

(6A)

Monochrome device best
dither

?*t5J

(j)

027 042 116 053 074

(106)

1B 2A 74 35 4A

(6A)

Monochrome error diffusion

?*t6J

(j)

027 042 116 054 074

(106)

1B 2A 74 36 4A

(6A)

Cluster ordered dither

?*t7J

(j)

027 042 116 055 074

(106)

1B 2A 74 37 4A

(6A)

Monochrome cluster ordered

?*t8J

(j)

027 042 116 056 074

(106)

1B 2A 74 38 4A

(6A)

User-defined dither

?*t9J

(j)

027 042 116 057 074

(106)

1B 2A 74 30 4A

(6A)

Monochrome user-defined
dither

?*t10J

(j)

027 042 116 049 048 074 (106)

1B 2A 74 31 30 4A

(6A)

Ordered dither

?*t11J

(j)

027 042 116 049 049 074 (106)

1B 2A 74 31 31 4A

(6A)

Monochrome ordered dither

?*t12J

(j)

027 042 116 049 050 074 (106)

1B 2A 74 31 32 4A

(6A)

Noise ordered dither

?*t13J

(j)

027 042 116 049 051 074 (106)

1B 2A 74 31 33 4A

(6A)

Monochrome noise ordered
dither

?*t14J

(j)

027 042 116 049 052 074 (106)

1B 2A 74 31 34 4A

(6A)

Continuous tone smooth

?*t15J

(j)

027 042 116 049 053 074 (106)

1B 2A 74 31 35 4A

(6A)

Mono. continuous tone detail

?*t16J

(j)

027 042 116 049 054 074 (106)

1B 2A 74 31 36 4A

(6A)

Mono. continuous tone
smooth

?*t17J

(j)

027 042 116 049 055 074 (106)

1B 2A 74 31 37 4A

(6A)

Continuous tone basic

?*t18J

(j)

027 042 116 049 056 074 (106)

1B 2A 74 31 38 4A

(6A)

Mono. continuous tone basic

?*t19J

(j)

027 042 116 049 057 074 (106)

1B 2A 74 31 39 4A

(6A)

Palette ID #

?&p#S

(s)

027 038 112 #...# 083

1B 26 70 #...# 53

(73)

Monochrome Print Mode Mixed Rendering

Push/Pop Palette
Render Algorithm

Select Palette

Set Viewing Illumination # of Bytes

?*i#W[Data]

Simple Color

027 042 108 #...# 087

1B 2A 6C #...# 57

027 042 118 #...# 087

1B 2A 76 #...# 57

(115)

027 042 105 #...# 087

1B 2A 69 #...# 57

3-Plane Device CMY Palette

?*r–3U

(u)

027 042 114 045 051 085 (117)

1B 2A 72 2D 33 55

(75)

1-Plane K Palette

?*r1U

(u)

027 042 114 049 085

(117)

1B 2A 72 31 55

(75)

3-Plane Device RGB Palette

?*r3U

(u)

027 042 114 051 085

(117)

1B 2A 72 33 55

(75)

A-18 Printer Commands

ENWW

Table A-2. HP-GL/2 Commands
COMMAND

MNEMONIC

PARAMETERS*
PALETTE EXTENSIONS

Color Range

CR

[b_ref_red, w_ref_red, b_ref_grn, w_ref_grn, b_ref_blue, w_ref_blue];

Number of Pens

NP

[n];

Pen Color Assignment

PC

[pen [,red, green, blue]];

Transparency Mode

TR

0 - Off (opaque)
1 - On (transparent)

Screened Vectors

SV

[screen_type[,shading[,index]]]
VECTOR GROUP

Arc Absolute

AA

x_center,y_center,sweep_angle [,chord_angle];

Arc Relative

AR

x_increment,y_increment,sweep_angle [,chord_angle];

Absolute Arc Three Point

AT

x_inter,y_inter,x_end,y_end[,chord_angle];

Bezier Absolute

BZ

x1_control_pt, y1_control_pt
x2_control_pt, y2_control_pt
x3_control_pt, y3_control_pt ...
[x1_control_pt, y1_control_pt
x2_control_pt, y2_control_pt
x3_control_pt, y3_control_pt];

Bezier Relative

BR

x1_control_pt_increments,
y1_control_pt_increments,
x2_control_pt_increments,
y2_control_pt_increments,
x3_control_pt_increments,
y3_control_pt_increments ...
[x1_control_pt_increments,
y1_control_pt_increments,
x2_control_pt_increments,
y2_control_pt_increments,
x3_control_pt_increments,
y3_control_pt_increments];

Circle

CI

radius [,chord angle];

Plot Absolute

PA

[x,y ... [,x,y]];

Plot Relative

PR

[x,y ... [,x,y]];

Pen Down

PD

[x,y ... [,x,y]];

Pen Up

PU

[x,y ... [,x,y]];

Relative Arc Three Point

RT

x_incr_inter,y_incr_inter,x_incr_end,y_incr_end[,chord angle];

Polyline Encoded

PE

[flag[val]|coord pair ... [flag[val]|coord pair]];

* Parameters in brackets are optional.

ENWW

Printer Commands A-19

Table A-2. HP-GL/2 Commands (continued)
COMMAND

MNEMONIC

PARAMETERS*

POLYGON GROUP
Fill Rectangle Absolute

RA

x_coordinate,y_coordinate;

Fill Rectangle Relative

RR

x_increment,y_increment;

Edge Rectangle Absolute

EA

x_coordinate,y_coordinate;

Edge Rectangle Relative

ER

x_increment,y_increment;

Fill Wedge

WG

radius,start_angle,sweep_angle[,chord_angle];

Edge Wedge

EW

radius,start_angle,sweep_angle[chord_angle];

Polygon Mode

PM

polygon_definition;

Fill Polygon

FP

0 - Odd/Even
1 - non-zero winding

Edge Polygon

EP

None

* Parameters in brackets are optional.

A-20 Printer Commands

ENWW

Table A-2. HP-GL/2 Commands (continued)
FUNCTION

MNEMONIC

PARAMETERS*

CHARACTER GROUP
Select Standard Font

SS

None

Select Alternate Font

SA

None

Absolute Direction

DI

[run,rise];

Relative Direction

DR

[run,rise];

Absolute Character Size

SI

[width,height];

Relative Character Size

SR

[width,height];

Character Slant

SL

[tangent_of_angle];

Extra Space

ES

[width[,height]]

Standard Font Definition

SD

[kind,value ... [,kind,value]];

Alternate Font Definition

AD

[kind,value ... [,kind,value]];

Character Fill Mode

CF

[fill_mode[,edge_pen]];

Label Origin

LO

[position];

Label

LB

[char ... [char]]1bterm

Define Label Terminator

DT

[1bterm[,mode]];

Character Plot

CP

[spaces,lines];

Transparent Data

TD

[mode];

Define Variable Text Path

DV

[path[,line]];

LINE AND FILL ATTRIBUTES GROUP
Line Type

LT

[line_type[,pattern_length[,mode]]];

Line Attributes

LA

[kind,value ... [,kind,value]];

Pen Width

PW

[width[,pen]];

Pen Width Unit Selection

WU

[type];

Select Pen

SP

[pen]; (required, 1 for black (recommended) or 0 for white)

Symbol Mode

SM

[char];

Fill Type

FT

[fill_type[,option1[,option2]]];

Anchor Corner

AC

[x_coordinate,y_coordinate];

Raster Fill Definition

RF

[index[,width,height,pen_nbr ... pen_nbr]];
(width and height must be less than 255)

User Defined Line Type

UL

[index[,gap1 ... gapn]];

* Parameters in brackets are optional.

ENWW

Printer Commands A-21

Table A-2. HP-GL/2 Commands (continued)
FUNCTION

MNEMONIC

PARAMETERS*

CONFIGURATION AND STATUS GROUP
Advance Full Page

PG

[n];

Scale

SC

[x1,x2,y1,y2[,type[,left,bottom]]];
or
[x1,xfactor,y1,yfactor,2];

Input Window

IW

[xLL,yLL,xUR,yUR];

Input P1 and P2

IP

[p1x,p1y[,p2x,p2y]];

Input Relative P1 And P2

IR

[p1x,p1y[,p2x,p2y]];

Default Values

DF

None

Initialize

IN

[n];

Replot

RP

[n];

Rotate Coordinate System

RO

[angle];

TECHNICAL GRAPHICS EXTENSION
Begin Plot

BP

[kind, value...[,kind, value]];

Chord Tolerance Mode

CT

[mode];

Download Character

DL

[charnum [[,up], x, y...[,up],x,y]];

Frame Advance

FR

Media Type

MT

[type];

Merge Control

MC

[mode [, opcod]];

Output Error

OE

Output Hardclip Limits

OH

Output Identification

OI

Output P1 and P2

OP

Output Status

OS

Pixel Placement

PP

Plot Size

PS

[length [,width]];

Quality Level

QL

[quality level]

[mode];

* Parameters in brackets are optional.

A-22 Printer Commands

ENWW

Table A-3. Control Codes
Function

Symbol

Decimal Value

Description

Backspace

B
S

8

Move one column left unless at left margin, in which case no action is taken.

Horizontal Tab

H
T

9

Move to the next horizontal tab stop. The tab stops are at the left margin, and
every eight columns to the right of the left margin.

Line Feed

L
F

10

Move to the next print line while maintaining current column position.

Form Feed

F
F

12

Move to the first line at top of the next page while maintaining current column
position.

Carriage Return

C

R

13

Move to the left margin on the current print line.

Shift Out

S

O

14

Select characters that follow from the current secondary font until receipt of a
Shift In.

Shift In

S

I

15

Select characters that follow from the current primary font until receipt of a
Shift Out.

Escape

E
C

27

Indicates the beginning of a special control sequence (escape sequence).

Space

S
P

32

Move one column to the right unless already at the right margin, in which case
no action is taken.

ENWW

Printer Commands A-23

A-24 Printer Commands

ENWW

B

Internal Symbol Set
Charts
Introduction
This section includes symbol set tables showing character locations
and decimal addresses. Individual tables are provided for the
following symbol sets:
PC-8

PC-Turkish

Roman-8

Windows CP1257 Baltic

Windows CP1252 Latin 1

ISO 8859-10 Latin 6

ISO 8859-1 Latin 1

PC-775

PC-850 Multilingual

Symbol Font2

PC-1004

Wingdings Font2

ISO 8859-15 Latin 9

Windows Dingbats Font2

PC-858 Multilingual

PS Text

Roman-9

MC Text

Windows CP1252-obs.

PS-Math1

PC-8 Danish/Norwegian

Math-81

Windows CP1250 Latin 2

Pi Font1

ISO 8859-2 Latin 2

Desktop

PC-852

Legal

Windows CP1254 Latin 5

Microsoft Publishing1

ISO 8859-9 Latin 5
1 These math sets are inappropriate in script faces, italic faces, or any unusual weight or style. MS

Publishing and Pi Font may be used with script, italic, or unusual weight styles, since these sets
contain few “limited sensitivity” characters that conflict with the typeface sensitive characters of that
typeface.
2

ENWW

Available in one typeface only.

Internal Symbol Set Charts B-1

The gray shaded areas in these tables denote printer control code
areas. Math composite characters are shown with light-colored
shades, and line-draw composite characters are shown with
dark-colored shades. Composite characters are made by combining
individual character elements into a large character.
The International Organization for Standardization (ISO) symbol sets
and the HP German and HP Spanish symbol sets are represented by
a character substitution table (see page B-19). The final table, the
Roman-8 Character Conversion table identifies the hexadecimal,
decimal, and octal codes for the Roman-8 symbol set.

Note

To identify the symbol sets that are supported by a printer, refer to
Chapter 3, Internal Typefaces/Fonts and Symbol Sets,” in this
document.

B-2 Internal Symbol Set Charts

ENWW

ENWW

Internal Symbol Set Charts B-3

B-4 Internal Symbol Set Charts

ENWW

ENWW

Internal Symbol Set Charts B-5

B-6 Internal Symbol Set Charts

ENWW

ENWW

Internal Symbol Set Charts B-7

B-8 Internal Symbol Set Charts

ENWW

ENWW

Internal Symbol Set Charts B-9

B-10 Internal Symbol Set Charts

ENWW

ENWW

Internal Symbol Set Charts B-11

B-12 Internal Symbol Set Charts

ENWW

ENWW

Internal Symbol Set Charts B-13

B-14 Internal Symbol Set Charts

ENWW

ENWW

Internal Symbol Set Charts B-15

B-16 Internal Symbol Set Charts

ENWW

ENWW

Internal Symbol Set Charts B-17

B-18 Internal Symbol Set Charts

ENWW

ENWW

Internal Symbol Set Charts B-19

B-20 Internal Symbol Set Charts

ENWW

ENWW

Internal Symbol Set Charts B-21

B-22 Internal Symbol Set Charts

ENWW

ENWW

Internal Symbol Set Charts B-23

B-24 Internal Symbol Set Charts

ENWW

ENWW

Internal Symbol Set Charts B-25

B-26 Internal Symbol Set Charts

ENWW

ENWW

Internal Symbol Set Charts B-27

B-28 Internal Symbol Set Charts

ENWW

ENWW

Internal Symbol Set Charts B-29

B-30 Internal Symbol Set Charts

ENWW

ENWW

Internal Symbol Set Charts B-31

B-32 Internal Symbol Set Charts

ENWW

ENWW

Internal Symbol Set Charts B-33

ISO Substitution Table
This table provides a quick reference for the values of special
characters contained in ISO (International Organization of
Standardization) symbol sets. ISO symbol sets contain the same
characters as the ASCII symbol set, except for the character
positions listed in this table. For example, in the ISO 4 (United
Kingdom) symbol set, the British pound sign replaces the number
sign used in decimal position 35 of the ASCII symbol set.
Table B-1. ISO Substitution Characters

*These symbol sets are becoming obsolete and are not recommended for future use and are not present on
the HP LaserJet 4, 4M, 4Si, 4SiMx, 4L, 4ML, 4P, 4MP, 4PJ, 4LJ Pro, 4LC, 4 Plus, 4M Plus, 4V, 4MV, 5, 5M,
5P, 5L, 5Si, 5SiMx, 5Si Mopier, 6L, 6P, 6MP, LaserJet 1100, 2100, 4000, 5000, 8000, and 8100 series,
Color LaserJet family, and DeskJet 1200C, 1600C printers.

B-34 Internal Symbol Set Charts

ENWW

Conversion Table
Table B-2 gives the hexadecimal, decimal, and octal equivalent of
each character in the Roman-8 and Roman-9 symbol sets. (The only
difference between the Roman-9 and Roman-8 symbol sets is the
Hex 0xBA character position: for Roman-9 the character is the Euro
Sign, and for Roman-8 the character is the General Currency
Symbol.) Use this table when your software requires hexadecimal,
decimal, or octal values in place of your printer command characters.
This conversion table begins on the following page.

ENWW

Internal Symbol Set Charts B-35

Table B-2. Roman-8 / Roman-9 Character Conversion

B-36 Internal Symbol Set Charts

ENWW

Table B-2. Roman-8 / Roman-9 Character Conversion (continued)

ENWW

Internal Symbol Set Charts B-37

Table B-2. Roman-8 / Roman-9 Character Conversion (continued)

B-38 Internal Symbol Set Charts

ENWW

Table B-2. Roman-8 / Roman-9 Character Conversion (continued)

ENWW

Internal Symbol Set Charts B-39

Table B-2. Roman-8 / Roman-9 Character Conversion (continued)

*Hex 0xBA character position: for Roman-9 the character is the Euro Sign, and for
Roman-8 the character is the General Currency Symbol.

B-40 Internal Symbol Set Charts

ENWW

Table B-2. Roman-8 / Roman-9 Character Conversion (continued)

ENWW

Internal Symbol Set Charts B-41

Table B-2. Roman-8 / Roman-9 Character Conversion (continued)

B-42 Internal Symbol Set Charts

ENWW

C

Symbol Set and
Typeface Codes
Introduction
The symbol set IDs in Table C-1 are used to select symbol sets using
PCL commands. Kind1 values are used to select symbol sets using
HP-GL/2 commands. The values under Kind1 are also used in the
Font Descriptor (header) symbol set field (bytes 14/15, described in
Chapter 11, Font Creation of the PCL 5 Printer Language Technical
Reference Manual). Table C-2 identifies the Typeface Family values
for the various type foundries. Table C-3 identifies all the currently
assigned typeface base values.

ENWW

Symbol Set and Typeface Codes C-1

Note

The HP-GL/2 Kind1 value can be calculated from the symbol set ID.
The Kind1 value is the same value used for the Symbol Set value
field in the Font Header (refer to Chapter 11, Symbol Set of the PCL 5
Printer Language Technical Reference Manual). The Kind1 value is
computed by taking the value of the value field for the symbol set,
multiplying it by 32, adding the decimal (ASCII) value of the
termination character (the symbol set ID character value) of the
escape sequence, and subtracting 64.
Font Descriptor Symbol Set Value =
(Escape Sequence Value Field Value * 32)
+
(Decimal Value of Escape Sequence
Termination Character - 64).
For example, to calculate the Kind1 value for the symbol set 19M
(M = ASCII 77):
Symbol set 19M = (19*32) + (77 -64) = 621

C-2 Symbol Set and Typeface Codes

ENWW

Table C-1. Symbol Set Values
Symbol Set Name1

Symbol
Set ID

Symbol Set Name1

Kind1
Value2

Symbol
Set ID

Kind1
Value2

GW-3212

18C

597

Line Draw-7

0L

12

ISO 60: Danish/Norwegian

0D

4

HP Block Characters

1L

44

Devanagari

2D

68

Tax Line Draw

2L

76

ISO 4: United Kingdom

1E

37

Line Draw-8

8L

268

Windows 3.1 Latin 2

9E

293

Ventura ITC Zapf Dingbats3

9L

300

ISO 69: French

1F

38

PS ITC Zapf Dingbats

10L

332

ISO 21: German

1G

39

ITC Zapf Dingbats Series 100

11L

364
396

Greek-8

8G

263

ITC Zapf Dingbats Series 200

12L

Windows 3.1 Latin/Greek

9G

295

ITC Zapf Dingbats Series 300

13L

428

PC-851 Latin/Greek

10G

327

ITC Zapf Dingbats MS

14L

460

PC-8 Latin/Greek

12G

391

Windows Baltic

19L

620

Hebrew-7

0H

8

Carta

20L

652

ISO 8859/8 Latin/Hebrew

7H

232

Ornaments

21L

684

Hebrew-8

8H

264

Universal News & Commercial
Pi

22L

716

PC-862 Latin/Hebrew

15H

488

Chess

23L

748

ISO 15: Italian

0I

9

Astrology 1

24L

780

Microsoft Publishing

6J

202

Pi Set #1

31L

1004

DeskTop

7J

234

Pi Set #2

32L

1036

Document

8J

266

Pi Set #3

33L

1068

PC-1004

9J

298

Pi Set #4

34L

1100

PS Text

10J

330

Pi Set #5

35L

1132

PS ISO Latin1

11J

362

Pi Set #6

36L

1164

MC Text

12J

394

Wingdings

579L

18540

Ventura International3

13J

426

Math-7

0M

13

Ventura US3

14J

458

Tech-7

1M

45

Swash Characters

16J

522

PS Math

5M

173

Small Caps & Old Style Figures 17J

554

Ventura Math3

6M

205

Old Style Figures

18J

586

Math-8

8M

269

Fractions

19J

618

Universal Greek & Math Pi

10M

333
365

Lining Figures

21J

682

TeX Math Extension

11M

Small Caps and Lining Figures

22J

714

TeX Math Symbol

12M

397

Alternate Caps

23J

746

TeX Math Italic

13M

429

Kana-8 (JIS 210)

8K

267

Symbol

19M

621

Korean-8

9K

299

ISO 8859/1 Latin 1

0N

14

1

Contact your local software vendor for information regarding additional symbol set support.

2

This value is also used for the Encoded Symbol Set Designator field in the user-defined symbol set
descriptor, and for the Symbol Set field in the font headers.

3

Not recommended for future use. These symbol sets are of limited usage and are being discontinued.

ENWW

Symbol Set and Typeface Codes C-3

Table C-1. Symbol Set Values (continued)
Symbol Set Name1

Symbol
Set ID

Symbol Set Name1

Kind1
Value2

Symbol
Set ID

Kind1
Value2

ISO 8859/2 Latin 2

2N

78

Windows 3.1 Latin 5

5T

180

ISO 8859/3 Latin 3

3N

110

Turkish-8

8T

276

ISO 8859/4 Latin 4

4N

142

PC-8 Turkish

9T

308

ISO 8859/9 Latin 5

5N

174

Teletex

10T

340

ISO 8859/10 Latin 6

6N

206

ISO 6: ASCII

0U

21

ISO 8859/15 Latin 9

9N

302

Legal

1U

53

ISO 8859/5 Latin/Cyrillic

10N

334

Roman-9

4U

149

ISO 8859/6 Latin/Arabic

11N

366

HPL

5U

181

ISO 8859/7 Latin/Greek

12N

398

OEM-1

7U

245

OCR-A

0O

15

Roman-8

8U

277

OCR-B

1O

47

Windows 3.0 Latin 1

9U

309

OCR-M

2O

79

PC-8, Code Page 437

10U

341

MICR (E13B)

10O

335

PC-8 D/N, Danish/Norwegian

11U

373

Typewriter Paired APL

0P

16

PC-850, Multilingual

12U

405

Bit Paired APL

1P

48

PC-858

13U

437

Expert

10P

336

Pi Font

15U

501

Alternate

11P

368

PC-857

16U

533

Fraktur

12P

400

PC-852, Latin 2

17U

565

Reserved for Specials

xQ

1732x

Windows 3.1 Latin 1

19U

629

Cyrillic ASCII (8859/5-1986)

0R

18

PC-860 Portugal

20U

661

Cyrillic

1R

50

PC-861 Iceland

21U

693

PC Cyrillic

3R

114

PC-863 Canada-French

23U

757

Windows 3.1 Latin/Cyrillic

9R

306

PC-865 Norway

25U

821

ISO 11: Swedish

0S

19

PC-775

26U

853

ISO 17: Spanish

2S

83

Arabic-8

8V

278

HP European Spanish

7S

243

Windows 3.1 Latin/Arabic

9V

310

HP Latin Spanish

8S

275

Code Page 864 Latin/Arabic

10V

342

HP-GL Download

16S

531

3 of 9 Barcode

0Y

25

HP-GL Drafting

17S

563

Industrial 2 of 5 Barcode

1Y

57

HP-GL Special Symbols

18S

595

Matrix 2 of 5 Barcode

2Y

89

Sonata

20S

659

Interleaved 2 of 5 Barcode

4Y

153

Thai-8

0T

20

CODABAR Barcode

5Y

185

TISI 620-2533 (Thai)

1T

52

MSI/Plessey Barcode

6Y

217

1

Contact your local software vendor for information regarding additional symbol set support.

2

This value is also used for the Encoded Symbol Set Designator field in the user-defined symbol set
descriptor and for the Symbol Set field in the font headers.

C-4 Symbol Set and Typeface Codes

ENWW

Table C-1. Symbol Set Values (continued)
Symbol Set Name1

Symbol
Set ID

Kind1
Value2

Symbol Set Name1

Symbol
Set ID

Kind1
Value2

Code 11 Barcode

7Y

249

MICR (CMC-7)

14Y

473

UPC/EAN Barcode

8Y

281

USPS ZIP

15Y

505

Obsolete Symbol Sets3

Obsolete Symbol Sets3

Math-7 (same as 0M)

0A

1

ISO 57: Chinese

2K

75

Line Draw-7 (same as 0L)

0B

2

HP Spanish

1S

51

HP Large Characters

0C

3

ISO 10: Swedish

3S

115

ISO 61: Norwegian Version 2

1D

36

ISO 16: Portuguese

4S

147

Roman Extension

0E

5

ISO 84: Portuguese

5S

179

ISO 25: French

0F

6

ISO 85: Spanish

6S

211

HP German

0G

7

ISO 2: International Reference

2U

85

Arabic (McKay’s version)

0V

22

ISO 14: JIS ASCII

0K

11

ISO 13: Katakana

1K

43

1

Contact your local software vendor for information regarding additional symbol set support.

2

This value is also used for the Encoded Symbol Set Designator field in the user-defined symbol set
descriptor and for the Symbol Set field in the font headers.

3

These symbol sets are becoming obsolete and are not recommended for future use and are not present
on the HP LaserJet 4, 4M, 4Si, 4SiMx, 4L, 4ML, 4P, 4MP, 4PJ, 4LJ Pro, 4LC, 4 Plus, 4M Plus, 4V, 4MV, 5,
5M, 5P, 5L, 5Si, 5SiMx, 5Si Mopier, 6L, 6P, 6MP, LaserJet 1100, 2100, 4000, 5000, 8000, and 8100
series, Color LaserJet family, and DeskJet 1200C, 1600C printers.

ENWW

Symbol Set and Typeface Codes C-5

Table C-2 represents the typeface family values assigned to type
foundries. This value, plus the typeface base value (see Table C-3),
produces the numeric code needed to access the typeface.

C-6 Symbol Set and Typeface Codes

ENWW

Table C-2. Typeface Family Values
Vendor Name

Typeface Vendor Value

AGFA

4096

Bitstream Inc.

8192

Linotype Company

12288

Monotype Corporation

16384

Adobe Systems

20480

Bigelow & Holmes

28672

Examples:
CG Times from Agfa = 5

4096 = 4101.

801 from Bitstream Inc. = 5
Univers from Agfa = 52

8192 = 8197

4096 = 4148.

Times New Roman from Monotype = 517

ENWW

16384 = 16901

Symbol Set and Typeface Codes C-7

Table C-3. Typeface Base Values
Typeface Family1

Value

Typeface Family1

Value

0

Line Printer

32

2

Elite

32

Brush (italic)
Stop

3

Courier

33

Blippo (black)

4

Helvetica

33

Tea Chest (condensed)

5

Times Roman

34

Hobo

6

Letter Gothic

35

Windsor

7

Script

38

Peignot

8

Prestige

39

Baskerville

9

Caslon 540 & No. 3

41

Trade Gothic

9

Caslon Antique (contour)

41

Pemai (Thai)

9

Caslon Open Face (inline)

41

CG Trade

10

Orator

42

Goudy Old Style

11

Presentation

43

ITC Zapf Chancery

13

Serifa

44

Clarendon

14

Futura

45

ITC Zapf Dingbats

14

Greek Futura

46

Cooper

15

Palatino

47

ITC Bookman

16

ITC Souvenir

47

Noparat (Thai)

16

ITC Souvenir Greek

48

Stick

17

Optima

49

HP-GL Drafting

17

Safeer (Arabic)

50

HP-GL Spline

17

Komain (Thai)

51

Gill Sans

17

Greek Oracle

51

Unesco (Thai)

18

ITC Garamond

52

Univers

20

Coronet (italic)

53

Bodoni

20

Chevalier (bold expanded pattern 0)

53

Poster Bodoni (black)

21

Broadway

53

Greek Apla

23

Century Schoolbook

54

Rockwell

23

Greek & Math Serif

55

Melior

24

University Roman

56

ITC Tiffany

27

ITC Korinna

57

ITC Clearface

28

Naskh

58

Amelia

29

Cloister Black

59

Park Avenue (italic)

30

ITC Galliard

59

Falstaff (black)

31

ITC Avant Garde Gothic

60

Handel Gothic

31

Tom (Thai)

61

Dom Casual

1

These typeface names may be registered trademarks of a third party. Use of these fonts may be
conditional upon a license grant from the owners of the fonts. Hewlett-Packard makes no representation
as to the quality or performance of the fonts, and any reference to the fonts does not grant any license or
right to use the fonts.

C-8 Symbol Set and Typeface Codes

ENWW

Table C-3. Typeface Base Values (continued)
Typeface Family1

Value

Typeface Family1

Value

62

ITC Benguiat

93

Kaufmann

63

ITC Cheltenham

93

U-Thong (Thai)

64

Century Expanded

94

ITC Bolt (extended)

65

Franklin Gothic

94

ITC Machine (condensed)

65

Paetai (Thai)

97

Revue

68

Plantin

101

Garamond (Stempel)

69

Trump Mediaeval

102

Garth Graphic

70

Futura Black

103

ITC Ronda

71

ITC American Typewriter

103

Candy Bits (patterned)

72

Antique Olive

104

OCR-A

72

Greek Antique Olive

105

Cochin

73

Uncial

106

Englische Schreibschrift (italic)

74

ITC Bauhaus

106

Mister Earl (condensed)

75

Century Old Style

107

Flash (italic)

76

ITC Eras

107

Woodstock

77

Friz Quadrata (ITC)

108

Gothic (numbered)

78

ITC Lubalin Graph

109

Stencil (ATF)

79

Eurostile

110

OCR-B

79

Intanon (Thai)

111

Akzidenz-Grotesk

79

Greek Microstyle

112

Black White (patterned, outline, inline)

80

Mincho (Japanese)

112

Logos

80

Myoungjo (Korean)

113

Shannon

80

HanYang Batang Proportional (Korean)

114

ITC Stone Informal

81

ITC Serif Gothic

115

ITC Stone Sans

81

Saemmul (Korea)

116

ITC Stone Serif

81

Sammul (Korea)

117

Schneidler Mediaeval

82

Snell Roundhand

118

ITC Symbol

82

Pilgy (Korean)

119

ITC Weidemann

83

Souvenir Gothic

120

Copperplate Gothic (display)

84

Stymie

121

Trajan

87

Bernhard Modern

122

Concorde

89

Excelsior

123

Janson Text

90

Gando Ronde Script

124

Linotype Centennial

91

Ondine

125

Life

91

EACT (Thai)

126

Minister

92

P. T. Barnum

127

New Century Schoolbook

1

These typeface names may be registered trademarks of a third party. Use of these fonts may be
conditional upon a license grant from the owners of the fonts. Hewlett-Packard makes no representation
as to the quality or performance of the fonts, and any reference to the fonts does not grant any license or
right to use the fonts.

ENWW

Symbol Set and Typeface Codes C-9

Table C-3. Typeface Base Values (continued)
Typeface Family1

Value

Typeface Family1

Value

129

Naskh

164

Tieman

130

Naskh Hollow

164

Gyosho

131

Advertisers Naskh

165

David

133

Koufi

166

Nork

134

Oberon

167

Ousbouh

135

Callisto

168

Koufi

136

Charter

169

Italia (ITC)

137

Serif Proportional

169

Hadassah

138

Sans Serif Monospace

170

Bembo

139

Amerigo

170

Sharif

140

PiFont

171

Aachen

141

Old Dreadful

171

Malik

142

Carmina

172

Americana

143

Arrus

173

Arnold Boecklin

144

Oz

174

Copperplate Gothic (text)

146

Iowan Old Style

175

Belwe

152

Maru Gosikku (round gothic Japan)

176

ITC Berkeley Oldstyle

152

Gulrim (Korean)

177

Frutiger

152

HanYang Gulrim Proportional (Korean)

178

Candida

153

Gosikku (Kaku, gothic Japan)

179

Folio

153

Gothic (Japan, Fixed Pitch)

180

Corona

153

HanYang Dotum Proportional (Korean)

181

ITC Kabel

154

Socho

181

Zeppelin (inline)

155

Kyokasho (text book)

182

Garamond No. 3

156

Kaisho

183

Sabon

157

Trad. Arabic Script, Lotus, or Lily

184

ITC Novarese

158

Arabic News

185

Weiss

159

Post Antiqua

186

Hiroshige

160

Aerospace Pi

187

French Script

160

Devanagari (Hindi)

188

Meridien

161

Maritime Pi

189

Mistral

161

Krishna (Gujarati)

190

Aster

162

Bits Pic Pi

191

Caledonia

162

Ranjit (Gurmukhi)

192

Nuptial Script

163

Keycap Pi

193

Lucida

163

Raj Raja (Tamil)

194

Song (China)

1

These typeface names may be registered trademarks of a third party. Use of these fonts may be
conditional upon a license grant from the owners of the fonts. Hewlett-Packard makes no representation
as to the quality or performance of the fonts, and any reference to the fonts does not grant any license or
right to use the fonts.

C-10 Symbol Set and Typeface Codes

ENWW

Table C-3. Typeface Base Values (continued)
Typeface Family1

Value

Typeface Family1

Value

194

Adobe Wood Series 1

226

195

Memphis

227

Comenius-Antiqua
Delta

196

Lucida Sans

228

Italian Old Style

197

Syntax

229

Zingo

198

Utopia

230

Octavian

199

Berthold Walbaum Buch

230

Borders & Ornaments 1

200

Minion

231

Footlight

201

Marigold

231

Borders & Ornaments 4

202

ITC Tiepolo

232

Apollo

203

Versailles

232

Borders & Ornaments 5

204

ITC Leawood

233

Bremen

205

ITC Caslon No. 224

233

Borders & Ornaments 6

206

ITC Cushing

234

Oranda

207

ITC Fenice

234

Communication 1

208

ITC Usherwood

235

Nubian

209

ITC Benguiat Gothic

235

Communication 2

210

Spartan

236

Cataneo

210

ITC Ozwald (fatface)

236

Communication 3

211

Neuzeit Grotesk

237

Wittenberger Fraktur

212

PMN Caecilia

237

Communication 6

213

ITC Busorama

238

Modern

214

Agfa Wile Roman

238

PL Modern

215

ITC Zapf International

238

Games & Sports 1

216

Poppl-Pontifex

239

Artistik

217

ITC Quay Sans

239

Games & Sports 2

218

Arial

240

Flintstones

219

Fairfield

240

Games & Sports 3

220

ITC Zapf Book

241

SnowCap

221

Lucida Casual

241

Games & Sports 4

221

Linotype Technical Pi 1 & 2

242

Bedrock

222

Graphite

242

Holidays 1

222

Linotype Textil Pi 1 & 2

243

Star Fleet

223

Poetica

243

Industry & Engineering 1

223

Century Schoolbook Monospace

244

Star Trek Film

224

Berliner Grotesk

244

Industry & Engineering 2

225

Christiana

245

Star Trek

1

These typeface names may be registered trademarks of a third party. Use of these fonts may be
conditional upon a license grant from the owners of the fonts. Hewlett-Packard makes no representation
as to the quality or performance of the fonts, and any reference to the fonts does not grant any license or
right to use the fonts.

ENWW

Symbol Set and Typeface Codes C-11

Table C-3. Typeface Base Values (continued)
Typeface Family1

Value

Typeface Family1

Value

245

Transportation 1

275

Lutheresche Fraktur

246

Hei (China)

275

Universal News & Commercial Pi

246

Star Trek Pi

276

Thunderbird (extra condensed)

246

Transportation 2

276

ITC Honda (black)

247

ITC Mendoza

277

Shelley

248

Boton

277

Mr. Big

249

Jaeger Daily News

278

Macbeth

250

ITC Officina Serif

278

Universal Greek & Math Pi

251

ITC Officina Sans

279

ITC Century

252

Goudy Modern

280

Vineta

253

Scotch Roman

281

TBG Duc de Berry

254

Temporary-Only Font

282

Times Europa

256

Bar Codes

283

ITC Jamille

257

Hadriano

284

Flyer

258

Joanna

285

Wedding Text

259

Onyx

286

Carolina

260

Cyrillic Helvetica

287

Avenir

260

Greek Helvetica

288

Lucia

260

East Asian Helvetica

289

Tekton

261

Cyrillic Times

290

Charme

261

Greek Times

291

ITC Flora

261

East Asian Times

292

Basilica

262

ITC Quorum

293

Auriol

263

Engravers' Old English

294

Kuenstler Script

264

Kennerley

295

ITC New Baskerville

265

Adobe Caslon

296

Berling

266

Albertus

297

News Gothic

267

New Aurora Grotesque

298

Critter

268

TBG Omnia

298

Linotype Holiday Pi 1, 2, & 3

269

Glypha

299

Medici Script

270

Tempo

300

Aurora

270

Umbra (open shadow)

301

Carta

271

American Text

302

Adobe Symbol

272

Pasquale

303

Insignia

273

ITC Elan

304

Perpetua

274

Monotype Goudy Sans

305

Raleigh

1

These typeface names may be registered trademarks of a third party. Use of these fonts may be
conditional upon a license grant from the owners of the fonts. Hewlett-Packard makes no representation
as to the quality or performance of the fonts, and any reference to the fonts does not grant any license or
right to use the fonts.

C-12 Symbol Set and Typeface Codes

ENWW

Table C-3. Typeface Base Values (continued)
Typeface Family1

Value

Typeface Family1

Value

306

Romic

335

ITC Giovanni

307

Formata

336

Neuzeit S

308

Cyrillic Univers

337

Erbar

308

Chuan Pim (like Univers)

338

Parisian

308

Narkis Tam (like Univers)

339

Nofret

308

Greek Univers II

340

City

309

Bauer Bodoni

341

Old Style 7

310

Industria

342

Bell Centennial

311

Cutout

343

Lydian

311

Decoration Pi

344

Monotype Ellington

312

Letraset Bramley

345

Impressum

313

Isabella

346

Reporter No. 2

314

Cascade Script

347

Freestyle Script

315

VAG Rounded

348

Serpentine

316

Russell Square

349

Lithos

317

Liberty

350

Basilia

318

ITC Esprit

351

Simplified Arabic

319

Clairvaux

352

Maximus

320

Raphael

353

ITC Slimbach

321

ITC Franklin Gothic

357

Berthold Garamond

322

Murray Hill

358

Rad

323

Baker Signet

358

Land Pi

324

Mythos

359

Oxford (italic)

324

Gambling Pi

359

Kino (bold condensed)

325

San Marco

360

Looney Tunes

326

Typo Roman

360

E13B MICR

327

Engravers Text (inline)

361

Imperial

327

New Berolina (italic)

361

CMC-7 MICR

328

Orbit-B

362

Charlemagne

329

McCollough

363

Present Script

330

ITC Isadora

364

Repro Script (italic)

331

Giddyup

364

Matura (bold)

331

Audio Pi

365

Baskerville No. 2

332

Letraset Crillee

366

Engravers' Roman

333

Agfa Nadianne

367

VGC Egyptian 505

334

Compliment

368

TBG Herculanum

1

These typeface names may be registered trademarks of a third party. Use of these fonts may be
conditional upon a license grant from the owners of the fonts. Hewlett-Packard makes no representation
as to the quality or performance of the fonts, and any reference to the fonts does not grant any license or
right to use the fonts.

ENWW

Symbol Set and Typeface Codes C-13

Table C-3. Typeface Base Values (continued)
Typeface Family1

Value

Typeface Family1

Value

369

Clearface Gothic

398

Schadow

370

Studz

399

Akzidens Grotesk Buch

370

Border Pi 1515-9

400

Akzidens Grotesk Buch Stencil

371

Toolbox

401

Akzidens Grotesk Buch Schulbuch

371

Bundesbahn Pi

402

Bookman

372

Quake

403

Bruce Old Style

372

Chemical Pi

404

Bulmer

373

Neuland (solid & inline)

405

Madison

373

Newton Inline

406

Textype

373

Warning Pi

407

Primer

374

Harry

408

Garamond (Simoncini)

375

Alternate Gothic (numbered)

409

Adobe Wood Series 2

376

Figaro

410

Rotis Serif

377

Formal Script

410

Caravan LH One

378

Holland Title

411

Rotis Semiserif

379

ITC Barcelona

411

Caravan LH Two

380

Cartier

412

Rotis Sans Serif

381

Deepdene

412

Caravan LH Three

382

Delphin

413

Rotis Semisans

383

Parsons

413

Caravan LH Four

384

Brighton

414

Arcadia

385

Berthold Barmeno

415

ITC Veljovik

386

Berthold Colossalis

416

Armenian Aramian

387

Berthold Cosmos

417

Armenian Barz

388

ITC Isbell

418

Helvetica Rounded

389

ITC Mixage

419

Olympian

390

Sonata

420

DIN Engschrift (condensed)

390

Badr, or Bayaan II

420

DIN Mittelschrift

391

ITC Newtext

421

Granjon

392

Happening

422

Guardi

393

Menue

423

Impact

394

Doric

424

Sassoon Primary

395

S'maragd

425

Packard

396

Pierrot

426

Baskerville Book

396

Ornaments

427

ITC Pacella

397

Berthold Bodoni Old Face

428

Rusticana

1

These typeface names may be registered trademarks of a third party. Use of these fonts may be
conditional upon a license grant from the owners of the fonts. Hewlett-Packard makes no representation
as to the quality or performance of the fonts, and any reference to the fonts does not grant any license or
right to use the fonts.

C-14 Symbol Set and Typeface Codes

ENWW

Table C-3. Typeface Base Values (continued)
Typeface Family1

Value

Typeface Family1

Value

429

Eccentric

456

430

Embassy Script

457

Huxley Vertical
Grayda

430

Greek Florentine Script II

458

Penfield No. 3

431

PL Latin Bold

459

Michelangelo

431

PL Latin Elongated (condensed)

460

Neo Didot

431

Latin Antique

461

Berthold Caslon Buch

431

Latin Wide (extended)

462

Sans No. 1

432

ITC Modern 216

463

Torino

433

Serlio

464

Photina

434

Piranesi

465

Calligraphiques

435

Imago

466

Concorde Nova

436

Wilke

467

Franco

437

Cyrillic 22

468

Goudy Text

438

Adobe Garamond

469

Balloon (italic)

439

Seagull

470

Eusebius

440

Latin MT

470

Eusebius Open (inline)

441

Runic MT

471

Digital

442

Moore Computer

471

Noris Script (italic)

443

Commercial Script

472

Poppl-Pontifex (B.metrics)

444

Dominante

473

Amigo

445

Wilhelm Klingspor Gotisch

473

Pelican (italic)

446

Trajanus

473

Visigoth (bold italic)

447

TSI Caxton

474

Letraset Arta

447

Letraset Caxton

475

Post Mediaval

448

Fette Fraktur

476

Adsans

448

Sapphire (pattern 0)

477

Ariadne

448

Saphir (pattern 0)

478

Calligraphy

449

Rainbow Bass (pattern 0)

479

Didot

449

European Pi

480

Ashley Script (italic)

450

Banco

480

Ashley Crawford (bold)

451

Bodoni Antiqua

480

Ashley Inline (inline)

452

Sallwey Script

481

Catull

452

Mathematical Pi

482

Cremona

453

Congress

483

Audrey No. 2

454

Cheq

484

Lo-Type

455

Berthold Walbaum Buch (B.metrics)

485

Madame (patterned with shadow)

1

These typeface names may be registered trademarks of a third party. Use of these fonts may be
conditional upon a license grant from the owners of the fonts. Hewlett-Packard makes no representation
as to the quality or performance of the fonts, and any reference to the fonts does not grant any license or
right to use the fonts.

ENWW

Symbol Set and Typeface Codes C-15

Table C-3. Typeface Base Values (continued)
Typeface Family1

Value

Typeface Family1

Value

486

Roundy

510

486

Animals

511

ITC Beesknees (black)
ITC Studio Script (italic)

487

Ruling Script

511

ITC Mona Lisa Recut (inline)

487

Business & Services 1

511

ITC Mona Lisa Solid (upright)

488

Sho

512

Sackers Square Gothic

488

Business & Services 2

512

Sackers English Script

489

Wiesbaden Swing

513

Heritage

489

Commercial 1

514

Sackers Gothic

490

Star Trek Next

516

Greek Helios II

490

Commercial 2

517

Times (Ten, New, etc.)

491

ITC Highlander

518

Berthold Script

491

Ecology

519

Bernhard Tango (italic)

492

Helios II

520

Castellar (inline)

492

General Symbols 1

521

Else

493

Kai Medium

522

Basque (condensed)

493

General Symbols 2

522

Palace Script (italic)

494

Medical & Pharmaceutical 1

523

Centaur

495

Space

524

Fine Hand

495

Musical

525

Linotype Astrology Pi

496

Special Alphabets 4

526

Sackers Roman

497

Special Alphabets 5

527

Kompakt (ultra black italic)

498

Special Alphabets 6

527

Monoline Script (italic)

499

Inflex

528

Othello (bold condensed)

500

Monotype Old Style

529

Sackers Classic Roman

501

Ming

529

Sackers Italian Script (italic)

502

FangSong

530

Musketeer

503

Helinda Rook

530

Riviera (inline)

504

Original Script

531

Poppl-Residenz

505

Citadel Script

532

Rotation

506

Old Fashion Script

533

Bank Gothic

507

ITC Legacy Serif

534

Delphian (inline)

508

ITC Legacy Sans

534

Greeting Monotone

509

Athenaeum

535

Sackers Antique Roman

509

Athenaeum Negative (pattern 0)

536

Schwabacher

509

Athenaeum Positive (pattern 1)

537

Egyptienne (condensed)

510

ITC Anna (condensed)

538

Artisan Roman (inline)

1

These typeface names may be registered trademarks of a third party. Use of these fonts may be
conditional upon a license grant from the owners of the fonts. Hewlett-Packard makes no representation
as to the quality or performance of the fonts, and any reference to the fonts does not grant any license or
right to use the fonts.

C-16 Symbol Set and Typeface Codes

ENWW

Table C-3. Typeface Base Values (continued)
Typeface Family1

Value

Typeface Family1

Value

538

Forte (bold italic)

571

Helvetica Inserat (condensed)

539

Burin Roman

572

Lucida Handwriting

539

Burin Sans (light)

572

Milestones

540

Hellenic Wide (extended)

573

Biffo

541

Thompson Quillscript

574

Calvert

542

Kartoon

575

Cantoria

543

Classic Roman

576

Dorchester Script

544

AG Old Face

577

Grotesque

545

Lucian

578

Pepita

546

Della Robbia

579

Vectora

547

Libra

580

Script Bold

548

Brody (bold upright)

581

Spectrum

549

Ad Lib (bold)

582

Boulevard

550

Choc (black)

583

Cheltenham

551

Handle Oldstyle

584

De Vinne

552

Roman

585

London Text (inline)

553

Antique Roman

585

Profil (bold italic inline)

554

Goudy Catalogue, addt’l Old Style faces

586

Imprint

554

Goudy Handtooled (inline)

587

Allegro (bold italic)

554

Goudy Heavyface (black)

587

Engraver's Gothic (text)

555

Calligrapher

588

Bernhard (bold condensed)

556

Lucida Bright

588

Eckmann (text)

557

Pi Collection

589

Cloister Open Face (outline)

558

Broadpen

589

Davida (text)

559

Amazone

589

Klang (italic)

560

Frank Ruehl

590

Fry's Baskerville

561

Cloe

591

Metro

562

Discus

592

Mandate

563

Myriad

593

Star Trek Gen

565

WTC Our Bodoni

594

Virile

566

Ideal Schreibschrift

595

Bingham Script (text)

567

Print

595

Block (bold)

568

Lucida Blackletter

596

ITC Gorilla (text)

569

Lucida Calligraphy

596

ITC Pioneer (outline shadow)

570

Data 70

597

Ruzicka

571

Compacta (expanded)

598

Bodoni Campanile

1

These typeface names may be registered trademarks of a third party. Use of these fonts may be
conditional upon a license grant from the owners of the fonts. Hewlett-Packard makes no representation
as to the quality or performance of the fonts, and any reference to the fonts does not grant any license or
right to use the fonts.

ENWW

Symbol Set and Typeface Codes C-17

Table C-3. Typeface Base Values (continued)
Typeface Family1

Value

Typeface Family1

Value

599

Linotype Modern

629

Pifont OCRA Numbers

600

Monterey Script (italic)

630

Pifont Square Numbers

600

Playbill (condensed)

631

Pifont Triangle Numbers

601

Normande

632

Bank Script (italic)

602

Wave

633

Serlio Dekoration (pi numbers)

603

Bernhard Fashion (extra light)

634

Concorde (B.metrics)

603

Mercurius

635

Jets

604

Stuyvesant (inline)

636

Jetsons

605

Impuls (italic)

637

Looney Type

605

Romana (text & bold)

638

Pompeijana

606

Shotgun

639

Rusticana (Frutiger)

607

Ehrhardt

640

Notre Dame

608

ITC Grizzly

641

Beverly Hills (inline)

609

ITC Grouch

641

Lotus (pattern 0)

610

ITC Tom's New Roman

642

Advertisers Gothic Light

611

Palette (italic)

642

Eclipse (pattern 0)

611

Hanseatic (ultrabold condensed)

643

Capone Light

612

Bison

643

Victorian Silhouette (contour)

613

Jefferson

644

Dynamo (extra bold)

614

Electra

644

Modernistic (inline)

615

Antique No. 3

645

Gallia (inline)

616

Flemish Script (italic)

645

Skjald

617

Hallmark Bodoni

646

Bell Gothic

618

Modern #20

647

Gillies Gothic Bold (italic)

619

Westinghouse Gothic

648

Quaint Roman

620

Bloc (outline)

648

Chic (inline)

620

Empire (ultra condensed)

649

PL Westerveldt Light (condensed)

621

Oscar

650

PL Davison Americana

622

Eagle Bold

651

TC Jasper

622

Joanna Solotype (inline)

652

Poppl-Laudatio

623

Akzidenz-Grotesk (B.metrics)

653

TC Europa Bold

624

Koch Antiqua

654

Siena Black (italic)

625

Mirarae

655

Yearbook

626

Horley Old Style

656

Koloss (extra bold)

627

Tango

657

Phenix American (extra condensed)

628

Pifont Circle Numbers

658

PL Bernhardt

1

These typeface names may be registered trademarks of a third party. Use of these fonts may be
conditional upon a license grant from the owners of the fonts. Hewlett-Packard makes no representation
as to the quality or performance of the fonts, and any reference to the fonts does not grant any license or
right to use the fonts.

C-18 Symbol Set and Typeface Codes

ENWW

Table C-3. Typeface Base Values (continued)
Typeface Family1

Value

Typeface Family1

Value

659

Orlando Caps

686

Architect

659

PL Barclay Outline (outline)

687

Beton Extra Bold

660

PL Britannia Bold

688

Metropolis (extra bold, solid & inline)

661

PL Fiorello Condensed

689

PL Davison Zip Bold

662

Fluidum Bold (italic)

690

Neon (Nebiolo)

663

Woodblock (bold)

691

PL Benguiat Frisky

663

Sinaloa (pattern 0)

692

PL Bartuska Trophy Oblique

664

Stratford Extra Bold

693

Cable

664

Matra (pattern 0)

694

PL Brazilia

665

PL Tower Condensed

695

PL Radiant

666

Section Bold Condensed

696

Ritmo Bold (italic)

667

Miehle Condensed

697

PL Fiedler Gothic Bold

668

Phyllis

698

Egiziano Black

669

Modernique (extra bold)

699

Studio

670

Egyptienne F

700

PL Futura Maxi

671

Post Antiqua (B.metrics)

701

Solemnis

672

Diotima

702

Quirinus Bold (condensed)

673

Aldus

703

PL West Behemoth Semi Condensed
(XBd Cd)

674

Chaplin (italic)

704

Renault

675

Uncle Sam Stars (pattern 0, shadow)

705

Forbes Bold

675

Uncle Sam Stripes (pattern 1, shadow)

706

Mobil

676

Wildstyle

707

Becket

677

Logan (pattern 0)

708

Lucida Sans Typewriter

677

Eon Age (pattern 1)

709

Cartoon Script Roman

677

System X3 (pattern 2)

710

Campanula

677

Galaxy Run (pattern 3)

711

Odilia

678

Jukebox (bold condensed)

712

Lino Letter

679

Marking Numbers Squares

713

Henche

679

Al Harf Al Jadid

714

Mahlau (condensed)

680

Vivaldi

715

Aquarias No. 8 (bold)

681

Codex

716

CG Frontiera

682

Metronome Gothic (bold extra
condensed)

717

Globe Gothic

683

Salut (bold)

718

Signature

684

Lucida Fax

719

Sans Serif Stencil

685

Bellevue

720

Boldface PS

1

These typeface names may be registered trademarks of a third party. Use of these fonts may be
conditional upon a license grant from the owners of the fonts. Hewlett-Packard makes no representation
as to the quality or performance of the fonts, and any reference to the fonts does not grant any license or
right to use the fonts.

ENWW

Symbol Set and Typeface Codes C-19

Table C-3. Typeface Base Values (continued)
Typeface Family1

Value

Typeface Family1

Value

721

Title PS

756

Caliban (condensed italic)

725

Hess Neobold

757

Ex Ponto

726

Hollandse Mediaeval

758

Neue Hammer Unziale 1

727

Holland Seminar

758

Neue Hammer Unziale 2 (edge)

728

CG Cloister

759

Galahad

729

Adroit

760

LiShu (China)

730

Claire News

760

Gungse (Korean)

731

Triplett

760

HanYang GungSe Proportional (Korean)

732

Accolade

761

Yuang (Yuan, XiYuang - China)

733

Claridge

762

Miryam

734

Alpin Gothic

763

Ryadh

735

Geometric

764

Arkona (ital script)

736

Heldustry

765

El Greco (ital script)

737

Busorama

766

Aja (ital script)

738

Salto

767

Poppl-Exquisit (ital script)

739

Fehrle Display

768

Sassafras Roman

740

Kismet

769

Kigali Roman

741

Digi Fraktur

770

Rundfunk Antiqua

742

Anglia

771

Rundfunk Grotesk

743

Jiffy

772

Apolline

744

Rosewood

773

Alisal

745

Zebrawood

774

Strider

746

Pepperwood (condensed)

775

Throhand

747

Copal (solid)

776

Cicéro

747

Copal (outline, patterned)

777

Antique Condensed Two

748

Motter Corpus (extrabold)

778

Asphalt Black

749

Cerigo

779

Avalon

750

Caflisch Script

780

Brok

751

Mezz

781

Citadel

752

Nueva

782

Hermes

753

Penumbra

783

Lafayette

754

Sanvito

784

Narcissus

755

Viva

785

Pilsner

756

Alexa (italic)

786

Showcard Moderne

756

Balzano

787

Streamline

1

These typeface names may be registered trademarks of a third party. Use of these fonts may be
conditional upon a license grant from the owners of the fonts. Hewlett-Packard makes no representation
as to the quality or performance of the fonts, and any reference to the fonts does not grant any license or
right to use the fonts.

C-20 Symbol Set and Typeface Codes

ENWW

Table C-3. Typeface Base Values (continued)
Typeface Family1

Value

Typeface Family1

Value

788

Scherzo

820

Elegant (inline & outline)

789

Jante Antiqua

821

Poetry (solid & inline)

790

Albers Architype

822

Sphinx (extrabold, solid & inline)

791

Aubette Architype

823

Tube (upright)

792

Ballmer Architype

824

Searsucker (solid, outline, patterned)

793

Bayer Type Architype

825

Hindenburg (upright)

794

Schwitters Architype

826

Informal (black, norm & condensed)

795

Crane

827

Marquis (upright)

796

Runa Serif

828

Questions

797

Comedia Serif

829

Maximilian (upright, inline)

798

Breadline Normal

830

Minimal (upright thin)

799

Revolution Normal

831

Stalk (upright inline)

800

Virgin Roman Normal

832

Mariposa (family)

801

Gararond

833

Mariposa Sans (family)

802

Abacus

834

Corvallis (upright & italic)

803

Classic

835

Corvallis Sans (upright & italic)

804

Cupid

836

Alligators

805

Arepo

837

Carmela (italic)

806

Aureus Uncial (upright)

838

Dorothea (upright)

807

Connach (upright, norm and uncial lc)

839

Hrabanus (upright)

808

Cresci Rotunda (upright)

840

Lexie's Animals

809

Donatello (italic, black italic)

841

Mexican Birds

810

Francesca (lombardic, upright & cond)

841

Mexican Borders

810

Lombardic Capitals (upright)

841

Mexican Symbols

811

Ludovico Smooth (italic & flourishes)

842

Monmouth (upright)

811

Ludovico Woodcut (italic & flourishes)

843

Neuhengen (upright)

812

Mantegna (italic)

844

Ophelia Italic

813

Palatino Rotunda (upright)

845

Poggio Bookhand (upright)

814

Percival (upright)

846

Pompeii Capitals (upright)

815

Wolfdance (italic)

847

Ramsey (upright)

816

Adastra (bold italic inline)

848

Sallando Italic

817

Ampersands

849

Thalia Italic

818

Arwen (upright)

850

Trieste (upright)

819

Blocks (upright, solid filled)

851

Connach Historic

1

These typeface names may be registered trademarks of a third party. Use of these fonts may be
conditional upon a license grant from the owners of the fonts. Hewlett-Packard makes no representation
as to the quality or performance of the fonts, and any reference to the fonts does not grant any license or
right to use the fonts.

ENWW

Symbol Set and Typeface Codes C-21

Table C-3. Typeface Base Values (continued)
Typeface Family1

Value

Typeface Family1

Value

852

Lombardic Caps

885

Bossa Nova MVB

853

Ludovico Smooth Flourish

886

Emmascript MVB

853

Ludovico Woodcut Flourish

887

Dante MT

854

Newton Inline

888

Strayhorn MT

855

Lucida Typewriter

889

Currency Symbol Pi Font

856

Mojo

890

Russell Oblique

857

Shuriken Boy

891

Postino

858

Andreas Plain

892

Immi 505

859

Jenson

893

Brashe

860

Ouch!

894

Kid Sans

861

Bermuda Open

895

Meister

862

Kolo Regular

896

Bear Rock Technologies Bar Codes

863

Spumoni

897

Fournier MT

864

Banshee

898

Bell MT

865

ZiptyDo

899

Mercurius CT

866

Coriander

930

Akzidenz Grotesk Buch Rounded

867

Prima Sans Roman

1030

Isil Gothic

868

Nyx

1070

Euro Sign

869

Hardwood LP

1078

Euro Font

870

Manito LP

2128

HanYang Batang Fixed Pitch (Korean)

871

Wendy

2128

MS Mincho (Japan, Proportional)

872

Spring

2200

HanYang Gulrim Fixed Pitch (Korean)

873

Old Claude

2201

HanYang Dotum Fixed Pitch (Korean)

874

Florens LP

2201

MS Gothic (Japan, Proportional)

875

Khaki One

2549

Ming Light (Japan, Proportional)

876

Pompeia UT (inline)

2730

Wingdings

877

Kepler

2808

HanYang GungSe Fixed Pitch (Korean)

878

Chaparral

879

Jimbo

880

Cronos

881

Celestia Antiqua

882

Flood

883

Prima Serif

884

Magnolia MVB

1

These typeface names may be registered trademarks of a third party. Use of these fonts may be
conditional upon a license grant from the owners of the fonts. Hewlett-Packard makes no representation
as to the quality or performance of the fonts, and any reference to the fonts does not grant any license or
right to use the fonts.

C-22 Symbol Set and Typeface Codes

ENWW

D

MSL/Unicode Symbol
Indexes
Introduction
Table D-1, the Master Symbol List, lists all of the characters available
for the printers and their MSL index numbers. Table D-2, shows the
characters contained in the MSL symbol collections. Table D-3, the
Unicode Symbol List, lists all of the characters available for the
printers and identifies their unicode index number. Table D-4 shows
the characters contained in the unicode symbol collections.

Note

ENWW

Printers released in 1998 and newer (the LaserJet 8000 and newer)
contain the Euro character as character code 128 (hex 0x80). Earlier
printers require an added solution to print the Euro character.

MSL/Unicode Symbol Indexes D-1

Table D-1. Master Symbol List - Basic Latin (Bit 63)

D-2 MSL/Unicode Symbol Indexes

ENWW

Table D-1. Master Symbol List - Basic Latin (Bit 63) (continued)

ENWW

MSL/Unicode Symbol Indexes D-3

Table D-1. Master Symbol List - Basic Latin (Bit 63) (continued)

D-4 MSL/Unicode Symbol Indexes

ENWW

Table D-1. Master Symbol List - Basic Latin (Bit 63) (continued)

ENWW

MSL/Unicode Symbol Indexes D-5

Table D-1. Master Symbol List - Basic Latin (Bit 63) (continued)

D-6 MSL/Unicode Symbol Indexes

ENWW

Table D-1. Master Symbol List - Basic Latin (Bit 63) (continued)

ENWW

MSL/Unicode Symbol Indexes D-7

Table D-1. Master Symbol List - Basic Latin (Bit 63) (continued)

D-8 MSL/Unicode Symbol Indexes

ENWW

Table D-1. Master Symbol List - East European (Bit 62) (continued)

ENWW

MSL/Unicode Symbol Indexes D-9

Table D-1. Master Symbol List - Turkish (Bit 61) (continued)

D-10 MSL/Unicode Symbol Indexes

ENWW

Table D-1. Master Symbol List - Baltic/Nordic/Latin-6 (Bit 60) (continued)

ENWW

MSL/Unicode Symbol Indexes D-11

Table D-1. Master Symbol List - Baltic/Nordic/Latin-6 (Bit 60) (continued)

D-12 MSL/Unicode Symbol Indexes

ENWW

Table D-1. Master Symbol List - Math (Bit 34) (continued)

ENWW

MSL/Unicode Symbol Indexes D-13

Table D-1. Master Symbol List - Math (Bit 34) (continued)

D-14 MSL/Unicode Symbol Indexes

ENWW

Table D-1. Master Symbol List - Math (Bit 34) (continued)

ENWW

MSL/Unicode Symbol Indexes D-15

Table D-1. Master Symbol List - Math (Bit 34) (continued)

D-16 MSL/Unicode Symbol Indexes

ENWW

Table D-1. Master Symbol List - Semi-Graphics (Bit 33) (continued)

ENWW

MSL/Unicode Symbol Indexes D-17

Table D-1. Master Symbol List - Semi-Graphics (Bit 33) (continued)

D-18 MSL/Unicode Symbol Indexes

ENWW

Table D-1. Master Symbol List - Semi-Graphics (Bit 33) (continued)

ENWW

MSL/Unicode Symbol Indexes D-19

Table D-2. MSL Symbol Collections

D-20 MSL/Unicode Symbol Indexes

ENWW

Table D-2. MSL Symbol Collections (continued)

ENWW

MSL/Unicode Symbol Indexes D-21

Table D-2. MSL Symbol Collections (continued)

D-22 MSL/Unicode Symbol Indexes

ENWW

Table D-2. MSL Symbol Collections (continued)

ENWW

MSL/Unicode Symbol Indexes D-23

Table D-3. Unicode Symbol List - ASCII (Bit 31)

D-24 MSL/Unicode Symbol Indexes

ENWW

Table D-3. Unicode Symbol List - ASCII (Bit 31) (continued)

ENWW

MSL/Unicode Symbol Indexes D-25

Table D-3. Unicode Symbol List - Latin 1 (Bit 30) (continued)

D-26 MSL/Unicode Symbol Indexes

ENWW

Table D-3. Unicode Symbol List - Latin 1 (Bit 30) (continued)

ENWW

MSL/Unicode Symbol Indexes D-27

Table D-3. Unicode Symbol List - Latin 2 (Bit 29) (continued)

D-28 MSL/Unicode Symbol Indexes

ENWW

Table D-3. Unicode Symbol List - Latin 2 (Bit 29) (continued)

ENWW

MSL/Unicode Symbol Indexes D-29

Table D-3. Unicode Symbol List - Latin 5 (Bit 28) (continued)

D-30 MSL/Unicode Symbol Indexes

ENWW

Table D-3. Unicode Symbol List - Latin 5 (Bit 28) (continued)

ENWW

MSL/Unicode Symbol Indexes D-31

Table D-3. Unicode Symbol List - Latin 6 (Bit 20) (continued)

D-32 MSL/Unicode Symbol Indexes

ENWW

Table D-3. Unicode Symbol List - Latin 6 (Bit 20) (continued)

ENWW

MSL/Unicode Symbol Indexes D-33

Table D-3. Unicode Symbol List - Latin 6 (Bit 20) (continued)

D-34 MSL/Unicode Symbol Indexes

ENWW

Table D-3. Unicode Symbol List - Desktop Publishing (Bit 27) (continued)

ENWW

MSL/Unicode Symbol Indexes D-35

Table D-3. Unicode Symbol List - Accents (Bit 26) (continued)

D-36 MSL/Unicode Symbol Indexes

ENWW

Table D-3. Unicode Symbol List - PCL (Bit 25) (continued)

ENWW

MSL/Unicode Symbol Indexes D-37

Table D-3. Unicode Symbol List - Macintosh (Bit 24) (continued)

D-38 MSL/Unicode Symbol Indexes

ENWW

Table D-3. Unicode Symbol List - PostScript (Bit 23) (continued)

ENWW

MSL/Unicode Symbol Indexes D-39

Table D-3. Unicode Symbol List - PC (Bit 22) (continued)

D-40 MSL/Unicode Symbol Indexes

ENWW

Table D-4. Unicode Symbol Collections

ENWW

MSL/Unicode Symbol Indexes D-41

Table D-4. Unicode Symbol Collections (continued)

D-42 MSL/Unicode Symbol Indexes

ENWW

Table D-4. Unicode Symbol Collections (continued)

ENWW

MSL/Unicode Symbol Indexes D-43

D-44 MSL/Unicode Symbol Indexes

ENWW

Index
Symbols

?&b#W 2-7
?*l # R 2-24
?*l#O - Logical Operation

2-16

A
adaptive compression
IIIP 2-4
Adaptive Data Compression (ADC) 5-1
banded images 5-5
image separation 5-5
transmission guidelines 5-3
adaptive data compression (ADC) 2-4
advance full page (PG) command 2-109
alphanumeric ID command 2-78
AppleTalk
configuration 2-7, 2-70
device type 2-9
PCL job support 2-7
RENAME 2-8, 2-70
type, PostScript 2-8
ZONE 2-70
arbitrary dither matrix sizes 2-85
assign color index command 2-69

B
base values, typeface 3-13
bitmap fonts, internal 3-2

C
character
conversion table B-35
downloading 5-6
enhancement segment 2-35, 2-46
enhancements 2-51
text path direction 2-33
CID command 2-69
color
commands 2-84
components 1, 2, and 3 2-69
foreground 2-69
lookup tables 2-69
Color LaserJet
4500 series printers 2-111
8500 series printers 2-119
Color LaserJet printer 2-69

ENWW

command
alphanumeric ID 2-78
assign color index 2-69
change text path direction 2-33
configuration 2-7
end raster graphics 2-2, 2-62, 2-70
enter HP-GL/2 mode 2-84, 2-86
fill type HP-GL/2 5-6
foreground color 2-69
HP-GL/2 mode 2-86
job separation 2-2, 2-62
line type HP-GL/2 5-6
logical operation 2-16
MC (merge control) 2-28
mechanical print quality 2-84, 2-88
media destination (output bin) 2-77
media source 2-75
media type 2-84, 2-87
negative motion 2-89
number of copies 2-2, 2-62, 2-70
output bin 2-77
output bin selection 2-2, 2-62, 2-70
page size 2-2, 2-62
palette control 2-69
paper (media) source 2-75
paper type 2-106
pixel placement 2-24
PP (pixel placement) 2-27
print quality 2-88
push/pop palette 2-70
render algorithm 2-70, 2-103
simple color 2-70
text parsing method 2-32
text path direction 2-33
compression
adaptive compression 2-4
transmission recommendations 5-4
compression methods, memory saving
5-5
configuration command 2-7
Configure Image Data (CID) command
2-69
conventions, manual 1-iii
corrections 1-5

Index 1

D
data transmission 5-4
decimal values
character B-35
printer commands A-1
default settings, factory 4-1
DeskJet 1200C printer 2-84
DeskJet 1600C printer 2-90
device type, AppleTalk 2-9
dither patterns 2-103
download dither matrix 2-69
downloading characters 5-6
duplex printing 2-1

E
EconoMode 2-60
economy mode, 4L 2-11
end raster graphics command 2-2, 2-62
enter HP-GL/2 mode command 2-84
environment
factory default 4-1
saving 2-10

I
I/O configuration 2-7
ID values, symbol set C-2
image adapt 5-2
initialization 2-48
internal fonts 3-1
internal symbol sets 3-1
mapping B-1
symbol set charts B-1
internal typefaces 3-1
ISO substitution characters B-34

J
job separation command
(4Si) 2-10
(IIISi) 2-2, 2-62

F

L

factory default
environment 4-1
settings 4-1
feature settings, default 4-1
fill type HP-GL/2 command 5-6
font format 16 2-31
font header format 16 2-34
font metric calculation 2-49
font selection
line printer substitution 3-2
symbol set ID values C-2
fonts
internal scalable 3-4
new header segments 2-35
TrueType 3-11
foreground color 2-69
frame anchor/MEt architecture 2-85
furigana (ruby characters) 2-53

large fonts 2-34
LaserJet
1100 series printers 2-120
2100 series printers 2-120
4 Plus printer 2-60
4 printer 2-4
4000 series printers 2-105
4500 series printers 2-111
4L printer 2-11
4LC printer 2-71
4LJ printer 2-71
4M Plus printer 2-60
4M printer 2-4
4ML printer 2-12
4P printer 2-30
4PJ printer 2-31
4Si printer 2-10
4V/4MV printer 2-61
5000 series printers 2-107
5L printer 2-73
5MP printer 2-72
5P printer 2-72
5Si Mopier 2-104
5Si/5SiMx printers 2-74
6L printer 2-105
6P/6MP printers 2-104
8000 series printers 2-109
8100 series printers 2-110
8500 series printers 2-119
Color printer 2-69
III printer 2-1

G
galley character segment 2-35, 2-37
gamma correction 2-69
grid centered, pixel 2-24
grid intersection, pixel 2-24

H
hexadecimal values
character B-35
printer commands A-1

2 Index

HP-GL/2
kind 1 values C-2
pixel placement command 2-27
polygon memory usage 5-6
HP-GL/2 mode command 2-86

ENWW

IIID printer 2-1
IIIP printer 2-2
IIISi printer 2-2, 2-62, 2-70
line printer font selection 3-2
line type HP-GL/2 command 5-6
logical operations 2-13
and transparency interactions 2-15
command 2-16
logical page area 1-36

M
manual conventions 1-iii
MC (merge control) command 2-28
mechanical print quality command 2-84
media destination (output bin) 2-77
media source command 2-75
media type command 2-84, 2-87, 2-106
LaserJet 5000 2-108
media type, selection by 2-78
memory
character storage requirements 5-6
compression methods 5-5
polygon usage 5-6
print model 5-5
memory enhancement technology (MEt)
2-11, 2-60, 5-1
features 5-3
page protection 5-3
memory usage 5-1
font bitmaps 5-3
merge control command 2-28
monochrome print mode 2-69
MS Gothic 2-31
MS Mincho 2-31

N
name binding protocol (NBP) 2-8
negative motion 2-84
negative motion command 2-89
network, AppleTalk configuration 2-7
noise dither 2-85
notes 1-iii
number of copies 2-2, 2-62, 2-70

O
octal character values B-35
one-byte typeface values 3-13
operations, logical 2-13
output bin command 2-77
output bin selection command 2-2, 2-62,
2-70
LaserJet 4000 2-106
LaserJet 5000 2-107

ENWW

P
page protection 5-4
MEt 5-3
page size command 2-2, 2-62, 2-70
LaserJet 8000 2-109
palette control command 2-69
paper (media) source command 2-75
LaserJet 4000 2-105
LaserJet 5000 2-107
LaserJet 8000 2-109
paper type command 2-106, 2-108
patterns
HP-GL/2 selection 5-6
memory usage 5-6
wide 5-6
PCL
default settings 4-1
feature support 1-1, 2-1
job over AppleTalk 2-7
printer commands A-1
PG command 2-109
pixel placement 2-24
command 2-24
HP-GL/2 command 2-27
PCL command 2-24
polygons, avoid multiple smaller 5-6
PostScript
level 1 operators 2-8
level 2 operators 2-8
NBP 2-8
Powersave mode 2-60
PP command, HP-GL/2 2-27
print job initialization 2-48
print model 2-13
memory efficiency 5-5
print quality command 2-88
mechanical print quality command 2-88
printable area tables 1-36
printer commands
PCL - decimal and hexadecimal values
A-1
printer introduction dates 1-2
printer name, AppleTalk 2-8, 2-70
printing ruby characters (furigana) 2-53
proof and print 2-119
push/pop palette command 2-70

Q
quality, print 2-88

R
raster graphics
adaptive compression (IIIP) 2-4
compression methods 5-5
transmission guidelines 5-3

Index 3

raster scaling 2-70, 2-84
render algorithm command 2-70, 2-103
resource saving
4 Plus/4M Plus 2-60
4Si 2-10
ROP3 logical operation 2-16
ruby characters (furigana) 2-53

S
scalable typefaces, internal 3-4
selection by media type 2-78
sending raster data to printer 5-4
set viewing illuminant command 2-70
setdevparams, PostScript 2-8
setprintername, PostScript 2-8
simple color command 2-70
string ID 2-78
symbol set
charts B-1
ID selection values C-2
ISO substitution characters B-34
kind 1 values C-2
scalable fonts 3-4

V
vertical
clusters 2-57
printing 2-33
rotated characters 2-33
rotation segment 2-35, 2-44
substitution character segment 2-35
substitution characters 2-34
substitution segment 2-40
underlining 2-55
writing 2-52

T
text parsing method command 2-32
text path direction, character 2-33
transfer raster graphics by plane 2-70
transmission
ADC recommendations 5-4
compression recommendations 5-4
transparency interactions and logical
operation 2-15
TrueType fonts 3-11
two-byte fonts 2-85
two-byte typeface values 3-13
type, AppleTalk 2-9
typeface
base values 3-13, C-6
family values C-6
one-byte values 3-13
two-byte values 3-13
value field 3-13
vendor values C-6
typeface field, scalable font descriptor
3-13
typeface string segment 2-35, 2-41
typefaces, internal scalable 3-4

4 Index

ENWW



---

Source Exif Data:

File Type                       : PDF
File Type Extension             : pdf
MIME Type                       : application/pdf
PDF Version                     : 1.4
Linearized                      : No
Modify Date                     : 2003:06:12 08:57:03-06:00
Keywords                        : Edition 2, 06/2003
Create Date                     : 2003:06:04 08:10:19Z
Page Count                      : 340
Creation Date                   : 2003:06:04 08:10:19Z
Mod Date                        : 2003:06:12 08:57:03-06:00
Producer                        : Acrobat Distiller 5.0.5 (Windows)
Author                          : HP LaserJet Information Engineering
Metadata Date                   : 2003:06:12 08:57:03-06:00
Creator                         : HP LaserJet Information Engineering
Title                           : PCL 5 Comparison Guide - ENWW
Page Mode                       : UseOutlines
Has XFA                         : No

EXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools